Data Import Macros and Data Dictionary Fourth Shift Release 7worthen.xdatasync.com/support/PrintDoc/MACM.pdf · The Data Import Macros manual contains two sections: • Data Import

Data Import Macros and Data Dictionary

Fourth Shift Release 7.50

Fourth Shift HelpRelease 7.50E

Important Notices

Copyright © 2014 Infor. All rights reserved.

The material contained in this publication (including any supplementary information) constitutes and contains confidential and proprietary information of Infor.

By gaining access to the attached, you acknowledge and agree that the material (including any modification, translation or adaptation of the material) and all copyright, trade secrets and all other right, title and interest therein, are the sole property of Infor and that you shall not gain right, title or interest in the material (including any modification, translation or adaptation of the material) by virtue of your review thereof other than the non-exclusive right to use the material solely in connection with and the furtherance of your license and use of software made available to your company from Infor pursuant to a separate agreement, the terms of which separate agreement shall govern your use of this material and all supplemental related materials ("Purpose").

In addition, by accessing the enclosed material, you acknowledge and agree that you are required to maintain such material in strict confidence and that your use of such material is limited to the Purpose described above. Although Infor has taken due care to ensure that the material included in this publication is accurate and complete, Infor cannot warrant that the information contained in this publication is complete, does not contain typographical or other errors, or will meet your specific requirements. As such, Infor does not assume and hereby disclaims all liability, consequential or otherwise, for any loss or damage to any person or entity which is caused by or relates to errors or omissions in this publication (including any supplementary information), whether such errors or omissions result from negligence, accident or any other cause.

Without limitation, U.S. export control laws and other applicable export and import laws govern your use of this material and you will neither export or re-export, directly or indirectly, this material nor any related materials or supplemental information in violation of such laws, or use such materials for any purpose prohibited by such laws.

Trademark Acknowledgements

The word and design marks set forth herein are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of Infor and/or related affiliates and subsidiaries. All rights reserved. All other company, product, trade or service names referenced may be registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners.


ContentsData Import Macros and Data Import Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Data Import Macro Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Macro Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Macro Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Macro Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Custom Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Macros from Scratch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Customizing a Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Testing and Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Testing a Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Macro Techniques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Making Macros Readable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Naming Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Entering Data Into Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Identifying a Screen Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Sample Macros. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Macro Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Keyboard Equivalents Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Macro Commands Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Data Import Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55A Dictionary Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Guide to the Dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Interdependent Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Macro File Names by Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

A – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78APCA – A/P Payment Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78APCF – A/P Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79APCV – A/P Payment Void. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80APCW – A/P Payment Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82APDS – A/P Disbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83APEX – A/P Receipt Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89APID – A/P Invoice Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90APIE – A/P Invoice Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103APIT – A/P Invoice Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113APPA – A/P Manual Payment Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118APPD – A/P Prior Period Disbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122APRC – A/P Payment Reconciliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129APRE – A/P Recurring Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130APRQ – A/P Cash Requirements/Payment Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137APTP – 1099 Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141APTX – A/P 1099 Distribution by Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141ARAD – Accounts Receivable Aging Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143ARCD – A/R Cash Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143ARCF – A/R Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150ARCR – A/R Cash/Credit Memo Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Data Import Macros and Data Dictionary 3


AREX – A/R Invoice Exceptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156ARPD – A/R Prior Period Cash Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157ARSR – A/R Service Charge Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

B – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165BAMT – Batch Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165BEXE – Batch Process Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167BILL – Single Level Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167BKFL – Backflushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171BKFT – Bank Funds Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177BKMT – Bank Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178BKRC – Bank Reconciliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182BSET – Batch Process Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

C – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188CACF - CIM Customizer Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188CBIL – Copy Bill of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196CCAN – Cost Control Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196CCAT – Customer Catalog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197CCEX – Currency Exchange Rate Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198CCFG – Costing Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200CCMT – Currency Code Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201CCON – Currency Conversion Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202CCOT - Customer Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204CIMT – Customer Item Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208CMCF - CIM Customizer Mapping Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210CMTA – Commission Code Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211CNFA – Configuration of Interface Account Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212CNFC – Cost Type Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215CNFG – System Installation Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216COAN – Customer Order Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218COCF – Order Entry Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219COMT – Customer Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220CORV – CO Receipt/Reverse Ln# Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236CPBK – Copy Price Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247CPMT – Custom Product Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247CROP - Customer Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256CROV – Cost Roll-Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256CUID – Customer Master by Customer Id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257CUPB – Customers Using Price Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269CUST – Customer Master by Customer Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

D – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272DIST – Distributor by Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272DVUD – Data View Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

E – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293EDCF – EDI Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293ENGM – ENGM Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295ETPT - Email Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

F – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300FCMT – Function Code Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300FCST – Forecast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

G – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304GLAG – G/L Account Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304



GLAV – G/L Account/Organization Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306GLBD – G/L Budget/Planning Type Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307GLBU – G/L Budget/Planning Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308GLCA – G/L Chart of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310GLCF – G/L Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312GLCO – G/L Consolidation Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315GLEX – G/L Journal Entry Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315GLGQ – G/L Current Period Group Inquiry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316GLHP – G/L History Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317GLJD – G/L Journal Entry Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317GLJE – G/L Journal Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318GLJP – G/L Journal Entry -- Prior Period Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324GLJR – G/L Journal Entry -- Recurring / Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327GLMA – G/L Master Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334GLOS – G/L Organization Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335GLRC – G/L Report Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339GLRD – G/L Report Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339GLSC – G/L Source Code Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342GLSS – G/L Batch Submission Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

I – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348ICOT - Internal Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348IMTR – Inventory Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352INVA – Inventory Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358IPPD – Item Planning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361ISCC – Intrastat Commodity Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362ISCF – Intrastat Reporting Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364ISDT – Intrastat Delivery Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366ISMS – Intrastat Member State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367ISMT – Intrastat Mode of Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369ISTH – Intrastat Transaction History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370ITCB – Item Cost Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375ITMB – Item Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376ITMC – Item/Work Center Cost Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385ITPB – Item Price Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388IVIE – Invoice Entry and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388IVRE – A/R Recurring Invoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407IVRV – Invoice Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

J – Data Import Macros. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417JEST – Job Estimates and Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

L – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418LEXP – Lot Expiration/Retest Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418LMMT – Location Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418LMST – Lot Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419LRRP – Labor/Resource Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425LSDA – Lot Size Day Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426LTCF – Lot Trace/Serialization Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

M – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432MCCF – Multi-Currency Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432MCST – Manufacturing Order Cost Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433MOAN – Planner Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434MOCF – Manufacturing Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435MOMT – Manufacturing Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436



MORV – MO Receipt/Reverse Ln# Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442MPED – Order Maintain EDI Partner Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445MSCF – Message Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449MSMT – Master Schedule Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

N – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454NMTA – National Motor Freight Code Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

O – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456OACF – Order Number Assignment Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456OPCF – Operations Performance Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458OPMA – Operations Performance Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462OPSL – Option Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463OVAR – Close Order Analysis/Order Variance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

P – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464PASS – Password Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464PBCF – Advanced Price Book Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464PBMT – Price Book Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465PCST – Purchase Order Cost Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470PFMC – Performance Data Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470PICK – Picklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474POAN – Buyer Action by Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506POAS – Buyer Action by Vendor Id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509POCF – Purchasing Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509POCT – Purchase Order Contract/Price Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511POMI – Purchase Order Inquiry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525POMT – Purchase Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525PORV – Purchase Order Receipt/Reverse/Return. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564POSV – PO Split by Vendors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

R – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578RTCF – G/L Restructuring Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578RTCT – G/L Restructuring Consolidation Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580RTMT – G/L Restructuring Master Acct Translation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580

S – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584SBOL – Bill of Lading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584SHCF – Shipping Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590SHIP – Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592SOPM – Sales Order Processing Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602STAD – Stockroom Action by Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602STID – Stockroom Action by Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604SUND – Sundry Disbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605SUNR – Sundry Receipts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611SUPD – Sundry Prior Period Disbursements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616SUPR – Sundry Prior Period Receipts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621SYST – System Transactions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

T – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629TEXT – Text Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629TRUD – Transaction Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630TXCF – Tax Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630TXTA – Tax Code Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632TXWU – Text Where Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636

V – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638



VATT – Value Added Tax Code Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638VCOT - Vendor Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640VDIT – Vendors That Supply an Item. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643VEID – Vendor Master by Vendor Id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648VEIT – Items Supplied by a Vendor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657VEND – Vendor Master by Vendor Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657VROP - Vendor Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657VSDT – Vendor by Distributor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658

X – Data Import Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660XTXT – Global Extended Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660




Data Import Macros and Data Import DictionaryThe Data Import Macros manual contains two sections:

• Data Import Macro Basics is a reference to the commands and techniques you can use to create custom macros for specialized transactions.

• Data Import Dictionary is a guide to the information necessary to use the predefined transactions, or macros. For each transaction, the Data Import Dictionary lists the archive file layout and required transaction fields.

Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Data Import Macro Basics

Data Import Macro BasicsData Import Macro Basics is a reference to the commands and techniques you can use to create custom macros for specialized transactions. Macros are used to initially enter information into your database from another computer system or to perform routine, repetitive tasks. A macro is a set of simple commands which rapidly replays keystrokes. Using a macro to enter your data and entering the data manually achieve the same result. The advantage of using a macro is that the task can be accomplished rapidly and without data entry errors.

The Data Import Module comes with macros corresponding to the full set of update screens. Using these macros as reference, you can create your own combination of macros to match your operation.

Data Import Macro Basics assumes you are familiar with programming concepts and know how to use text editing programs. It is recommended that you read through Data Import Macro Basics in its entirety before designing your own macros. In this way, you can see how all the macro elements work together.

Macro ExamplesA macro is designed to:

• match the movements on a screen—step by step—to perform a transaction

• read transaction information from an incoming data file

The following examples are designed for the ITMB (Item Master) screen. The ITMB screen contains the following fields:

• Item

• Description

• UM

• Rev

• MB

• IT

• ST

• LT

• SR

• Ord Pol

• Insp Reqd

The incoming data file is the ARCHIVE.FIL file. The fields that begin the ITMB archive records can be represented as follows:

Refer to the Data Import Dictionary for the complete archive record layout.

The transactions on the ITMB screen are:

7 10 11 12 13 149

1 2 3"Transaction Id", "User Id", "Date",

"Item", "UM", "Rev", "MB", "IT", "St", "LT", ...

6"Action Code",

5"Internal Flag",

4"Time",

8"Description",



• adding an item (Macro Id ITMB00; uses fields 7 through 17)

• changing an item (Macro Id ITMB01; uses fields 7 through 17)

• deleting an item (Macro Id ITMB04; uses field 7)

The Macro Id establishes the relationship between the macro and the incoming data record.

Adding an ItemMacro {itmb00}, shown below, adds an item to the Item Master.

**** Macro ITMB00: ADD new item on main ITMB screen ****{BEGDEF}{ITMB00}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 01,11, 01,22,{ENDDEF}{if}{cut}{eq}{itmadd}{jump}{additm}{itmbsc}{cr}{F6}{additm}{ENDDEF}

* itmbsc * - transport to ITMB screen{BEGDEF}{itmbsc}{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{ENDDEF}

* additm *{BEGDEF}{additm}{home}{tab}{fld7}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Macro {itmb00} performs the following actions:

{BEGDEF}{itmb00}

Begin the macro {itmb00}.

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK,01, 11, 01, 22,

{ENDDEF}

Determine if the ITMB screen is now displayed and in the ADD mode using a screen cut.

Locate 12 characters on the first row of the screen, starting at column 11. These 12 characters include the screen Function Code and the ACTION mode. Remove any extra spaces (more than one) between characters and any spaces at the end of the last character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{cut}{eq}{itmadd}{jump}{additm}

{itmbsc}

{cr}{f6}{additm}{ENDDEF}

Compare the screen characters to the character string ITMB ADD, defined as the value {itmadd}.

• If the screen characters match ITMB ADD, the ITMB screen is in the ADD mode. Transfer control to macro {additm}.

• If the screen characters do not match ITMB ADD, place the ITMB screen in the ADD mode. Transfer control to macro {itmbsc}. The cursor is in the Starting Item field. Press ENTER to display the Item Master. Press F6 to open a line to add an item. Transfer control to macro {additm}.

{BEGDEF}{additm}{home}{tab}



{fld7}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}

{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Add an item to the Item Master using the content of fields 7 through 17 from the current data record. First be certain the cursor is in the first open field. Press HOME to go to the Function field. Press TAB to move to the first open field on the screen. Enter the content of fields 7 through 17 on the open line. Press ENTER to finish the transaction and complete processing the current data record.

Changing an ItemMacro {itmb01}, shown below, changes an item on the Item Master.

**** Macro ITMB01: CHanGe item on main ITMB screen ****{BEGDEF}{ITMB01}{itmxf1}{ENDDEF}

* itmxf1 * - transport to ITMB screen, enter ITEM, check for correct line{BEGDEF}{itmxf1}{itmbsc}{fld7}{cr}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 10,03, 10,17,{ENDDEF}{if}{cut}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{mbchk2}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


* mbchk2 * - jump to the correct transaction{if}{fld1}{eq}{MB01}{jump}{MB01-A}{ENDDEF}

* MB01-A *{BEGDEF}{MB01-A}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Macro {itmb01} reads like this:

{BEGDEF}{ITMB01}{itmxf1}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{itmxf1}{itmbsc}{fld7}{cr}

{BEGDEF}{itmbsc}{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{ENDDEF}

The macro {itmb01} calls the macro {itmxf1}. The macro {itmxf1} calls the macro {itmbsc} to transport to the ITMB screen. The cursor is in the Starting Item field. Enter the content of field 7 from the current data record in the Starting Item field and press ENTER to display the Item Master.

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM,10,03, 10,17,{ENDDEF}

Determine if the first line in the Scrolling Line section of the screen is now displaying the same item as the content of field 7 from the current data record. Locate 15 characters on the tenth row of the screen, starting at column three. These 15 characters are the Item field. Remove spaces before the first significant character and remove spaces after the last significant character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{cut}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{mbchk2}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}



Compare the content of field 7 of the current data record to the screen characters.

• If the content of field 7 matches the screen characters, the item exists on the Item Master. Transfer control to macro {mbchk2} to determine the correct transaction.

• If the content of field 7 does not match the screen characters, do not process the current data record. Go on to the next record in the incoming data file.

{BEGDEF}{mbchk2}

{if}{fld1}{eq}{MB01}{jump}{MB01-A}

{ENDDEF}

The macro {mbchk2} determines the ITMB transaction being used and calls macro {MB01-A} to change the item.

{BEGDEF}{MB01-A}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}

{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Change item information. Enter the content of fields 8 through 17 starting in the Description field. Press ENTER to finish the transaction and complete processing the current data record.

Deleting an ItemMacro {itmb04}, shown below, deletes an item from the Item Master.

**** Macro ITMB04: DELete item on main ITMB screen ****{BEGDEF}{ITMB04}{ITMB01}{ENDDEF}


* itmxf1 * - transport to ITMB screen, enter ITEM, check for correct line{BEGDEF}{itmxf1}{itmbsc}{fld7}{cr}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 10,03, 10,17,{ENDDEF}{if}{cut}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{mbchk2}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


* mbchk2 * - jump to the correct transaction{if}{fld1}{eq}{MB04}{jump}{MB04-A}{ENDDEF}

* MB04-A *{BEGDEF}{MB04-A}{delete}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{delete}{∧f6}{SPCREC}{ENDDEF}

Macro {itmb04} reads like this:

{BEGDEF}{ITMB04}{ITMB01}{ENDDEF}

The macro {itmb04} calls the macro {itmb01}.


{BEGDEF}{itmxf1}{itmbsc}{fld7}{cr}

{BEGDEF}{itmbsc}{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{ENDDEF}



The macro {itmb01} calls the macro {itmxf1}. The macro {itmxf1} calls the macro {itmbsc} to transport to the ITMB screen. The cursor is in the Starting Item field. Enter the content of field 7 from the current data record in the Starting Item field and press ENTER to display the Item Master.

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM,10,03, 10,17,

{ENDDEF}.

Determine if the first line in the Scrolling Line section of the screen is now displaying the same item as the content of field 7 from the current data record. Locate 15 characters on the tenth row of the screen, starting at column three. These 15 characters are the Item field. Remove spaces before the first significant character and remove spaces after the last significant character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{cut}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{mbchk2}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

Compare the content of field 7 of the current data record to the screen characters.

• If the content of field 7 matches the screen characters, the item exists on the Item Master. Transfer control to macro {mbchk2} to determine the correct transaction.

• If the content of field 7 does not match the screen characters, do not process the current data record. Go on to the next record in the incoming data file.

{BEGDEF}{mbchk2}

{if}{fld1}{eq}{MB04}{jump}{MB04-A}

{ENDDEF}

The macro {mbchk2} determines the ITMB transaction being used and calls macro {MB04-A} to delete the item.

{BEGDEF}{MB04-A}{delete}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{delete}{^F6}{SPCREC}{ENDDEF}

The macro {delete} deletes the item by pressing CTRL+F6 to finish the transaction and complete the processing of the current data record.

Macro ElementsMacros have three elements:

• screen entries

• keyboard equivalents

• commands

These elements allow you to move to the desired screen, make sure you are where you want to be on the screen and then perform the transaction.

Screen EntriesData can be entered on a screen using a macro in either of two ways:

• insert literal text



• refer to fields from the incoming data file

TextText is a string of characters entered literally in a field.

For example, if a macro contains the text FLD10, the characters FLD10 are entered at the cursor's current position on the screen.

FieldsA field reference refers to specific information in the incoming data file. Data Import looks at the current data record, locates the referenced field, enters the information contained in the field at the cursor's current position on the screen and tabs to the next open field.

For example, if a macro contains {FLD10}, Data Import counts over to the tenth field of the current data record, enters the contents of the tenth field on the screen and tabs to the next open field.

Keyboard EquivalentsKeyboard equivalents are used to move around a screen and move through the system. When a keyboard equivalent is executed, it is as if you pressed the specified key once. When you want to press the key twice, the macro must contain the keyboard equivalent twice.

For a list of specific keyboard equivalents, see "Keyboard Equivalents Quick Reference" in the Appendix.

Macro CommandsMacro commands are the tools you use to:

• begin and end a macro

• perform screen cuts

• determine screen cut format

• define comparison values

• perform comparisons

• perform comparisons with relational operators

• transfer control to other macros

• complete transactions

Begin and End a MacroA pair of commands is used to begin and end macros. The macro name is part of the macro beginning.

{BEGDEF}: All macros begin with the {BEGDEF} command, followed by a macro name.

In the following example, {delete} is the macro name.

{BEGDEF}{delete}{^f6}{SPCREC}{ENDDEF}

Within a macro, you may call other macros into play or transfer control to other macros while still working on the same data record. Each macro file can contain up to 150 macro names. See "Naming Macros" for suggestions on naming macros.

{ENDDEF}: The {ENDDEF} command must be used to end a macro. {ENDDEF}: does not tell the macro to stop processing the current record, only that the current macro has reached its end. The current data record is processed until an {ENDREC}, {SPCREC} or {REJECT} command is reached.



For example, macro {itmb} looks similar to this:

{BEGDEF}{itmb}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

The {GETOUT} command can be used to terminate the processing of a macro. This command is most useful within a comparison or conditional routine, in which you want to execute a series of instructions in one particular case and do nothing in the opposite case. The {GETOUT} command cannot be used in place of the {ENDDEF} command.

Perform Screen CutsSpecific characters from a screen can be read (cut) and stored. Using screen cuts, screen information can be compared to fields in the current data record or specific comparison values. Screen cuts are most commonly used to determine:

• the ACTION mode of the screen

• your position in the Scrolling Line section of a screen

• whether a field on a screen contains information

• whether a field on a screen opens for entry, based on other screen information

A screen cut is a character string taken from a specific location on a screen. The screen location is identified by beginning and ending screen coordinates. Screen cuts are expressed as macros and are placed within your current macro directly before the related if-then-else comparison.

In the following example, a screen cut is performed to determine if the ITMB screen is in the ADD mode.

{BEGDEF}{itmb00}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 01, 11, 01, 22,

{ENDDEF}

{if}{cut}{eq}{itmadd}{jump}{additm}

{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{cr}{f6}{additm}

{ENDDEF}

The screen cut macro locates 12 characters on the first row of the screen, starting at column 11. These 12 characters include the screen Function Code and the ACTION mode. Extra spaces (more than one) between characters and any spaces after the last significant character are removed for comparison purposes. The screen characters are stored in a comparison value called {cut}.

Screen Cut FormatScreen cut format depends on whether you are:

• verifying a specific location on a screen

• moving down the Scrolling Line section of a screen

Format variations are as follows:

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,SEARCH FOR & PACK, 99,99,



99,99,{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,SEARCH FOR * TRIM, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,SEARCH FOR , 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{macro name}. Screen cut macros all begin with {BEGDEF}{DISONL}{macro name}. {DISONL} means display only.

NO RETURNS does not add a carriage return at the end of the cut and is included in all screen cut macros.

ABSOLUTE or SEARCH FOR.• ABSOLUTE is used to verify a specific screen location. ABSOLUTE performs the screen cut

at the exact location defined by the screen coordinates.

• SEARCH FOR is used to move down the Scrolling Line section of a screen from the starting row by locating the line marker. SEARCH FOR performs the screen cut relative to the location defined by the screen coordinates—the current row based on the columns defined. The line marker must be in the area of the screen between the row defined and the last row of the display.

The PACK option removes extra spaces (more than one) between characters, removes spaces before the first significant character and removes spaces after the last significant character of a screen cut. Spaces are removed so exact comparisons can be made. This option is used most often to verify the current Function code for the screen.

The TRIM option removes spaces before the first significant character and removes spaces after the last significant character of a screen cut. Embedded spaces between significant characters are not removed. It is recommended that you use the TRIM option if your comparison values contain embedded spaces. This option is used most often in the standard macros when comparing values.

The differences between the PACK and TRIM options can be summarized as:

Both the PACK and TRIM options evaluate a screen cut consisting of only spaces to be a null value.

In the following example, the Order No field on the screen consists of a maximum of 15 characters. The actual order number uses 7 of the 15 characters and contains 2 embedded spaces. The values used for comparison come from two sources:

• cut from the screen

• incoming data file

The screen coordinates specified by the screen cut include the maximum number of characters allowed for the field. The incoming data file value can contain any number of characters up to the maximum but does not include trailing spaces.

Option Leading Spaces Trailing Spaces

More than One Embedded

Space

PACK removed removed removed

TRIM removed removed included



The screen cut value must be interpreted using either the PACK or TRIM option to remove spaces and allow an exact comparison to be made. The PACK and TRIM options interpret the order numbers differently based on whether all embedded spaces are included.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 C O 1 0 0

Characters: 5Trailing spaces: 8Embedded spaces: 2

Total: 15

screen(cut)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C O 1 0 0

Characters: 5Trailing spaces: 0Embedded spaces: 2

Total: 7

IncomingData FileValue

Comparison Character Strings:



99,99,^99,99,. Screen coordinates are identified in pairs. The first and second numbers identify the row and column of the beginning of the screen cut. The third and fourth numbers identify the end of the screen cut.

Screen coordinates should always be two digits. For example, row 3 should be identified as 03. The valid range for rows is 01 through 25, starting at the top of the screen. The valid range for columns is 01 through 80, starting at the leftmost column.

{ENDDEF}. All screen cut macros end with the {ENDDEF} command.

Define Comparison Values

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 C O 1 0 0screen

(cut)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C O 1 0 0Incoming

Data FileValue

Interpreted Character Strings:

comparison fieldsnot an exact match

1 2 3 4 5 6 C O 1 0 0screen

(cut)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C O 1 0 0screen

(cut)

Without PACK or TRIM option: Record Rejected

With PACK option: Record Rejected

With TRIM option: Record Processed

CharactersTrailing spaces

58

Embedded spaces

Total

2

15


50

Embedded spaces

Total

2

7


50

Embedded spaces

Total

1

6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C O 1 0 0Incoming

Data FileValue Characters

Trailing spaces50

Embedded spaces

Total

2

7


50

Embedded spaces

Total

2

7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C O 1 0 0Incoming

Data FileValue Characters

Trailing spaces50

Embedded spaces

Total

2

7



Comparisons performed using the {if} command can use specific comparison values to determine the result of a true/false question. The comparison value is stored, or defined, as a macro. The comparison value itself is considered text and is not surrounded by braces.

In the following example, the value ITMB ADD is defined as the macro {itmadd} and is used to determine if the ITMB screen is in the ADD mode.

{BEGDEF}{itmadd}ITMB ADD{ENDDEF}

The {NULL} macro name is reserved for an empty value. A field containing spaces is not considered {NULL}. The {NULL} value is useful in screen cut and field comparisons. See "Using Incoming Data Files" in the System Control online manual for more information on null fields.

In the following example, {NULL} determines if new or existing text is being attached to an item.

{if}{fld79}{ne}{NULL}{jump}{adtx1}




{fld78}

If any of the four text line fields (field 79, 80, 81 or 82) contain characters, then it can be assumed that new text is being added. Control is transferred to macro {adtx1}.

If none of the four text line fields contain characters (the fields are empty), then it can be assumed that existing text is being added. The content of field 78 is entered in the Text No field.

Perform ComparisonsComparisons are used in if-then-else logic to compare two values for similarities. In general, comparisons verify:

• your position on the screen

• the condition of the screen

• the contents of the current data record

and are made between screen characters, a field value or a specific comparison value. Comparisons are used when the steps you want executed next depend on the result of a true/false question answered by the comparison.

• If the result is true, control is transferred to another macro using the {JUMP} or {CALL} command.

• If the result is false, the next step in the current macro is executed.

In the following example, a comparison is performed between a character cut from the ITMB screen and the specific value—ITMB ADD—to test if the ITMB screen is in the ADD mode:

{BEGDEF}{itmb00}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 01, 11, 01, 22,

{ENDDEF}

{if}{cut}{eq}{itmadd}{jump}{additm}{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{cr}{f6}{additm}

{ENDDEF}




• If the screen cut equals the value ITMB ADD, defined as {itmadd}, then control transfers to macro {additm} to start adding items.

• If the screen cut does not equal the value ITMB ADD, defined as {itmadd}, then HOME s pressed, the cursor moves to the Function field and the ITMB screen is placed in the ADD mode.

The following commands are used to perform comparisons.

{if}: The {if} command is used to begin an if-then-else comparison.

{JUMP}: The {JUMP} command, followed by a macro name, causes a transfer to the identified macro. The commands in the identified macro are executed. Control does not return to the calling macro. The ITMB ADD example above illustrates the use of the {JUMP} command.

{CALL}: The {CALL} command, followed by a macro name, causes a transfer to the identified macro. The commands in the identified macro are executed, then control returns to the calling macro.

See "Logic Errors" for more information on how comparisons are evaluated.

In the following example, a comparison is performed between field 18 in the current data record and the specific value—5—to test if the line should be updated.

{BEGDEF}{ls4all}

{if}{fld18}{eq}{sta5}{call}{notabb}{potabb}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{sta5}5{ENDDEF}

• If the content of field 18 equals 5, defined as {sta5}, then control is transferred to macro {notabb}. Control returns to macro {ls4all} and then control is transferred to macro {potabb}, which is the next step in macro {ls4all}.

• If the content of field 18 does not equal 5, defined as {sta5}, then control is transferred to macro {potabb}, which is the next step in macro {ls4all}.

Relational Operators

Macro Action

{DEQ} Equal to compares two DOUBLE type values to see if they are exactly the same.

{DNE} Not Equal to compares two DOUBLE type values to see if they are unequal in any way.

{EQ} Equal to compares two values to see if they are exactly the same.

{GE} Greater than or Equal to compares two values to see if the first one is larger than or exactly the same as the second.

{GT} Greater than compares two values to see if the first one is larger than the second.

{LE} Less than or Equal to compares two values to see if the first one is smaller than or exactly the same as the second.

{LT} Less than compares two values to see if the first one is smaller than the second.

{NE} Not Equal to compares two values to see if they are unequal in any way.



Transfer Control to Other MacrosOne macro can call another macro while still working on the same data record. Macro control is commonly transferred when:

• using the {if} command. Your first choice of action is to transfer to another macro if the condition you are testing is true.

• repeating a step several times. You can save time and macro names by transferring control to a standard macro.

Placing a macro name within another macro causes a transfer to the target macro. For example,


transfers control from the {ITMB01} macro to the {itmxf1} macro. The commands in the target macro are then executed. You can also transfer control to another macro in the following ways:

• {JUMP}

• {CALL}

• {BACKUP}

The {JUMP} and {CALL} commands are used in conjunction with the {if} command. See "Perform Comparisons" for an example and additional information on these two commands.

The {BACKUP} command is used to return control to the calling macro when macros are nested several levels. For example,

{if}{cut}{eq}{value1}{call}{backup}

returns control to the previous macro if the cut value equals {value1}.

Complete TransactionsThere are three commands used to complete transactions:

The {ENDDEF} command is required after any of these commands to complete processing.

{ENDREC}: The {ENDREC} command signals the completion of a transaction. The {ENDREC} command presses ENTER, moves to the Function field and then stops processing the current data record.

In the following example, an item is added on the ITMB screen by entering the content of fields 7 through 17 from the current data record and using the {ENDREC} command.

{BEGDEF}{additm}{home}{tab}

{fld7}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}

{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Command Action

{ENDREC} Presses ENTER

{SPCREC} Does not press ENTER

{REJECT} Does not process the current data record



{SPCREC}: The {SPCREC} command signals the completion of a transaction. The {SPCREC} command does not press ENTER before moving to the Function field.

In the following example, a deletion transaction is completed by using CTRL+F6. ENTER is not necessary, so the {SPCREC} command is used.


{REJECT}: The {REJECT} command is used when the result of an if-then-else comparison is false and no other action should take place for the current data record. The macro stops processing the current data record, writes the record to the error log file and goes on to the next record in the incoming data file. The error message:

COMPARISON FIELDS DO NOT MATCH

is associated with the rejected data record.

If you specify error level parameter E3 for the import task, additional debugging information about the {REJECT} command is recorded in the error log file. For each {REJECT} command encountered, the line number of the previous {IF} statement is recorded. Use this technique to determine which branch of a conditional macro is executed.

In the following example, the content of field 7 of the current data record is compared to screen characters stored in {cut} to determine if the cursor is positioned on the right line before an item is changed.

{if}{fld7}{eq}{cut}{jump}{itmb}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

• If the content of field 7 matches the screen characters, the item exists on the Item Master. Control is transferred to macro {itmb} to change the item.

• If the content of field 7 does not match the screen characters, the record is not processed.

Macro Syntax

BracesBraces are used to surround commands, comparisons, keyboard equivalents, incoming data fields and macro names. Text, such as a Function Code entered in the Function field, is not surrounded by braces.

In the following example, ITMB is typed in the Function field.

{BEGDEF}{itmb01}{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{fld7}{cr}

CapitalizationAll macro elements can be either upper or lower case. The following two lines are equivalent:

{BEGDEF}{itmb01}{home}itmb{esc}{esc}{fld7}{cr}

{begdef}{ITMB01}{HOME}ITMB{ESC}{ESC}{FLD7}{CR}

Incoming Data FieldsIncoming data fields are identified using the format:

{FLDxx}

where xx equals the field position in the incoming data record. Incoming data fields are enclosed in braces.



Macro FilesA macro file includes all the macros used to complete one or many transactions. For example, the predefined INVM.MAC file includes the macros for using all the screens in the Inventory Control Module. The required macro file extension is MAC. Macro files should be located in the MFGSYS\I directory.

Macro NamesMacro names can be up to six alphanumeric characters and may contain any characters allowed in a file name. See "Reserved Words" for a list of character strings that cannot be used as macro names.

Macro names are enclosed in braces. See "Macro Techniques" for limits pertaining to macro names.

In the following example, delete is the macro name.


Reserved WordsCertain character strings cannot be used as macro names. These character strings identify commands, key equivalents, comparisons and so on. Capitalization is not significant. The following list includes the words reserved for Data Import.

{altc} {altf4} {altf8}

{altf9} {altf10} {altm}

{altr} {altt} {backup}

{begdef} {bktab} {call}

{cmd} {cr} {delay}

{deq} {disonl} {dn}

{dne} {end} {enddef}

{disonl} {dn} {end}

{enddef} {endrec} {eq}

{esc} {f1} {f2}

{f3} {f4} {f5}

{f6} {f7} {f8}

{f9} {f10} {ffld}

{fld} {ge} {getout}

{gt} {home} {if}

{jump} {le} {lf}

{lt} {ne} {null}

{pgdn} {pgup} {reject}

{spcrec} {tab} {up}

{xdn} {xend} {xhome}



SpacingSpaces between macro elements are treated as text entries. Spaces should not be placed within a macro such as:

{BEGDEF} {delete} {^f6} {SPCREC} {ENDDEF}

Spaces at the end of a line in a macro are not allowed. However, spaces are allowed within text such as:


In this example, ITMB ADD is literally what is cut from the screen.

{xpgdn} {xpgup} {xup}

{xênd} {x^home} {^cr}

{ênd} {^f6} {^home}


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Custom Macros

Custom MacrosMacros can be created from scratch or by customizing an existing macro.

Macros from ScratchCreating a macro from scratch requires in-depth knowledge of the system including screen movements, system identification requirements and entry rule dependencies. See "Macro Techniques" for some suggestions on meeting these requirements.

Customizing a MacroThe easiest way to create your own set of macros is to customize copies of macros included with the System Control Module. Customizing a predefined macro involves:

• defining your transaction

• copying a predefined macro (and all of its associated macros) to a custom macro file

• modifying the custom macro file to match movements around the screen and your incoming data file

Customizing a macro requires the following tools:

• text editor such as Notepad

• screen print of screen(s) used in the transaction

• Data Import Dictionary

• incoming data record layout

The text editor is used to create or modify a macro. A macro is an plain text file containing no special formatting characters.

A screen print of each of the screens used in the transaction acts as a reference for the fields on the screen and also cursor movement.

The Data Import Dictionary is used to determine the values that must be included in the incoming data record for proper system identification.

The incoming data record layout is a guide to what macro field references are required.

1. Create a Custom Macro File1. Define the transaction you want to perform and assign the transaction a macro name.

For example, you might want to update the information in the In Rev (in revision) field in your bills of material. The macro name is BILLRV. The screen movements are as follows:

- Go to the BILL screen.

- Enter a parent from the current data record in the Parent field, then enter the Starting Pt Use, Starting Seqn and Starting Component fields and press ENTER.

- Verify the first line displayed in the Scrolling Line section of the screen matches the current record before performing the rest of the transaction. Compare a screen cut of the Pt Use, Seqn and Component fields with the current data record.



If there is no match, do not process the record. Go on to the next record in the incoming data file.

If there is a match, press F8 to go to the Bill of Material Detail screen. Enter information in the In Rev field from the current data record and press ENTER.

2. Sign onto the system and produce a screen print of each screen involved in the transaction. Mark the screen to indicate which fields are involved in the transaction and movement within and between each screen.

For example, the BILL (Single Level Bill) and Bill of Material Detail screens are involved in the revision level transaction. The In Rev field is on the Bill of Material Detail screen. Use the on-line help, as necessary, to determine which fields are required.

3. Use the Data Import Dictionary to locate the transaction most similar to your transaction. The Required Transaction Fields table for the transaction will help you identify fields referenced in the related macros.

Note: Another approach would be to do transactions similar to those you are designing and then look in the ARCHIVE.FIL file for the macro id in the first field of each of the related archive records. However, be certain to back up your system before experimenting.

The transaction most similar to our example is

BILL02: Change Bill of Material Detail.4. Use the "Transactions by Macro Id" index at the end of the Data Import Dictionary to identify

the predefined macro file in the MFGSYS\I directory.

For example, macro BILL02 is included in the BILM.MAC file. All macros beginning with BILL are in the BILM.MAC file.

5. Edit the identified macro file in the MFGSYS\I directory. In the macro file, locate the macro for the transaction most similar to your transaction. Copy this macro, and all its associated macros, to a new macro file in the MFGSYS\I directory. The new macro file must include an MAC file extension. This is the basis for your custom macro file.

For example, the macros associated with macro BILL02, now in a file named BILLREV.MAC, look similar to this:

**** Macro BILL02: CHanGe BOM detail, ADD new text - component on BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL02}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}

* bilxf2 * - transport to BILL screen, enter information to find record{BEGDEF}{bilxf2}{billsc}{fld7}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{cr}{ctptus}{ENDDEF}

* billsc * - transport to BILL screen{BEGDEF}{billsc}{home}bill{esc}{esc}{ENDDEF}

* ctptus * - check PT USE{BEGDEF}{ctptus}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,02, 14,06,{ENDDEF}{IF}{fld8}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctseq}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}



* ctseq * - check SEQ #{BEGDEF}{ctseq}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,09, 14,11,{ENDDEF}{IF}{fld9}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctcomp}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* ctcomp * - check COMP TYP{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,14, 14,28,{ENDDEF}{IF}{fld10}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* gobil * - jump to the correct transaction{BEGDEF}{gobil}{IF}{fld1}{eq}{bill2}{jump}{BI02-A}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* BI02-A *{BEGDEF}{BI02-A}{F8}{fld18}{fld19}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE, 11,14, 11,14,{ENDDEF}{IF}{cut}{eq}{testP}{jump}{cfg}{nocfg}{ENDDEF}

* cfg *{BEGDEF}{cfg}{fld20}{fld21}{fld22}{fld23}{fld24}{fld25}{fld26}{chktxt}{ENDDEF}

* nocfg *{BEGDEF}{nocfg}{fld23}{fld24}{fld25}{chktxt}{ENDDEF}

* chktxt *{BEGDEF}{chktxt}{IF}{fld28}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{IF}{fld29}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{IF}{fld30}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{IF}{fld31}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{fld27}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

* addtxt *{BEGDEF}{addtxt}{F6}{fld28}{fld29}{fld30}{fld31}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{testP}P{ENDDEF}

6. Print your custom macro file. Highlight all the field references–{fldxx}–in one color. Highlight macro names in another color. Make certain all the macros called in the transaction are included in the custom macro file. If macros are missing, go back to the predefined macro file and copy the missing macros into your custom macro file.

For example, field references and macro names for a portion of macro BILL02 look similar to this:



7. Using your screen prints as reference, walk through the macros and understand the actions taking place.

For example, macro BILL02 reads like this:

- Go to the BILL screen.

- Enter fields 7, 8, 9 and 10 (parent, pt use, seqn and component) of the ARCHIVE.FIL file in the Parent and Starting fields and press ENTER.

- Verify the first line displayed in the Scrolling Line section of the screen matches the record in the ARCHIVE.FIL file before performing the rest of the transaction. Compare a screen cut of the Pt Use, Seqn and Component fields with fields 8, 9 and 10 of the ARCHIVE.FIL file.

If there is no match, do not process the record. Go on to the next record in the ARCHIVE.FIL file.

If there is a match, continue the transaction by transferring control to macro {bil1f8}.- Press F8 to go to the Bill of Material Detail screen.

- Enter all the fields on the screen, starting with field 18 (in rev).

2. Design and Create a Test Data File1. Create a data file to use in modifying and testing your custom macro. The test data file should

be located in the MFGSYS directory and have a DAT file extension. See "Incoming Data File Preparation" in the System Control online manual for detailed information on incoming data files.

For example, a BILLREV.DAT file, created using the ITEM:Bills information path and the ASCII EXTRACT task, looks similar to this:

“PARENT”,”COMPONENT”,”PT_USE”,”SEQN”,”IN_REV”“18-LM”,”105376”,”ASSM9”,”010”,””“18-LM”,”21841”,”ASSM9”,”020”,””“18-LM”,”21842”,”ASSM9”,”030”,””“18-LM”,”51-50”,”ASSM9”,”040”,””“18-LM”,”51-55”,”ASSM9”,”050”,””“18-LM”,”51-56”,”ASSM9”,”060”,””“18-LM”,”51-57”,”ASSM9”,”070”,””“18-LM”,”3954682-18”,”ASSM9”,”080”,””“18-LM”,”695002-18”,”ASSM9”,”090”,””

**** Macro BILL02: CHanGe BOM detail, ADD new text - component on BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL02}{ENDDEF}

* bilxf2 * - transport to BILL screen, enter information to find record{BEGDEF}{bilxf2}{fld7}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{cr}



{bilxf2}

{ctptus} {ENDDEF}

{billsc}



“18-LM”,”12523-18”,”ASSM9”,”100”,””“18-LM”,”18-CONT”,”ASSM9”,”110”,””“18-LM”,”3.5 HP”,”ASSM9”,”120”,””“18-LM”,”1000-25”,”ASSM9”,”130”,””

The modified BILLREV.DAT data file looks similar to this:

“MACRO NAME”,”PARENT”,”COMPONENT”,”PT_USE”,”SEQN”,”IN_REV“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”105376”,”ASSM9”,”010”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”21841”,”ASSM9”,”020”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”21842”,”ASSM9”,”030”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”51-50”,”ASSM9”,”040”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”51-55”,”ASSM9”,”050”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”51-56”,”ASSM9”,”060”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”51-57”,”ASSM9”,”070”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”3954682-18”,”ASSM9”,”080”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”695002-18”,”ASSM9”,”090”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”12523-18”,”ASSM9”,”100”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”18-CONT”,”ASSM9”,”110”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”3.5 HP”,”ASSM9”,”120”,”A”“BILLRV”,“18-LM”,”1000-25”,”ASSM9”,”130”,”A”

The custom macro name BILLRV is now field 1. Values have been added for the In Rev field.

2. Print out the test data file. Using the Required Transaction Fields table for the transaction you are modifying, relate the fields in your test data file with the field numbers shown for the ARCHIVE.FIL file.

For example, the BILLREV.DAT/ARCHIVE.FIL file relationships look similar to this:

3. Modify the Custom Macro File1. Using the printout of your custom macro file and the relationships established between the

ARCHIVE.FIL file and test data fields, record the macro modifications necessary. You might need to:

- change macro names

- change field numbers to new field numbers

- change field numbers to tabs

- eliminate macro calls and macros

2. Using a text editor, modify your custom macro file to reflect the necessary changes.

For example, the modified BILLREV.MAC file looks similar to this:

**** Macro BILLRV: CHanGe BOM detail, ADD new text - component on BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILLRV}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}

* bilxf2 * - transport to BILL screen, enter information to find record

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ARCHIVE.FIL 1 7 10 8 9 18BILLREV.DAT 1 2 3 4 5 6

"BILLREV" "18-LM" "105376" "ASSM9" "010" "A"

Field Numbers



{BEGDEF}{bilxf2}{billsc}{fld2}{fld4}{fld5}{fld3}{cr}{ctptus}{ENDDEF}



* ctseq * - check SEQ #{BEGDEF}{ctseq}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,09, 14,11,{ENDDEF}{IF}{fld5}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctcomp}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* ctcomp * - check COMP TYP{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,14, 14,28,{ENDDEF}{IF}{fld3}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* gobil * - jump to the correct transaction{BEGDEF}{gobil}{IF}{fld1}{eq}{bill2}{jump}{BI02-A}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* BI02-A *{BEGDEF}{BI02-A}{F8}{fld6}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Testing and Troubleshooting

Testing and Troubleshooting

Testing a MacroTesting a macro involves backing up the database, setting up the IMPT (Data Import) task, running the IMPT task and checking both the batch process log file and the IMPORT.ERR log file in the MFGSYS directory. You may want to conduct macro testing on a stand-alone workstation. Use the following steps to test your custom macro.

1. Back up your current Fourth Shift database and related data files.

2. Rename the ARCHIVE.FIL file so that test transactions are not appended to your production ARCHIVE.FIL file.

3. Rename or delete the IMPORT.ERR file, if an IMPORT.ERR file exists.

4. Use the BSET (Batch Process Setup) screen to set up a batch process (process Id TST) that includes the IMPT task. Use error level E3 to begin testing. Validate the Parameters field using the F4 key before leaving the screen.

For example, the batch process set up for the BILLRV transaction looks similar to this:

01 IMPT MBILLREV.MAC IBILLREV.DAT E3 F02

Notice that the import process will start on record two. In this way, the first line in the test data file, which identifies the fields, is skipped.

5. Use the BEXE (Batch Process Execution) screen to run the IMPT task.

6. Check the LOG.TST and IMPORT.ERR files for any errors.

7. Check the ARCHIVE.FIL file to verify the transactions were successful.

8. When you are certain the results are successful, restore your Fourth Shift database and related data files. Change the error level to E1 and perform the import process using actual data.

TroubleshootingMacros are extremely detailed and any kind of typing, logic or field error can make the difference between a successful and an unsuccessful result. Here are some things to consider if you run into a problem.

Log Files1. Print out and analyze the LOG.XXX file for the batch process you just ran.

2. Print out and analyze the IMPORT.ERR file produced by the IMPT task.

See "Data Import Error Messages" in the System Control online manual for an explanation of the error messages recorded in the log files.

Test Data FileCheck your test data file for errors. Errors can include:

• blank lines at the top or bottom of the file. These blank lines are considered bad records.



• extra spaces at the end of a CDF data record. These spaces are treated as data and result in a bad record.

• leading spaces in a numeric field

• Ln# (line number) and Seqn (sequence number) fields must be zero-filled in order for a comparison to be successful.

• fields containing a quote-comma sequence in a CDF file. For example, a description such as 12", round is interpreted as the end of an alphanumeric field and the beginning of a numeric field. The User Interface prevents the user from entering a quote-comma sequence into alphanumeric fields on the screen.

Macro File1. Verify all the macros called during the transaction are in the macro file.

2. Compare field numbers in the macro with the fields in the incoming data file.

Syntax ErrorsSyntax errors to look for include:

• incomplete pair of braces

• incomplete pair of {BEGDEF}/{ENDDEF} commands

• braces turned the wrong way

• tabs and/or spaces within macros

• macro names greater than six characters long

• duplicate macro names

• incorrect spacing and commas in a screen cut command

• undefined comparison values

• blank lines or comments between the {BEGDEF} and {ENDDEF} commands

• missing {ENDREC}, {SPCREC} or {REJECT} to complete a transaction

• the {ENDDEF} command spelled with one D

Logic ErrorsWhen checking for logic errors, consider the following:

• {jump} and {call} commands that are not part of if-then-else comparisons produce unpredictable results.

• Use {SPCREC} instead of {ENDREC} following a {^f6}. {ENDREC} performs a {cr} which causes the transaction to be erroneously logged to the error file.

• When you are making relational comparisons (greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, or less than or equal to) to perform , numeric fields must contain the same number of digits. For example, the value 8 is greater than 10 because 8 is greater than 1. For the comparison to be valid, you must compare 08 to 10.

Capturing Data ValuesThe {CMD} command allows you to capture values being used in a specific place in a macro and store those data values in a file. In this way you can verify the macro is performing steps as expected. This technique is especially useful when verifying screen cuts.

Two varieties of the {CMD} command are used to enable and disable the data value logging capability.



• {CMD}P1 enables the capability

• {CMD}P0 disables the capability

All macro instructions after the {CMD}P1 command and before the {CMD}P0 command are written to a file specified as a parameter to the IMPT or RCVR task. These instructions are ignored if no file is specified for the task. For more information on specifying a file, see "Import Setup."

ExampleThe following example shows a macro that captures data values from a screen and a screen cut.

{BEGDEF}{prtc}{CMD}P1{HOME}FIELD7 = "{fld7}"{CR}CUT = "{cut}"{CR}{CR}{CMD}P0{ENDDEF}

In the following example, the {prtc} macro shown above is called after checking the Item field on the ITMB screen before changing an item.

**** Macro ITMB01: CHanGe item on main ITMB screen ****{BEGDEF}{ITMB01}{itmxf1}{ENDDEF}

* itmxf1 * - transport to ITMB screen, enter ITEM, check for correct line{BEGDEF}{itmxf1}{itmbsc}{fld7}{cr}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 10,03, 10,17,{ENDDEF}{prtc}{IF}{cut}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{mbchk2}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


* mbchk2 * - jump to the correct transaction

Macro Line(s) Description

{BEGDEF}{prtc} This statement identifies the print macro using the macro name {prtc}.

{CMD}P1{HOME} These commands enable the data logging capability.

FIELD7 = "{fld7}"{CR}CUT = "{cut}"{CR}

These commands write exactly what is defined to the file. The first line records the content of field 7 in the current data record. The second line records the string of characters currently stored in {cut}. Quotation marks begin and end the char-acter strings so that spaces in a data value can be detected. Each {CR} inserts an end-of-line character in the file.

{CR}{CMD}P0{ENDDEF}

These commands add a blank line to the end of the file, disable the data value log-ging capability and end the macro.



{IF}{fld1}{eq}{MB01}{jump}{MB01-A}{ENDDEF}

* MB01-A *{BEGDEF}{MB01-A}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld12}{fld13}{fld14}{fld15}{fld16}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{prtc}{CMD}P1{HOME}FIELD7 = "{fld7}"{CR}CUT = "{cut}"{CR}{CR}{CMD}P0{ENDDEF}

This macro records all field data values and screen cut values to a file, allowing you to review the file for discrepancies. The resulting file could look similar to this:

FIELD7 = "18-LM"CUT = "18-LM "

In this example, the screen cut format should be checked to make sure the PACK or TRIM option is being used to remove spaces after the last character in a character string.

Import Setup1. Check the batch process set up to run the IMPT task. Make sure you specify a template, if

using one.

2. Check the template and table(s) created using the TMPT (Template Maintenance) screen, if necessary.

Using Macro Debugging ParametersThere are a number of parameters available for the IMPT and RCVR tasks that aid in debugging and troubleshooting macros. When testing macros, use these parameters in addition to those regularly in use for a task.

• File for Logging Data Values. Use the C parameter to specify the file used to store data values captured by the {CMD} macro command. The file name should be a full path, such as C:\TEMP\CMDFILE.TXT. Data values are appended to this file each time the data value logging capability is enabled in a macro.

• Step Mode. Use the S parameter to start the data import process in single step mode. This allows you to review each transaction for troubleshooting purposes.

• Enhanced Error Logging. Use the E3 error level parameter to log additional information about transactions completed through the {REJECT} command and transactions suspended as a result of two users attempting to access data at the same time.

• Time Delay for Recovery. Use the T parameter to delay incoming data by up to 60 seconds per transaction, simulating real-time client workstation performance. The cursor remains on the last line processed during the Wait sleep. For example, T30 waits 30 seconds between transaction.

Use the W parameter to delay incoming data by up to 60 seconds per transaction, simulating real-time client workstation performance. An ESC key is entered into the screen prior to the Wait sleep and all passive currencies are removed. For example, W30 waits 30 seconds between transactions.

This parameter is available for the RCVR task only.



Import ExecutionRerun the IMPT task. See "Managing the Import Process" in the System Control online manual for information on options including:

• stopping the process

• controlling the process from the keyboard a single keystroke at a time


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Macro Techniques

Macro Techniques

Making Macros Readable

Comment LinesAny line outside of a {BEGDEF} command is ignored during the import process. Take advantage of this by beginning each macro with a description of the transaction, such as:

**** Macro BILL00: ADD component to BOM ****

You can also put one or two blank lines between individual macros to separate them.

CapitalizationYou can use capitalization to make different macro elements stand out. For example, you may want to make all commands upper case and all macro names lower case or vice versa for easy identification.

Line BreaksEnd your macro lines in places that make it easy for you to see, at a glance, what is happening. For example, put the {BEGDEF}{macro name} command together on a line and continue with the body of your macro on the next line so it is not necessary to hunt for the place where your macro actually begins executing commands.

Meaningful NamesMake your macro names descriptive of their function. As time passes, you will not remember all the discoveries you made to arrive at a workable macro.

Naming MacrosOne macro file can contain up to 150 {BEGDEF} commands. The number of {BEGDEF} commands can be reduced using the following techniques:

• The macro name {cut} can be reused to store a succession of screen cuts when screen cut macros are placed directly before the related if-then-else comparisons.

• A macro that executes a standard function, such as a delete, can be called by a number of different macros.

Entering Data Into FieldsMacros can perform a number of actions with field data including the following:

• Add or Change Data. Input from the incoming data field or a literal in the template overwrites any existing value in the destination field. The field is cleared first rather than overwriting character by character.

• Delete Data. When an @ appears as a single character input field, the associated field on the screen is cleared as if the F1 key was pressed on the keyboard.

To delete existing information in an alphanumeric (or date) field, use "@". For example:



"BILLRV","DA1800","S200","FAB",010,"@","02"

To delete existing information in a numeric field, use @. For example:

"BILLRV","DA1800","S200","FAB",010,@,"02"

If you use the @ symbol as part of a multiple character string, the field information will not be deleted.

• Use Existing Data. Null or empty fields in the incoming data field signal the system to use whatever data is already entered for that field. The system tabs through the field leaving the data as it was.

Identifying a Screen CutScreen cuts are most commonly used to determine:

• the ACTION mode of the screen

• your position in the Scrolling Line section of a screen

• whether a field on a screen contains information

• whether a field on a screen opens for entry, based on other screen information

See "Perform Screen Cuts" for screen cut formats. To identify a screen cut:

1. Use the Data Import Dictionary, screen prints and predefined macros to determine which screen cuts you need.

2. Load a utility to redirect a screen print to a text file.

3. Go to the screen for which you need the cut or cuts and fill the fields you need completely. In this way, you can determine the length of the fields. Do not press ENTER.

4. Do a screen print to a text file and exit the system.

5. Edit the text file. Be certain the top row of the screen is the top line of the text file. Some screen-capture programs place a blank line above the top row of the screen. If a blank line exists, delete the blank line before determining cut coordinates.

Screen coordinates are as follows:

6. Position the cursor on the beginning point of your cut. Do not use any keys which cause you to change the file, such as the SPACE BAR, BACKSPACE or any character key.

7. Using the COLUMN and ROW capability, determine the cursor's position. Write down the ROW and COLUMN numbers as your beginning coordinate.

8. Position the cursor on the ending point of your cut. Using the COLUMN and ROW capability, determine the cursor's position. Write down the ROW and COLUMN numbers as your ending coordinates. You may also want to write down the field so you can include a comment line in the macro before the screen cut is performed.

First Column Last Column

First row 01, 01 01, 80

Last row 25, 01 25, 80



Screen Cuts for Currency InformationCurrency information for foreign transactions or trading partners is displayed in a controlled area in the upper right section of the window when needed. This information can be used by custom macros to verify that the information on a screen is displayed in the correct currency.

If you need to use the currency information, the data is available for screen cuts in line 24.

Sample MacrosA walkthrough of a number of macros is presented here to give you an idea of the approaches used for various screen functions.

Add on Scrolling Line ScreenMacro {BILL00} adds a component to a bill of material using the BILL (Single Level Bill) screen.

The correct bill of material must be displayed on the BILL screen before a component is added, and the BILL screen must be in the ADD mode.

Macro {BILL00} looks similar to this:

**** Macro BILL00: ADD component to BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL00}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 01,11, 01,22,{ENDDEF}{if}{cut}{eq}{biladd}{jump}{chkbil}{bilxf1}{F6}{addbil}{ENDDEF}

* chkbil *{BEGDEF}{chkbil}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{bilitm}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 04,11, 04,25,{ENDDEF}{if}{bilitm}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{addbil}{bilxf1}{F6}{addbil}{ENDDEF}

* addbil *{BEGDEF}{addbil}{home}{tab}{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld14}{fld16}{fld12}{fld13}{fld15}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

* bilxf1 * - transport to BILL screen, enter PARENT{BEGDEF}{bilxf1}{billsc}{fld7}{cr}{ENDDEF}


Macro {BILL00} performs the following actions:

{BEGDEF}{BILL00}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 01,11, 01,22,{ENDDEF}

Determine if the BILL screen is now displayed and in the ADD mode. Locate 12 characters on the first row of the screen, starting at column 11. These 12 characters include the screen Function Code and the ACTION mode. Remove any extra spaces (more than one) between characters and any spaces at the end of the last character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.



{if}{cut}{eq}{biladd}{jump}{chkbil}

{bilxf1}{F6}{addbil}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{bilxf1}{billsc}{fld7}{cr}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{billsc}{home}bill{esc}{esc}{ENDDEF}

Compare the screen characters to the character string BILL ADD, defined as the value {biladd}.

• If the screen characters match BILL ADD, the BILL screen is in the ADD mode. Transfer control to macro {chkbil}.

• If the screen characters do not match BILL ADD, transfer control to macro {bilxf1}, which calls macro {billsc} to transport to the BILL screen. The BILL screen is refreshed and the cursor is in the Parent field. The bill of material is displayed and a new line is opened to add a component. Transfer control to macro {addbil}.

{BEGDEF}{biladd}BILL ADD{ENDDEF}

The value BILL ADD is defined using macro {biladd}.

{BEGDEF}{chkbil}

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{bilitm}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 04,11, 04,25,{ENDDEF}

Determine if the bill of material now displayed is for the parent represented by field 7 in the current data record. Locate 15 characters on the fourth row of the screen, starting at column 11. These 15 characters are the Parent field. Remove spaces before the first significant character and remove spaces after the last significant character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {bilitm}.

{if}{bilitm}{eq}{fld7}{jump}{addbil}

{bilxf1}{F6}{addbil}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{bilxf1}{billsc}{fld7}{cr}{ENDDEF}


Compare the screen characters to the content of field 7.

• If the screen characters match field 7, the correct bill of material is displayed. Transfer control to macro {addbil}.

• If the screen characters do not match field 7, transfer control to macro {bilxf1}, which calls macro {billsc} to transport to the BILL screen. The BILL screen is refreshed and the cursor is in the Parent field. The bill of material is displayed and a new line is opened to add a component. Transfer control to macro {addbil}.

{BEGDEF}{addbil}{home}{tab}

{fld8}{fld9}{fld10}{fld11}{fld14}{fld16}{fld12}{fld13}{fld15}{fld17}

{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Add an item to the bill of material using the content of fields 8 through 17 from the current data record. First be certain the cursor is in the first open field. Press HOME to go to the Function field. Press TAB to move to the first open field on the screen. Enter the content of fields 8 through 17 on the open line. Press ENTER to finish the transaction and complete processing the current data record.

Change on Scrolling Line Screen



Macro {BILL01} changes a component on a bill of material. The correct component must be found on the BILL screen before a change is made. Once the Parent and other key fields are entered, the first component listed is verified using the unique identifier fields—Pt Use, Seqn and Component.


**** Macro BILL01: CHanGe component on BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL01}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}



* ctptus * - check PT USE{BEGDEF}{ctptus}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,02, 14,06,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld8}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctseq}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* ctseq * - check SEQ #{BEGDEF}{ctseq}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,09, 14,11,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld9}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctcomp}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* ctcomp * - check COMP TYP{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,14, 14,28,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld10}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* gobil * - jump to the correct transaction{BEGDEF}{gobil}{if}{fld1}{eq}{bill1}{jump}{BI01-A}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* BI01-A *{BEGDEF}{BI01-A}{fld11}{fld14}{fld16}{fld12}{fld13}{fld15}{fld17}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}


{BEGDEF}{BILL01}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}



The macro {bill01} calls the macro {bilxf2}. The macro {bilxf2} calls the macro {billsc} to transport to the BILL screen. The cursor is in the Parent field. Enter the content of fields 7, 8, 9 and 10 in the open fields on the screen—Parent, Starting Pt Use, Seqn and Component. Press ENTER to display the bill of material. Transfer control to macro {ctptus}.

{BEGDEF}{ctptus}




Determine if the point of use on the first line matches the current data record. Locate 5 characters on the fourteenth row of the screen, starting at column 02. These 5 characters are the Pt Use field. Remove spaces before the first significant character and remove spaces after the last significant character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{fld8}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctseq}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


• If the screen characters match field 8, check the sequence number. Transfer control to macro {ctseq}.

• If the screen characters do not match field 8, stop processing the current data record.

{BEGDEF}{ctseq}


Determine if the sequence number on the first line matches the current data record. Locate 3 characters on the fourteenth row of the screen, starting at column 09. These 3 characters are the Seqn field. Remove spaces before the first significant character and remove spaces after the last significant character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{fld9}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctcomp}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


• If the screen characters match field 9, check the component. Transfer control to macro {ctcomp}.


{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}


Determine if the component on the first line matches the current data record. Locate 15 characters on the fourteenth row of the screen, starting at column 14. These 15 characters are the Component field. Remove spaces before the first significant character and remove spaces after the last significant character. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{fld10}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


• If the screen characters match field 10, transfer control to macro {gobil}.


{BEGDEF}{gobil}

{if}{fld1}{eq}{bill1}{jump}{BI01-A}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


• If the screen characters match field 1, transfer control to macro {BI01-A}.




{BEGDEF}{BI01-A}{fld11}{fld14}{fld16}{fld12}{fld13}{fld15}{fld17}

{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Change the component. Enter the content of fields 11 through 17 on the line. Press ENTER to finish the transaction and complete processing the current data record.

Delete on Scrolling Line ScreenMacro {BILL03} is used to delete a component on a bill of material. The correct component must be found on the BILL screen before a change is made. Once the Parent and other key fields are entered, the first component listed is verified using the unique identifier fields—Pt Use, Seqn and Component.


**** Macro BILL03: DELete component from BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL03}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}





* ctcomp * - check COMP TYP{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,14, 14,28,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld10}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* gobil * - jump to the correct transaction{BEGDEF}{gobil}{if}{fld1}{eq}{bill3}{jump}{delete}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* delete *{BEGDEF}{delete} {^F6} {SPCREC}{ENDDEF}








{BEGDEF}{ctptus}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{ctseq}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{gobil}



{if}{fld1}{eq}{bill3}{jump}{delete}

{REJECT}{ENDDEF}


• If the screen characters match field 1, transfer control to macro {delete}.



Delete the component. Press CTRL+F6 to finish the transaction and complete processing the current data record.

Change on Detail ScreenMacro {BILL02} changes component detail using the Bill of Material Detail screen, accessed from the BILL screen.

The correct component must be found on the BILL screen before a change is made. Once the Parent and other key fields are entered, the first component listed is verified using the unique identifier fields—Pt Use, Seqn and Component.


**** Macro BILL02: CHanGe BOM detail, ADD new text - component on BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL02}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}



{BEGDEF}{ctptus}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,02, 14,06,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld8}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctseq}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{ctseq}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,09, 14,11,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld9}{eq}{cut}{jump}{ctcomp}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,14, 14,28,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld10}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{gobil}{if}{fld1}{eq}{bill2}{jump}{BI02-A}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{BI02-A}{F8}{fld18}{fld19}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE, 11,14, 11,14,{ENDDEF}{if}{cut}{eq}{testP}{jump}{cfg}{nocfg}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{cfg}{fld20}{fld21}{fld22}{fld23}{fld24}{fld25}{fld26}{chktxt}{E



NDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{nocfg}{fld23}{fld24}{fld25}{chktxt}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{chktxt}{if}{fld28}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{if}{fld29}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{if}{fld30}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{if}{fld31}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}{fld27}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

{BEGDEF}{addtxt}{F6}{fld28}{fld29}{fld30}{fld31}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}







{BEGDEF}{ctptus}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{ctseq}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}






{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{gobil}





{BEGDEF}{BI02-A}{F8}{fld18}{fld19}

The Bill of Material Detail screen is displayed. Enter the content of fields 18 and 19 in the In Rev and Out Rev fields.

{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE, 11,14, 11,14,{ENDDEF}

Determine which fields are open based on the parent's planning policy. Locate 1 character on the eleventh row of the screen, starting at column 14. This character is the Pln Pol field in the Parent section of the screen. Store the screen characters in a comparison value called {cut}.

{if}{cut}{eq}{testP}{jump}{cfg}

{nocfg}{ENDDEF}

Compare the screen characters to the character P, defined as the value {testP}.

• If the screen characters match {testP}, transfer control to macro {cfg}.

• If the screen characters do not match {testP}, transfer control to macro {nocfg}.

{BEGDEF}{cfg}{fld20}{fld21}{fld22}{fld23}{fld24}{fld25}{fld26}{chktxt}{ENDDEF}

Enter the content of fields 20 through 26 in the open fields on the screen. Transfer control to macro {chktxt}.

{BEGDEF}{nocfg}{fld23}{fld24}{fld25}{chktxt}{ENDDEF}

Enter the content of fields 23 through 25 in the open fields on the screen. Transfer control to macro {chktxt}.

{BEGDEF}{chktxt}



{if}{fld28}{ne}{NULL}{call}{addtxt}




{fld27}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Check if new text is being added or existing text is being attached to the component.

• If any of the four text line fields contain text, add new text by transferring control to macro {addtxt}.

• If none of the four text line fields contain text, assume existing text is being added. Fill in the Text No field using field 27, if necessary, and press ENTER.

{BEGDEF}{addtxt}{F6}{fld28}{fld29}{fld30}{fld31}{ENDREC}{ENDDEF}

Press F6 to open the text area. Enter the content of fields 28, 29, 30 and 31. Press ENTER. If field 28, 29, 30 or 31 is null (empty), the field is tabbed through.


The value P is defined using macro {testP}.

Deletion of TextMacro {BILL04} deletes component text using the Bill of Material Detail screen, accessed from the BILL screen. The correct component must be found on the BILL screen before a deletion is performed. Once the Parent and other key fields are entered, the first component listed is verified using the unique identifier fields—Pt Use, Seqn and Component.


**** Macro BILL04: DELete text - component on BOM ****{BEGDEF}{BILL04}{bilxf2}{ENDDEF}





* ctcomp * - check COMP TYP{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 14,14, 14,28,{ENDDEF}{if}{fld10}{eq}{cut}{jump}{gobil}



{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* gobil * - jump to the correct transaction{BEGDEF}{gobil}{if}{fld1}{eq}{bill4}{jump}{BI04-A}{REJECT}{ENDDEF}

* BI04-A *{BEGDEF}{BI04-A}{F8}{end}{delete}{ENDDEF}

* delete *{BEGDEF}{delete}{∧F6}{SPCREC}{ENDDEF}






{BEGDEF}{ctptus}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{ctseq}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}






{BEGDEF}{ctcomp}




{REJECT}{ENDDEF}




{BEGDEF}{gobil}





{BEGDEF}{BI04-A}{F8}{end}{delete}{ENDDEF}

Press F8 to go to the Bill of Material Detail screen. Press END to move the cursor to the Text No field. Transfer control to macro {delete}.

{BEGDEF}{delete}{^F6}{SPCREC}{ENDDEF}

Delete the text. Press CTRL+F6 to finish the transaction and complete processing the current data record.


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Macro Quick Reference

Macro Quick Reference

Keyboard Equivalents Quick Reference

Special Keys

Move and Scroll Keys

Function Keys

Key Equivalent

TAB {tab}

SHIFT+TAB {bktab}

ENTER {cr}

ESC {esc}

CTRL ^ (always used with another key, such as {ênd})

CTRL+ENTER {^cr}

ALT+F4 {altf4}

Key Equivalent

Line Up {up}; {xup}

Line Down {dn}; {xdn}

Pg Up {pgup}; {xpgup}

Pg Dn {pgdn}; {xpgdn}

Home {home}; {xhome}

Ctrl+Home {^home}; {x^home}

End {end}; {xend}

Ctrl+End {ênd}; {xênd}

Action Equivalent

Clear Field {f1}

Field Definition {f2}

Screen Help {f3}

Field Help {f4}

Open Window {altf4}

Exit via Menu {f5}



Movement Within the Screen

Macro Commands Quick Reference

Begin and End Macros

Perform Screen CutsSpecific Location:{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE & PACK, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE * TRIM, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,ABSOLUTE, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

Relative Location:{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,SEARCH FOR & PACK, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,SEARCH FOR * TRIM, 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}{BEGDEF}{DISONL}{cut}NO RETURNS,SEARCH FOR , 99,99, 99,99,{ENDDEF}

Add Line {f6}

Delete Line {^f6}

Print Report {f7}

Related Screens {f8}; {f9}; {f10}; {altf8}; {altf9}; {altf10}

Action Equivalent

To Move to the Next Field {tab}

To Scroll Up or Down a List of Information {up} {dn}

To Return to the Function Field {home}

To Move to the Last Highlighted Field on the Screen {end}

To Move to the Key Field on the Screen {esc}{esc}

To Move to the Last Line in a List of Information {ênd}

To Move to the First Line in a List of Information {^home}

To Clear a Field {f1}

To Leave a Field Unchanged {tab}

Action Equivalent

Beginning {BEGDEF}{macro name}

End {ENDDEF}



Screen Coordinates:

Minimum/Maximum Values

Define Comparison Values

Perform ComparisonsExample:{IF}{value1}{eq}{value2}{jump}{macro1}{next}

Comparison Macros

Format Description

99,99,^99,99 beginning row, beginning column, ending row, ending column

First Column Last Column

First row 01, 01 01, 80

Last row 25, 01 25, 80

Value Needed Macro Example

Exact value {BEGDEF}{macro name}comparison value{ENDDEF}

Empty value {null}

Condition Action

True condition Control is transferred to {macro1}

False condition {next} in macro is executed

Macro Command Action

{IF} Begins if-then-else comparison

{CALL}{macro name} Ends if-then-else comparison transfer-ring control to {macro name}; returns con-trol to calling macro

{IF} Begins if-then-else comparison

{JUMP}{macro name} Ends if-then-else comparison by transfer-ring control to {macro name}; does not return control to calling macro



Relational Operators

Transfer Control to Other Macros

Complete Transactions

Incoming Data Fields{FLDxx}

Macro Files\MFGSYS\I\MOMM.MAC

Macro Names

Macro Command Equivalent

{DEQ} Equal to (Numerical Value)

{DNE} Not Equal to (Numerical Value)

{EQ} Equal to

{GE} Greater than or Equal to

{GT} Greater than

{LE} Less than or Equal to

{LT} Less than

{NE} Not Equal to


{CALL}{macro name} Transfers control to {macro name}; returns control to calling macro

{JUMP}{macro name} Transfers control to {macro name}; does not return control to calling macro

{macro name} Transfers control to {macro name}

{BACKUP} Return to previous macro


{ENDREC} Press ENTER

{SPCREC} Do not press ENTER

{REJECT} Do not process current data record

Format Description

{XXXXXX} 6 alphanumeric character maximum



Reserved Words

{altc} {altf4} {altf8}

{altf9} {altf10} {altm}

{altr} {altt} {backup}

{begdef} {bktab} {call}

{cmd} {cr} {delay}

{deq} {disonl} {dn}

{dne} {end} {enddef}

{disonl} {dn} {end}

{enddef} {endrec} {eq}

{esc} {f1} {f2}

{f3} {f4} {f5}

{f6} {f7} {f8}

{f9} {f10} {ffld}

{fld} {ge} {getout}

{gt} {home} {if}

{jump} {le} {lf}

{lt} {ne} {null}

{pgdn} {pgup} {reject}

{spcrec} {tab} {up}

{xdn} {xend} {xhome}

{xpgdn} {xpgup} {xup}

{xênd} {x^home} {^cr}

{ênd} {^f6} {^home}


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Data Import Dictionary

Data Import DictionaryThe Data Import Dictionary is a guide to the information necessary to use the predefined transactions, or macros, currently provided with Fourth Shift. A predefined transaction uses the format of the Fourth Shift archive file, ARCHIVE.FIL, and its corresponding screen(s) to import data into the system automatically.

The Data Import Dictionary is a companion to the TMPT (Template Maintenance) screen.

The TMPT screen is used to create a template, which identifies the record format of incoming data as it relates to the format of required macro fields. A template contains a field format definition for each field required by an identified macro. See the TMPT screen online help for detail information on the TMPT screen.

A Dictionary ExampleFor each transaction, the Data Import Dictionary lists the archive file layout and required transaction fields. For example, the dictionary entry for transaction LMMT01 (change location) looks like this:

LMMT01 Change LocationArchive Record Layout"LMMT01","","","","","",""."Stk","Bin","Inc Cd","Location Description"

Required Transaction Fields

The archive record layout identifies only those fields required by the transaction. All other fields in the archive record layout are represented as null (empty) fields. For example, transaction LMMT01 does not require Field# 2 through Field# 6.

Fields marked with asterisks (*) are required to ensure uniqueness when locating Fourth Shift information. These required fields could be on the current screen, on another screen in the system or could be internal system information.

Note: Do not confuse these required fields with required entries on a Fourth Shift screen. Use the online help for each screen to determine the entry action for fields on a screen.

One archive record layout can be used by several transactions. Each transaction, however, can require different fields in the archive record, depending on the function being performed.

Incoming records for changing location inventory codes (LMMT01) could look like this:

Fld# Lgth Type Screen Name Export Name

1* 6 A (macro id) N/A

7* 6 A Stk Stk

8* 12 A Bin Bin

9 1 A Inv Cd Inv_Cd

10 65 A Location Description Loc_Desc



CDF Format

SDF Format

Using the dictionary entry for transaction LMMT01, the following relationships are clear:

• incoming record Fld# 1/Offset 00 relates to archive record Field# 7 (stk)

• incoming record Fld# 2/Offset 02 relates to archive record Field# 8 (bin)

• incoming record Fld# 3/Offset 08 relates to archive record Field# 9 (inv cd)

There is no existing relationship between an incoming Fld#/Offset and archive record Field #1 or Field# 10 (location description). Since these are required transaction fields, a relationship must be established to complete the template.

Field #1 is the macro id. The macro id is specified as a literal using the first field definition line on the TMPT screen. The macro id replaces XXXX00 in the Literal/Table Name field. In this way, no field is added to an incoming data record for the macro id.

A relationship for Field#10 is established using a null field. One null field added to the end of incoming records can relate to any number of required transaction fields. A null field in an incoming record signals the transaction to tab through the related field and leave the field unchanged.

The incoming records for changing location inventory codes must be modified to look like this:

CDF Format

SDF Format

In this example, Field# 10 (location description) will not be changed.

"02","01","H","""02","02","I","""02","03","O",""

Fld #3: Inv Cd; Field Type = AFld #2: Bin; Field Type = AFld #1: Stk; Field Type = A

Fld #4: Null (2 consecutive quotation marks); Field Type = A



The completed template for importing this data using transaction LMMT01 looks like this:

CDF Format

SDF Format

Guide to the DictionaryThe Data Import Dictionary is ordered alphabetically by Main screen Function Codes. The following lists are provided in the online manual to assist in locating transactions:

• Transactions by Screen

• Macro Filenames by Screen

• Transactions by Task Category (items, locations, and so on)

A list of interdependent transactions is provided after the transaction lists to assist in determining the sequence of transactions required to complete an interdependent transaction. Those transactions which are interdependent refer to this section of the index.

Each Main screen can have several transactions defined for it, including transactions for related screens. Each Main screen entry includes the following sections:

• transaction summary

• transaction detail

Transaction Summary

Incoming Record Format Required Macro Format

Field TypeLiteral/Table

NameField#/Offset Length

Required Field#

Required Length

n/a 01 06 L LMMT01

01 n/a 07 02 A

02 n/a 08 06 A

03 n/a 09 01 A

04 n/a 10 65 A

Incoming Record Format Required Macro Format

Field TypeLiteral/Table

NameField#/Offset Length

Required Field#

Required Length

01 06 L LMMT01

00 06 07 06 A

02 12 08 12 A

08 01 09 01 A

09 00 10 65 A



The Transaction Summary presents the Main screen and related screens, and identifies corresponding transactions.

Transaction Summary

Transactions are uniquely identified by a six-character macro id: the Main screen Function Code followed by two digits.

Transaction DetailThe Transaction Detail section presents the definition of the transaction, the archive record layout and a table of information for each transaction.

LMMT01 Change LocationArchive Record Layout"LMMT01","","","","","",""."Stk","Bin","Inc Cd","Location Description"


• Transaction Definition. Each transaction is defined according to its intended function. Transactions are designed to add, change, delete and so on.

• Archive Record Layout. The archive record layout identifies only those fields required by the transaction. All other fields in the archive record layout are represented as null fields. One archive record can be used by several transactions. Each transaction, however, can require different fields in the archive record, depending on the function being performed.

The Fourth Shift archive record (CDF format) starts with identification information in the first six fields. Field values are as follows:

Macro Id Description

LMMT00 Add Location

LMMT01 Change Location

LMMT02 Delete Location



7* 6 A Stk Stk

8* 12 A Bin Bin

9 1 A Inv Cd Inv_Cd


Field# Value

1 Macro Id

2 User Id

3 Date



Field# 1 is always required when you create a template using the TMPT screen. The first field format definition defaults to Field# 1.

The default value for the Literal/Table Name field is replaced by the macro id.

As a general rule, transactions do not require Field# 2 through Field# 6. Field# 7 is often a transaction type indicator, such as T (Top or header) or B (Bottom or line item). A transaction generally does not require Field# 7 when Field# 7 is a transaction type indicator.

• Required Transaction Fields. This table lists each required transaction field. Table headings are as follows:

Table conventions are as follows:

4 Time

5 Internal Flag

6 Action Code

Fld#/Offset Length

Required Field#

Required Length

Field Type

Literal/Table Name

01 06 L LMMT01

Heading Meaning Usage

Field# Position in archive file TMPT screen entry

Field Length Maximum length accepted TMPT screen entry

Field Type Data field typeA = alphanumericD = dateN = numeric

Reference only

Screen Name Field as it appears on the screen

Field identification

Data Export Name Field when extracted from the system

Reference only

Convention Example Meaning

* 8* field value is needed for proper identification. Can-not be null.

(XXXX) Component Sort Basis (CNFG)

Function Code of screen where field is found when not on current screen

(lowercase) (text line1) field is on screen, but field name is not on screen



(reassignment y/n) field is response to window or prompt

(new lot y/n) additional information is needed for transaction

(old) Ln# Typ (old) existing value used for proper identification

(new) Ln# Typ (new) value to which field is to be changed

N/A N/A not applicable


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Interdependent Transactions

Interdependent TransactionsSeveral transactions consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. For example, here is the set of sequenced transactions required to add an A/R cash receipt.

This section includes a table of each of the interdependent transactions in a set. The transactions are sequenced in required order from right to left. That is the transaction in the Completion Identifier field is the last archive record in the set. The table lists the following types of information about each set of interdependent transactions:

• Transaction specifies the Fourth Shift transaction you wish to complete. Description identifies the function performed by the Transaction.

• Prerequisite Transaction (prerequisite transactions) specifies the transactions which must have been completed prior to the Transaction you wish to complete.

• DistributionTransaction (distribution transactions) specifies which types of distribution are needed by the Transaction. Distribution transactions use either the G/L Distribution screen or the A/P Distribution window. Distribution transactions must consist of a minimum of two transactions (debit and credit).

• Complete Distribution (complete disbribution) indicates that all Distribution Transactions have been entered and the transaction can be completed using CTRL+ENTER.

• Completion Id (completion identifier) indicates that the set of transactions for this transaction have been completed.

Click the interdependent transaction you wish to review:

• APCV – A/P Payment Void

• APDS – A/P Disbursements

• APID – A/P Invoice Disbursements

• APIE – A/P Invoice Entry

• APPA – A/P Manual Payment Application

• APPD – A/P Prior Period Disbursements

• APRE – A/P Recurring Invoice

• APRQ – A/P Cash Requirements/Payment Approval

• APTX – A/P 1099 Distribution by Vendor

• ARCD – A/R Cash Deposits

• ARCR – A/R Cash/Credit Memo Application

Transaction Description

ARCD00 Add cash receipt information

ARCD10 Debit transaction

ARCD10 Credit transaction

ARCD12 Complete G/L distribution (CTRL+ENTER)

ARCD19 Exit the ARCR screen



• ARPD – A/R Prior Period Cash Desposits

• SUND – Sundry Disbursements

• SUNR – Sundry Receipts

• SUPD – Sundry Prior Period Disbursements

• SUPR – Sundry Prior Period Receipts

APCV – A/P Payment Void

APDS – A/P Disbursements


Prerequisite Transaction

DistributionTransaction

Complete Distribution Completion Id

APCV00Void Payment Reference Num-ber

none APCV10 (debit)APCV10 (credit)

APCV12 APCV12





APDS00Select Cash Set

none none none none

APDS01Add Cash Set Header

APDS00 APDS19

APDS02Change Cash Set Header

APDS00APDS01

APDS19

APDS03Delete Cash Set

APDS00APDS01

APDS19

APDS04Add Disburse-ment Detail

APDS00APDS01

APDS10 (debit)APDS10 (credit)

APDS12 APDS19

APDS05Change Disburse-ment Detail

APDS00APDS01APDS04


APDS12 APDS19

APDS06Change Payee Detail

APDS00APDS01APDS04


APDS12 APDS19

APDS07Delete Disburse-ment Detail

APDS00APDS01APDS04


APDS12 APDS19



APID – A/P Invoice Disbursements





APID00Add A/P InvoiceAdd A/P Debit Memo

none APID10 (debit)APID10 (credit)

APID12 APID19

APID01Change A/P InvoiceChange A/P Debit Memo

-amount change APID00 APID10 (debit)APID10 (credit)

APID12 APID19

-non-amount change

APID00 none none APID19

APID02Delete A/P InvoiceDelete A/P Debit Memo

APID00 APID10 (debit)APID10 (credit)

APID12 APID19

APID03Apply A/P Invoice to PO/Seqn NoApply A/P Debit Memo to PO/Seqn No


APID12 APID19

APID05Unapply A/P InvoiceUnapply A/P Debit Memo

APID00APID03

APID10 (debit)APID10 (credit)

APID12 APID19

APID09Add VAT Informa-tionChange VAT InformationDelete VAT Infor-mation


APID12 APID19

APID20Add 1099 Informa-tionChange 1099 Information

-add transaction APID00 none APID32 APID19

-change transac-tion

APID00 none APID32 APID19

APID22Change 1099 Information

APID00APID20

none APID32 APID19



APIE – A/P Invoice Entry

APPA – A/P Manual Payment Application





APIE00Add A/P InvoiceAdd A/P Debit Memo

none APIE10 (debit)APIE10 (credit)

APIE12 APIE19

APIE01Change A/P InvoiceChange A/P Debit Memo

-amount change APIE00 APIE10 (debit)APIE10 (credit)

APIE12 APIE19

-non-amount change

APIE00 none none APIE19

APIE02Delete A/P InvoiceDelete A/P Debit Memo

APIE00 APIE10 (debit)APIE10 (credit)

APIE12 APIE19

APIE03Apply A/P InvoiceApply A/P Debit Memo


APIE32 APIE19

APIE09Add VAT Informa-tionChange VAT InformationDelete VAT Infor-mation


APIE12 APIE19

APIE20Add 1099 Informa-tionChange 1099 Information

-add transaction APIE00 none APIE32 APIE19

-change transac-tion

APIE00 none APIE32 APIE19

APIE22Delete 1099 Infor-mation

APIE00APIE20

none APIE32 APIE19







APPD – A/P Prior Period Disbursements

APPA01Apply PaymentApply Debit MemoUnapply PaymentUnapply Debit Memo

none APPA10 (debit)APPA10 (credit)

APPA12 APPA19

APPA20Add 1099 Informa-tionChange 1099 Information

none none APPA32 APPA19

APPA22Delete 1099 Infor-mation

APPA20 none APPA32 APPA19





APPD00Select Cash Set

none none none none

APPD01Add Cash Set Header

APPD00 APPD19

APPD02Change Cash Set Header

APPD00APPD01

APPD19

APPD03Delete Cash Set

APPD00APPD01

APPD19

APPD04Add Disburse-ment Detail

APPD00APPD01

APPD10 (debit)APPD10 (credit)

APPD12 APPD19

APPD05Change Disburse-ment Detail

APPD00APPD01APPD04


APPD12 APPD19

APPD06Change Payee Detail

APPD00APPD01APPD04


APPD12 APPD19

APPD07Delete Disburse-ment Detail

APPD00APPD01APPD04


APPD12 APPD19



APRE – A/P Recurring Invoice



Distribution Transaction


APRE00Add A/P Recurring Invoice

APRE03 (debit)APRE03 (credit)

APRE19

APRE01a

Change A/P Recurring Invoice

APRE00 APRE19

APRE02Delete A/P Recur-ring Invoice

APRE00 APRE19

APRE03a

Add A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line

APRE00 APRE19

APRE04a

Change A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line

APRE00 APRE19

APRE05a

Delete A/P Recur-ring Invoice G/L Account Line

APRE00 APRE19

APRE09Add VAT Informa-tion

APRE00 APRE19

APRE30Add Extended Text - A/P Recur-ring Invoice

APRE00 APRE19

APRE31Change Extended Text - A/P Recur-ring Invoice

APRE00 APRE19

APRE32Delete Extended Text - A/P Recur-ring Invoice

APRE00 APRE19

APRE40Add 1099 Cate-gory

APRE00 APRE19

APRE42Delete 1099 Cate-gory

APRE00 APRE19



APRQ – A/P Cash Requirements/Payment Approval

APTX – A/P 1099 Distribution by Vendor

ARCD – A/R Cash Deposits

APRE52Complete 1099 Distribution

APRE00 APRE19

a. The A/P Recurring Invoice Base Amount must equal the total G/L Debit and Creditamounts, or the G/L Debit and Credit percentages must each total 100 percent. Transac-tions to balance these amounts must occur before any other transactions can be importedor recovered. A combination of APRE01, APRE03, APRE04 and APRE05 transactionsmay be required.





APRQ00Add A/P Payment

none none APRQ12 APRQ19

APRQ01Change A/P Pay-ment

APRQ00 none APRQ12 APRQ19

APRQ02Delete A/P Pay-ment

APRQ00 none APRQ12 APRQ19





APTX20Add 1099 Informa-tion

none none APTX32 APTX19

APTX20Change 1099 Information


APTX22Delete 1099 Infor-mation






ARCD00Select Cash Set

none none none none



ARCR – A/R Cash/Credit Memo Application

ARPD – A/R Prior Period Cash Desposits

ARCD01Add Cash Set Header

ARCD00 ARCD19

ARCD02Change Cash Set Header

ARCD00 ARCD01

ARCD19

ARCD03Delete Cash Set

ARCD00ARCD01

ARCD19

ARCD04Add Receipt Detail

ARCD00ARCD01

ARCD10 (debit)ARCD10 (credit)

ARCD12 ARCD19

ARCD05Change Receipt Detail

ARCD00ARCD01ARCD04


ARCD12 ARCD19

ARCD07Delete Receipt Detail

ARCD00ARCD01ARCD04


ARCD12 ARCD19

ARCD08Change Receipt to NSF

ARCD00ARCD01ARCD04


ARCD12 ARCD19





ARCR01Apply A/R Cash ReceiptApply A/R Credit MemoUnapply A/R Cash ReceiptUnapply A/R Credit Memo

none ARCR10 (debit)ARCR10 (credit)

ARCR12 ARCR19

ARCR02Unapply All Receipt Applica-tions

ARCR01ARCD04


ARCD12 ARCD19





ARPD00Select Cash Set

none none none none

ARPD01Add Cash Set Header

ARPD00 ARPD19



SUND – Sundry Disbursements

SUNR – Sundry Receipts

ARPD02Change Cash Set Header

ARPD00ARPD01

ARPD19

ARPD03Delete Cash Set

ARPD00ARPD01

ARPD19

ARPD04Add Receipt Detail

ARPD00ARPD01

ARPD10 (debit)ARPD10 (credit)

ARPD12 ARPD19

ARPD05Change Receipt Detail

ARPD00ARPD01ARPD04


ARPD12 ARPD19

ARPD07Delete Receipt Detail

ARPD00ARPD01ARPD04


ARPD12 ARPD19

ARPD08Change Receipt to NSF

ARPD00ARPD01ARPD04


ARPD12 ARPD19





SUND00Select Cash Set

none none none none

SUND01Add Cash Set Header

SUND00 SUND19

SUND02Change Cash Set Header

SUND00SUND01

SUND19

SUND03Delete Cash Set

SUND00SUND01

SUND19

SUND04Add Sundry Dis-bursement Detail

SUND00SUND01

SUND10 (debit)SUND10 (credit)

SUND12 SUND19

SUND05Change Sundry Disbursement Detail

SUND00SUND01SUND04


SUND12 SUND19

SUND07Delete Disburse-ment Detail

SUND00SUND01SUND04


SUND12 SUND19







SUPD – Sundry Prior Period Disbursements

SUNR00Select Cash Set

none none none none

SUNR01Add Cash Set Header

SUNR00 SUNR19

SUNR02Change Cash Set Header

SUNR00SUNR01

SUNR19

SUNR03Delete Cash Set

SUNR00SUNR01

SUNR19

SUNR04Add Sundry Receipt Detail

SUNR00SUNR01

SUNR10 (debit)SUNR10 (credit)

SUNR12 SUNR19

SUNR05Change Sundry Receipt Detail

SUNR00SUNR01SUNR04


SUNR12 SUNR19

SUNR07Delete Receipt Detail

SUNR00SUNR01SUNR04


SUNR12 SUNR19





SUPD00Select Cash Set

none none none none

SUPD01Add Cash Set Header

SUPD00 SUPD19

SUPD02Change Cash Set Header

SUPD00SUPD01

SUPD19

SUPD03Delete Cash Set

SUPD00SUPD01

SUPD19

SUPD04Add Sundry Dis-bursement Detail

SUPD00SUPD01

SUPD10 (debit)SUPD10 (credit)

SUPD12 SUPD19

SUPD05Change Sundry Disbursement Detail

SUPD00SUPD01SUPD04


SUPD12 SUPD19

SUPD07Delete Disburse-ment Detail

SUPD00SUPD01SUPD04


SUPD12 SUPD19



SUPR – Sundry Prior Period Receipts





SUPR00Select Cash Set

none none none none

SUPR01Add Cash Set Header

SUPR00 SUPR19

SUPR02Change Cash Set Header

SUPR00SUPR01

SUPR19

SUPR03Delete Cash Set

SUPR00SUPR01

SUPR19

SUPR04Add Sundry Receipt Detail

SUPR00SUPR01

SUPR10 (debit)SUPR10 (credit)

SUPR12 SUPR19

SUPR05Change Sundry Receipt Detail

SUPR00SUPR01SUPR04


SUPR12 SUPR19

SUPR07Delete Receipt Detail

SUPR00SUPR01SUPR04


SUPR12 SUPR19


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 Macro File Names by Screen

Macro File Names by ScreenThe following table lists the Fourth Shift screens and the corresponding macro file name (in your MFGSYS/I directory with the file extension .MAC). Click the screen name to go to the detail of the Data Import Macros for that screen.

Screen Macro File Name

APCA – A/P Payment Assignment APSM3

APCF – A/P Configuration APSM3

APCV – A/P Payment Void APSM3

APCW – A/P Payment Processing None Available

APDS – A/P Disbursements APSM3

APEX – A/P Receipt Exceptions APSM3

APID – A/P Invoice Distribution APSM1

APIE – A/P Invoice Entry APSM2

APPA – A/P Manual Payment Application APSM3

APIT – A/P Invoice Template APSM4

APPD – A/P Prior Period Disbursements APSM3

APRC – A/P Payment Reconciliation APSM1

APRE – A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRQ – A/P Cash Requirements/Payment Approval APSM1

APTP – 1099 Processing None Available

APTX – A/P 1099 Distribution by Vendor APSM3

ARAD – Accounts Receivable Aging Definition ARSM

ARCD – A/R Cash Deposits ARSM

ARCF – A/R Configuration ARSM

ARCR – A/R Cash/Credit Memo Application ARSM

AREX – A/R Invoice Exceptions ARSM

ARPD – A/R Prior Period Cash Deposits ARSM

ARSR – A/R Service Charge Review ARSM

BAMT – Batch Assignment CSTM

BEXE – Batch Process Execution None Available

BILL – Single Level Bill BILM

BKFL – Backflushing RPTM

BKFT – Bank Funds Transfer CSHM

BKMT – Bank Master GLSM2



BKRC – Bank Reconciliation CSHM

BSET – Batch Process Setup SYSM

CACF - CIM Customizer Configuration CSTM

CBIL – Copy Bill of Material None Available

CCAN – Cost Control Action PRCM

CCAT – Customer Catalog CUSM

CCEX – Currency Exchange Rate Maintenance MCMM

CCFG – Costing Configuration SYSM

CCMT – Currency Code Maintenance SYSM

CCON – Currency Conversion Utility SYSM

CCOT - Customer Contact CUSM

CIMT – Customer Item Maintenance CUSM

CMCF - CIM Customizer Mapping Configuration CSTM

CMTA – Commission Code Table GLOBAL

CNFA – Configuration of Interface Account Numbers SYSM

CNFC – Cost Type Setup SYSM

CNFG – System Installation Setup SYSM

COAN – Customer Order Action CUSM

COCF – Order Entry Configuration CUSM

COMT – Customer Order None Available

COMT – Customer Order CUSM

CORV – CO Receipt/Reverse Ln# Selection CPMM

CPBK – Copy Price Book APBM

CPMT – Custom Product Maintenance CPMM

CROP - Customer Report Options CUSM

CROV – Cost Roll-Over None Available

CUID – Customer Master by Customer Id GLOBAL

CUPB – Customers Using Price Book APBM

CUST – Customer Master by Customer Name GLOBAL

DIST – Distributor by Vendor PURM1

DVUD – Data View Definition EXPM

EDCF – EDI Configuration EDIM

ENGM – ENGM Module None Available




ETPT - Email Template SYSM2

FCMT – Function Code Maintenance SYSM

FCST – Forecast MRPM

GLAG – G/L Account Group GLSM3

GLAV – G/L Account/Organization Validation GLSM2

GLBD – G/L Budget/Planning Type Definition GLSM3

GLBU – G/L Budget/Planning Update GLSM3

GLCA – G/L Chart of Accounts GLSM3

GLCF – G/L Configuration GLOBAL

GLCO – G/L Consolidation Process None Available

GLEX – G/L Journal Entry Exceptions GLSM3

GLGQ – G/L Current Period Group Inquiry GLSM3

GLHP – G/L History Process None Available

GLJD – G/L Journal Entry Delete GLSM1

GLJE – G/L Journal Entry GLSM1

GLJP – G/L Journal Entry -- Prior Period Adjustment GLSM1

GLJR – G/L Journal Entry -- Recurring / Templates GLSM1

GLMA – G/L Master Accounts GLSM3

GLOS – G/L Organization Structure GLSM3

GLRC – G/L Report Copy GLSM2

GLRD – G/L Report Definition GLSM2

GLSC – G/L Source Code Maintenance GLSM3

GLSS – G/L Batch Submission Status GLSM3

ICOT - Internal Contact SYSM2

IMTR – Inventory Move INVM

INVA – Inventory Adjustment INVM

IPPD – Item Planning Parameters OPFM

ISCC – Intrastat Commodity Code ISTM

ISCF – Intrastat Reporting Configuration ISTM

ISDT – Intrastat Delivery Terms ISTM

ISMS – Intrastat Member State ISTM

ISMT – Intrastat Mode of Transportation ISTM

ISTH – Intrastat Transaction History ISTM




ITCB – Item Cost Book INVM

ITMB – Item Master INVM

ITMC – Item/Work Center Cost Data INVM

ITPB – Item Price Book CUSM

IVIE – Invoice Entry and Maintenance IVPM

IVRE – A/R Recurring Invoice IVPM

IVRV – Invoice Review IVPM

JEST – Job Estimates and Performance CPMM

LEXP – Lot Expiration/Retest Evaluation None Available

LMMT – Location Master INVM

LMST – Lot Master LOTM

LRRP – Labor/Resource Reporting MOMM

LSDA – Lot Size Day Analysis OPFM

LTCF – Lot Trace/Serialization Configuration LOTM

MCCF – Multi-Currency Configuration MCMM

MCST – Manufacturing Order Cost Analysis PRCM

MOAN – Planner Action MOMM

MOCF – Manufacturing Configuration MOMM

MOMI – Manufacturing Order Inquiry None Available

MOMT – Manufacturing Order MOMM

MORV – MO Receipt/Reverse Ln# Selection MOMM

MPED – Order Maintain EDI Partner Data EDIM

MSCF – Message Configuration SYSM

MSMT – Master Schedule Maintenance MRPM

MSSW – SOPM Module None Available

NMTA – National Motor Freight Code Table SHPM

OACF – Order Number Assignment Configuration SYSM

OPCF – Operations Performance Configuration OPFM

OPMA – Operations Performance Configuration OPFM

OPSL – Option Selection CPMM

OVAR – Close Order Analysis/Order Variance None Available

PASS – Password Maintenance None Available

PBCF – Advanced Price Book Configuration APBM




PBMT – Price Book Master APBM

PCST – Purchase Order Cost Analysis PRCM

PFMC – Performance Data Update PURM1

PICK – Picklist None Available

PICK – Picklist PICK

POAN – Buyer Action by Item PURM1

POAS – Buyer Action by Vendor Id PURM1

POCF – Purchasing Configuration PURM1

POCT – Purchase Order Contract/Price Quote PURM2

POMI – Purchase Order Inquiry None Available

POMT – Purchase Order PURM3

PORV – Purchase Order Receipt/Reverse/Return PURM2

POSV – PO Split by Vendors POSV

RTCF – G/L Restructuring Configuration RTSM

RTCT – G/L Restructuring Consolidation Translation RTSM

RTMT – G/L Restructuring Master Acct Translation RTSM

SBOL – Bill of Lading SHPM

SHCF – Shipping Configuration SHPM

SHIP – Ship SHPM

SOPM – Sales Order Processing Module None Available

STAD – Stockroom Action by Date SHPM

STID – Stockroom Action by Customer SHPM

SUND – Sundry Disbursements CSHM

SUNR – Sundry Receipts CSHM

SUPD – Sundry Prior Period Disbursements CSHM

SUPR – Sundry Prior Period Receipts CSHM

SYST – System Transactions None Available

TEXT – Text Review SYSM

TRUD – Transaction Update None Available

TXCF – Tax Configuration SYSM

TXTA – Tax Code Table SYSM

TXWU – Text Where Used SYSM

VATT – Value Added Tax Code Table SYSM




VCOT - Vendor Contact PURM1

VDIT – Vendors That Supply an Item PURM1

VEID – Vendor Master by Vendor Id GLOBAL

VEIT – Items Supplied by a Vendor PURM1

VEND – Vendor Master by Vendor Name GLOBAL

VROP - Vendor Report Options PURM1

VSDT – Vendor by Distributor PURM1

XTXT – Global Extended Text SYSM



Fourth Shift Release 7.50 A – Data Import Macros

A – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

APCA – A/P Payment Assignment

APCA Transactions

APCA01Change A/P Payment Number

Archive Record Layout"APCA01","","","","","","Bank No","Date","Payment Reference No (old number)","Payment Reference No (new number)","(reassignment y/n)","Payment Reference No (payment form)"


Field 11, (reassignment y/n), is the response to the prompt:

PAYMENT 999999999999999999999 IS VOIDED! PLEASE CONFIRM Y/N

when assigning a payment reference number from a previously voided payment.

Macro Id DescriptionMacro File

Name

APCA01 Change A/P Payment Number APSM3



7* 2 A Bank No Bank_No

8* 6 D Date AP_Chk_Dat

9* 20 A Payment Reference No (old number)

AP_Chk_No

10 20 A Payment Reference No (new number)

AP_Chk_No

11 1 A (reassignment y/n) N/A

12 1 A Payment Reference No (pay-ment form)

Pay_Form

Entry Description

Y Payment reference number should be reassigned.

N Payment reference number should not be reassigned.



APCF – A/P Configuration

APCF Transactions

APCF00Change A/P ConfigurationThe APCF00 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"APCF00","","","","","","Vouchered A/P","Unvouchered A/P","PO/Inv Variance","Service Charges","Discounts Taken","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT","Invoice Entries (y/n)","","","","Future Due #1 Days","Future Due #2 Days","Future Due #3 Days","Past Due #1 Days","Past Due #2 Days","Past Due #3 Days","Inv PO/Recvd Amt (y/n)","Other Charges (y/n)","Freight Charges (y/n)","Sales Tax/VAT (y/n)",”Activate PO Receipt Selection”,”Default Invoice Matched Status”



Name

APCF00 Change A/P Configuration APSM3



7 20 A Vouchered A/P Mst_Act_No

8 20 A Unvouchered A/P Mst_Act_No

9 20 A PO/Inv Variance Mst_Act_No

10 20 A Service Charges Mst_Act_No

11 20 A Discounts Taken Mst_Act_No

12 20 A Freight Charges Mst_Act_No

13 20 A Sales Tax/VAT Mst_Act_No

14 1 A Invoice Entries (y/n) N/A

18 3 N Future Due #1 Days Fut_Due_1



21 3 N Past Due #1 Days Past_Due_1



24 1 A Inv PO/Recvd Amt (y/n) N/A

25 1 A Other Charges (y/n) N/A



APCV – A/P Payment VoidThe APCV transactions use the following screens:

• APCV (A/P Payment Void)

• G/L Distribution

Transactions created on the APCV screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

APCV Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe APCV transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

APCV00Void Payment Reference Number

Archive Record Layout"APCV00","","","","","(action code)","Bank No","","","Pay Ref No (payment form)","Pay Ref No (number)","","Void Date","","","","Void Cash Set (payment form)","Comment","","","Original Cash Set (payment form)","Original Cash Set (number)"

26 1 A Freight Charges (y/n) N/A

27 1 A Sales Tax/VAT (y/n) N/A

28 1 A Activate PO Receipt Selection

29 1 A Default Invoice Matched Status


Name

APCV00 Void Payment Reference Number APSM3


Name

APCV10 Void A/P Payment—with G/L Distribution APSM3

APCV12 Complete G/L Distribution APSM3

APCV19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM3




** Required if action code = "C"

APCV10Void A/P Payment—with G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"APCV10","","","","","","Vendor Id","Payment No","Void Date","Bank No","","","Pay Ref No (payment form)","Pay Ref No (number)","Seqn","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)","",""




6* 1 A (action code) N/A


10* 1 A Pay Ref No (payment form) Rec_Form

11* 20 A Pay Ref No (number) Csh_Set_No

13* 6 D Void Date Void_ClDt

17** 8 A Void Cash Set (number) N/A

18 50 A Comment Csh_Commnt

21 1 A Original Cash Set (payment form)

N/A

22 20 A Original Cash Set (number) N/A



7* 13 A Vendor Id Vendor_Id

8* 30 A Payment No AP_Chk_No

9* 6 D Void Date Void_Cldt


12* 1 A Pay Ref No (payment form) Rec_Form

13* 20 A Pay Ref No (number) Csh_Set_No

14 8 A Seqn (optional) Pmt_Ref_S

15 20 A Master Account No Mst_Act_No

16 14 N Debit Amount Trans_Amt

17 14 N Credit Amount Trans_Amt

18 1 A (exchange variance y/n) N/A



Note: (exchange variance y/n) indicates whether exchange variance transactions were previously generated for this transaction. For data import processing, use (exchange variance y/n) = N. Transactions recovered should be the only transactions using (exchange variance y/n) = Y.

APCV12Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)

Archive Record Layout"APCV12","","","","","","Vendor Id","Payment No","","Bank No","",""


APCV19The APCV19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APCW – A/P Payment ProcessingTransactions created by the APCW screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available.




8* 30 A Payment No AP_Chk_No




APDS – A/P DisbursementsThe APDS transactions use the following screens:

• APDS (A/P Disbursements)


Transactions created on the APDS screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See Interdependent Transactions for more information on the set of transactions required.

APDS Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe APDS transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

These APDS G/L Distribution transactions consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See G/L Distribution Transactions in Interdependent Transactions for more information on the set of transactions required.

APDS00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout


Name

APDS00 Select Cash Set APSM3

APDS01 Add Cash Set Header APSM3

APDS02 Change Cash Set Header APSM3

APDS03 Delete Cash Set APSM3

APDS04 Add Disbursement Reference Detail APSM3

APDS05 Change Disbursement Reference Detail APSM3

APDS06 Change Disbursement Payee Detail APSM3

APDS07 Delete Disbursement Reference Detail APSM3


Name

APDS10 Distribute Disbursement to G/L APSM3

APDS12 Complete G/L Distribution APSM3

APDS19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM3



"APDS00","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""


APDS01Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"APDS01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)","","","","","",""


Note: Fields 15 and 16 are in reverse order (year, period) when Date and Number Format = C or S on the CNFG (System Installation Setup) screen.

APDS02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"APDS02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","",Bank Charge","Bank Comm","Comment","","",""


Fld# Lgth Type Screen Name Extract Name

6 A (macro id) N/A

8* 1 A Cash Set (payment form) Rec_Form

9* 20 A Cash Set (number) Csh_Set_No



8* 1 A Cash Set (payment form) Csh_Set_No

10 2 A Bank No Bank_No

15 2 A Acctg Period (period) Acctg_Prd

16 2 A Acctg Period (year) Acctg_Prd





17 14 N Bank Charge Bnk_Chrg

18 14 N Bank Comm GL_Com_Chg




APDS03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"APDS03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


Note: This transaction deactivates the cash set by changing the status.

APDS04Add Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"APDS04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date","Payment Amount","(bank currency code)","Payment Comment","Local Currency Exch Rate","","","Payee Currency Exch Rate","","(payee currency code)","",""












12* 1 A Payment Reference No (pay-ment form)

Cash_Form

13* 20 A Payment Reference No (number)

AP_Chk_No

14 8 A Seqn AP_Chk_Seq

15 2 A Type Chk_Type

17 6 D Date AP_Chk_Dat

18* 14 N Payment Amount B_Pmt_Amt

19* 5 A (bank currency code) N/A

20 50 A Payment Comment Pmt_Comment



APDS05Change Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"APDS05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date","Payment Amount","(bank currency code)","Payment Comment","Local Currency Exch Rate","Local Amount","","Payee Currency Exch Rate","Payee Amount","","",""


APDS06Change Disbursement Payee Detail

21 11 A Local Currency Exch Rate L_Ex_Rate

24 11 A Payee Currency Exch Rate F_Ex_Rate

26* 5 A (payee currency code) N/A





10* 2 N Bank No Bank_No



Cash_Form


AP_Chk_No

14* 8 A Seqn AP_Seq_No


17 6 D Date AP_Chk_Date





22 14 N Local Amount L_Pay_Amt


25 14 N Payee Amount F_Pay_Amt




Archive Record Layout"APDS06","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date","Payment Amount","(bank currency code)","Payment Comment","Local Currency Exch Rate","Local Amount","","Payee Currency Exch Rate","Payee Amount","","",""


APDS07Delete Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"APDS07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","","","","","","","",,"","",,"","",""






10* 2 N Bank No Bank_No



Cash_Form


AP_Chk_No
















APDS10Distribute Disbursement to G/LBefore processing this transaction, refer to the G/L Distribution Transactions in Interdependent Transactions for more information on the set of transactions required with APDS10.

Archive Record Layout"APDS10","","","","","","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No-Seqn","","","Vendor Id","Pymt Form","Pymt Ref No","Seqn","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)"


(exchange variance y/n) indicates whether exchange variance transactions were previously generated for this transaction. For data import processing, use (exchange variance y/n) = N. Transactions recovered should be the only transactions using (exchange variance y/n) = Y.

APDS12






Cash_Form


AP_Chk_No





8* 30 A Payment Reference No-Seqn N/A

9 Disbursement Amount

10 Bank Number


12* 1 A Pymt Form (payment form) Pay_Form

13* 20 A Pymt Ref No (number) AP_Chk_No








Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"APDS12","","","","","","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No-Seqn","",""


APDS19The APDS19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APEX – A/P Receipt Exceptions

APEX Transactions

APEX00Change the A/P Queue Processing Status

Archive Record Layout"APEX00","","","","","","A/P Queue Processing Status"


APEX02Re-validate Records







Name

APEX00 Change the A/P Queue Processing Status

APEX02 Re-validate records APSM3

APEX03 Delete records APSM3



7 1 A A/P Queue Processing Sta-tus

N/A



"APEX02","","","","","",""


APEX03Delete RecordsThe APEX03 transaction is used for audit trail purposes. The transaction must be reentered manually using the APEX screen.

APID – A/P Invoice DistributionThe APID transactions use the following screens and windows:

• APID (A/P Invoice Distribution)

• A/P Invoice Matching Detail

• VAT Summary window (VAT system only)


• A/P 1099 Distribution window (sales tax system only)

Transactions created on the APID screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

APID Transactions

A/P Invoice Matching Detail Transactions




Name

APID00 Add A/P Invoice APSM1

Add A/P Debit Memo APSM1

APID01 Change A/P Invoice APSM1

Change A/P Debit Memo APSM1

APID02 Delete A/P Invoice APSM1

Delete A/P Debit Memo APSM1


Name

APID03 Apply A/P Invoice to PO/Seqn No APSM1



VAT Summary Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe APID transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

A/P 1099 Distribution TransactionsThe APID transactions defined to distribute 1099 vendor amounts use the A/P 1099 Distribution window.

APID00Add A/P Invoice

Add A/P Debit Memo

Apply A/P Debit Memo to PO/Seqn No

APID05 Unapply A/P Invoice APSM1

Unapply A/P Debit Memo


Name

APID09 Add VAT Information APSM1

Change VAT Information APSM1

Delete VAT Information APSM1


Name

APID10 Distribute A/P Invoice to G/L APSM1

Distribute A/P Debit Memo to G/L APSM1

APID12 Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM1

APID19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM1


Name

APID20 Add 1099 Information APSM1

Change 1099 Information APSM1

APID22 Delete 1099 Information APSM1

APID32 Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM1



Archive Record Layout"APID00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","Invoice/Debit Memo Date","Invoice/Debit Memo Type","Invoice/Debit Memo Ref","Acctg Prd (period)","Acctg Period (year)","Invoice/Debit Memo S","Ctrl Curr","Inv Ex Rate","Inv PO/Recvd Amt","Other Charges","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount,Service Charges","Disc (Inv PO/Recvd Amt)","Disc (Other Charges)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Invoice Terms","Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 %","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Cash #1 Date","Cash #1 Discount","Cash #2 Date","Cash #2 Discount","Net Date","Day,Cutoff","Delay,"","Payment Date #1","Payment Amount #1","Payment Date #2","Payment Amount #2","Payment Date #3","Payment Amount #3","Net Payment Date","","Comments","(displayed currency)","","(exchange rate toggle flag)","Template No","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","Vat Amount"





8* 20 A Invoice/Debit Memo No AP_Ivc_No; AP_Chk_No

9* 6 D Invoice/Debit Memo Date Ivc_Date; AP_Chk_Dat

10* 1 A Invoice/Debit Memo Type Ivc_Type

11* 30 A Invoice/Debit Memo Ref N/A

12 2 A Acctg Prd (period) Acctg_Prd

13 2 A Acctg Prd (year) Acctg_Prd

14 1 A Invoice/Debit Memo S Invoice_St; Chk_Stat

15 1 A Ctrl Curr Ctrl_Curr

16 11 A Inv Ex Rate In_Ex_Rate

17* 15 N Inv PO/Recvd Amt Ivc_M_Amt

18 15 N Other Charges Other_Chrg

19 15 N Freight Charges Frt_Charge

20 15 N Sales Tax/VAT Amount Sales_Tax; VAT_Amount

21 15 N Service Charges Svc_Chrg

22 1 A Disc (Inv PO/Recvd Amt) N/A

23 1 A Disc (Other Charges) N/A

24 1 A Disc (Freight Charges) N/A

25 1 A Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)

N/A

26* 1 A Invoice Terms Pay_Term

27 5 N Cash #1 % Disc_Pcnt1



Field 50, (displayed currency), identifies which currency should be displayed when the transaction is completed. If you are not using the Multi-Currency Module, you can set this value to L. The options for (displayed currency) are:

28 3 N Cash #1 Days Disc_Days1



31 3 N Net Days Net_Days

32 6 D Cash #1 Date Disc_Date1

33 10 N Cash #1 Discount Disc_Amt



36 6 D Net Date Net_Date

37 2 N Day Mon_Paywen

38 2 N Cutoff Mon_Cutoff

39 2 N Delay Mon_Delay

41 6 D Payment Date #1 Inv_PayDt1

42 15 N Payment Amount #1 Inv_PayAm1





47 6 D Net Payment Date Inv_PayDt4

49 64 A Comments Remark

50* 1 A (displayed currency) N/A

52 1 A (exchange rate toggle flag) N/A

53 10 A Template No Tmplt_No

54 1 A VAT Authority VAT_Auth

55 2 A Code Tax_Code

57 15 N Base Amount Tax_Bas_Am

58 15 N Vat Amount Tax_Vat_Am

Setting Description

L Local currency is displayed as determined by the Currency Information window in the upper section of the screen; set to L for non-multi-currency systems

F Foreign currency is displayed as determined by the Currency Information window in the upper section of the screen



Field 52, (exchange rate toggle flag), is for EMU triangulation transactions that involve a member (fixed exchange rate) currency and a non-member (floating exchange rate) currency. The "T" indicates the screen must toggle to the non-controlling exchange rate before the floating exchange rate can be changed.

APID01Change A/P Invoice

Change A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APID01","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","Invoice/Debit Memo Date","Invoice/Debit Memo Type","Invoice/Debit Memo Ref","Acctg Prd (period)","Acctg Period (year)","Invoice/Debit Memo S","Ctrl Curr","Inv Ex Rate","Inv PO/Recvd Amt","Other Charges","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount","Service Charges","Disc (Inv PO/Recvd Amt)","Disc (Other Charges)", "Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Invoice Terms", Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 %","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Cash #1 Date", Cash #1 Discount","Cash #2 Date","Cash #2 Discount","Net Date", "Day","Cutoff","Delay","","Payment Date #1","Payment Amount #1","Payment Date #2","Payment Amount #2","Payment Date #3","Payment Amount #3","Net Payment Date","","Comments","(displayed currency)","Inv Ex Rate (for triangulation)","(exchange rate toggle flag)","",""


Setting Description

T The exchange rate is a floating rate. The field is open for editing and the screen toggles to the non-controlling currency.

"" Indicates a local vendor. Both the controlling currency flag and the invoice exchange rate are protected from changes. The screen tog-gle is not required.

1 The controlling currency flag can be changed, but the invoice exchange rate is protected from changes.

2 Both the controlling currency flag and the invoice exchange rate can be changed.















17 15 N Inv PO/Recvd Amt Ivc_M_Amt









N/A



























APID02Delete A/P Invoice

Delete A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APID02","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","",""


APID03


51 11 A Inv Ex Rate (for triangulation) N/A


Setting Description



Setting Description

T The exchange rate is a floating rate. The field is open for edit-ing and the screen toggles to the non-controlling currency.

"" No change has been made to the exchange rate and the screen toggle is not required.







Apply A/P Invoice to PO/Seqn No

Apply A/P Debit Memo to PO/Seqn No

Archive Record Layout"APID03","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","PO Number","Seqn No","PO/Seqn No","Ln#","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Quantity Recvd","Quantity Matched","Packing List No","Invoice UM","Invoice Quantity","Invoice Unit Price","Invoice Extd Price","(displayed currency)", "(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"







10* 30 A PO Number PO_Number

11* 2 A Seqn No PO_Seqn_No

12* 33 A PO-Seqn No (hyphen between PO and Seqn No)

N/A

13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

14* 30 A Item,Acct No,MO,CO Itm_GLMOCO

15* 10 N Quantity Recvd Qty_Recvd

16* 10 N Quantity Matched Qty_Mtchd

17 15 A Packing List No Pck_Lst_No

18* 4 A Invoice UM Ivc_UM

19* 10 N Invoice Quantity Ivc_Qty

20* 16 N Invoice Unit Price Unit_Price

21 14 N Invoice Extd Price N/A


23 6 D (Transaction Date) N/A

24 12 A (Transaction Time) N/A

Setting Description




Field 24, (Transaction Time), indicates the time when Intrastat transaction history is created if applicable. The format of the field is HH:MM:SS.mmm and all the hour, minute, second, and millisecond components are required. The valid values of the last digit in mmm or millisecond portion of the time are 0, 3, 7 only.

APID05Unapply A/P Invoice

Unapply A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APID05","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","PO Number","Seqn No","PO/Seqn No","Ln#","Item,Acct No","MO","CO","Quantity Recvd","Quantity Matched","Packing List No","","", "","","","(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"



APID09Add VAT Information

Change VAT Information







11* 2 A Seqn No PO_Seqn_No

12* 18 A PO/Seqn No PO_Seqn_No

13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




17* 15 A Packing List No Pck_Lst_No





Delete VAT InformationThe VAT Summary window varies based on the number of VAT authority levels selected. The VAT Authority field is used only when a two-level VAT system is selected.

Archive Record Layout"APID09","","","","","(action type A/C/D)","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","Invoice/Debit Memo Date","Invoice/Debit Memo Type","","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","VAT Amount","(displayed currency)","",""


(action type A/C/D) identifies what type of update was performed. The options are: A = Add, C = Change and D = Delete.


APID10Distribute A/P Invoice to G/L

Distribute A/P Debit Memo to G/L




6* 1 A (action type A/C/D) N/A


8* 20 A Invoice/Debit Memo No AP_Ivc_No




13 2 A Code Tax_Auth_1-2

15 15 A Base Amount Tax_Bas_Am

16 15 A VAT Amount VAT_Amount


Setting Description





"APID10","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","","","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)","","","",""



APID12Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)

Archive Record Layout"APID12","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No/Debit Memo No","",""


APID19The APID19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APID20Add 1099 Information

Change 1099 InformationThe 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

The APID20 transaction, for adding and changing 1099 information, depends on payments applied against an invoice.





10* 20 A Master Account No Mst_Act_No

11* 14 N Debit Amount Trans_Amt

12* 14 N Credit Amount Trans_Amt


14 6 N Batch Number N/A

15 8 N Sequence Number N/A




8* 20 A Invoice No/Debit Memo No AP_Ivc_No



• When payments have been applied against an invoice, the Payment Amt field must be greater than or equal to zero. In this case, the Payment Amt field on the A/P 1099 Distribution window is open for entry.

• When no payments have been applied against an invoice, the Payment Amt field must be null. In this case, the Payment Amt field on the A/P 1099 Distribution window is closed for entry.

Archive Record Layout"APID20","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","Invoice Distrib Amt","Payment Amt,"",""


APID22Delete 1099 InformationThe 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APID22","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","",""


APID32Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)The 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APID32","","","","","","","","",""




8* 10 A Invoice No AP_Ivc_No

9* 4 A Tax Year 1099_Year

11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat

12 15 N Invoice Distrib Amt 1099_I_Amt

13* 15 N Payment Amt 1099_P_Amt






11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat




APID40Archive Record Layout"APID40","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","PO Number","Seqn No","PO/Seqn No","Ln#","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Quantity Recvd","Quantity Matched","Packing List No","EC Listing","Destination Country","Origin Country","Mode of Transportation","","","Delivery Terms","Item Number","(Item Description)","Commodity Code","(Commodity Code Description)","Quantity","Unit Price","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Intrastat Item Unit Weight","Supplementary UM","Customs Extd Price","Vendor Reference #1","Vendor Reference #2","Vendor Reference #3","Vendor Reference #4","Vendor Reference #5","Item Reference #1","Item Reference #2","Item Reference #3","Item Reference #4","Item Reference #5","Transaction Date","(Transaction Time)"









11* 2 A Seqn No Seqn_No


13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




17* 15 A Packing List No Pck_Lst_No

18 1 A EC Listing N/A

19 2 A Destination Country N/A

20 2 A Origin Country N/A

21 2 A Mode of Transportation N/A

24 3 A Delivery Terms N/A

25 30 A Item Number N/A

26 70 A (Item Description) N/A

27 8 A Commodity Code N/A




APIE – A/P Invoice EntryThe APIE transactions use the following screens and windows:

• APIE (A/P Invoice Entry)

• VAT Summary window (VAT system only)


• A/P 1099 Distribution window (sales tax system only)

Transactions created on the APIE screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

28 40 A (Commodity Code Descrip-tion)

N/A

29 11 N Quantity N/A

30 16 N Unit Price N/A

31 11 A Ex Rate (1) N/A

32 11 A Ex Rate (2) N/A

33 10 N Intrastat Item Unit Weight N/A

35 4 A Supplementary UM N/A

36 14 N Customs Extd Price N/A

37 20 A Vendor Reference #1 N/A





42 20 A Item Reference #1 N/A





47 6 D Transaction Date N/A




APIE Transactions


G/L Distribution TransactionsThe APIE transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

A/P 1099 Distribution TransactionsThe APIE transactions defined to distribute 1099 vendor amounts use the A/P 1099 Distribution window.


APIE00 Add A/P Invoice APSM2

Add A/P Debit Memo APSM2

APIE01 Change A/P Invoice APSM2

Change A/P Debit Memo APSM2

APIE02 Delete A/P Invoice APSM2

Delete A/P Debit Memo APSM2

APIE03 Apply A/P Invoice APSM2

Apply A/P Debit Memo APSM2


Name

APIE09 Add VAT Information APSM2


Delete VAT Information


Name

APIE10 Distribute A/P Invoice to G/L APSM2


APIE12 Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM2

APIE19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM2


Name



APIE00Add A/P Invoice

Add A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APIE00","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","Invoice/Debit Memo Date","Invoice/Debit Memo Type","Invoice/Debit Memo Ref","Acctg Prd (period)","Acctg Prd (year)","Invoice/Debit Memo S","Inv PO/Recvd Amt","Other Charges","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount,Service Charges","Disc (Inv PO/Recvd Amt)","Disc (Other Charges)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 %","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Cash #1 Date","Cash #1 Discount","Cash #2 Date","Cash #2 Discount","Net Date","Comments","Day","Cutoff","Delay,"","Payment Date #1","Payment Amount #1","Payment Date #2","Payment Amount #2","Payment Date #3","Payment Amount #3","Net Payment Date","","',"Ctrl Curr","Invoice Terms","Inv Ex Rate","","(exchange rate toggle flag)","","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","Vat Amount"


APIE20 Add 1099 Information APSM2

Change 1099 Information

APIE22 Delete 1099 Information APSM2

APIE32 Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM2






















N/A

































APIE01Change A/P Invoice

Change A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APIE01","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","Invoice/Debit Memo Date","Invoice/Debit Memo Type","Invoice/Debit Memo Ref","Acctg Prd (period)","Acctg Prd (year)","Invoice/Debit Memo S","Inv PO/Recvd Amt","Other Charges","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount","Service Charges","Disc (Inv PO/Recvd Amt)","Disc (Other Charges)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 %","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Cash #1 Date","Cash #1 Discount","Cash #2 Date","Cash #2 Discount","Net Date","Comments",Day","Cutoff,Delay","","Payment Date #1","Payment Amount #1","Payment Date #2","Payment Amount #2","Payment Date #3","Payment Amount #3","Net Payment Date","","","Invoice Terms","Inv Ex Rate","","Inv Ex Rate (for triangulation)","(exchange rate toggle flag)","",""


Setting Description

















Field 53, (exchange rate toggle flag), is for EMU triangulation transactions that involve a member (fixed exchange rate) currency and a non-member (floating exchange rate) currency. The "T"








N/A
























52 11 A Inv Ex Rate (for triangulation) N/A




indicates the screen must toggle to the non-controlling exchange rate before the floating exchange rate can be changed.

APIE02Delete A/P Invoice

Delete A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APIE02","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","",""


APIE03Apply A/P Invoice

Apply A/P Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APIE03","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","PO","Seqn No","PO/Seqn No","Matched Receipt Amount","","",""


Setting Description











10* 15 A PO PO_Number

11* 3 A Seqn No Seqn


13 15 N Matched Receipt Amount Amt_Mtchd



APIE09Add VAT Information


Delete VAT InformationThe VAT Summary window varies based on the number of VAT authority levels selected. The VAT Authority field is used only when a two-level VAT system is selected.

Archive Record Layout"APIE09","","","","","(action type /C/D)","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","Invoice/Debit Memo Date","Invoice/Debit Memo Type","","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","VAT Amount","(displayed currency)"


(action type A/C/D) identifies what type of update was performed. The options are: A = Add, C = Change and D = Delete.


APIE10









13 A Code Tax_Auth_1-2

15 15 A Base Amount Tax_Bas_Am

16 15 A VAT Amount VAT_Amount


Setting Description





Distribute A/P Invoice to G/L


Archive Record Layout"APIE10","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice/Debit Memo No","","Master Account No","Debit Amount,Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)","","","",""



APIE12Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)

Archive Record Layout"APIE12","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No/Debit Memo No","",""


APIE19The APIE19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APIE20Add 1099 Information










14 6 N Batch Number N/A

15 8 N Sequence Number N/A




8* 20 A Invoice No/Debit Memo No AP_Ivc_No



The 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

The APIE20 transaction, for adding and changing 1099 information, depends on payments applied against an invoice.



Archive Record Layout"APIE20","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","Invoice Distrib Amt","Payment Amt,"",""


APIE22Delete 1099 InformationThe 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APIE22","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","",""


APIE32Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)






11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat








11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat



The 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APIE32","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","",""


APIT – A/P Invoice Template

APIT Transactions

Templates


Extended Text






Name

APIT00 Add A/P Invoice Template APSM4

APIT01 Change A/P Invoice Template APSM4

APIT02 Delete A/P Invoice Template APSM4


Name

APIT03 Add Template G/L Account Line APSM4

APIT04 Change Template G/L Account Line APSM4

APIT05 Delete Template G/L Account Line APSM4


Name

APIT09 Add VAT Information APSM4


Name



APIT00Add A/P Invoice Template

Archive Record Layout"APIT00","","","","","","Template No","Description","Ref","Status","Ctrl Curr","Curr Code","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Base Amount","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount","Service Charges","Disc (Base Amount)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Comments","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","Vat Amount"


APIT30 Add Extended Text- A/P Invoice Template APSM4

APIT31 Change Extended Text - A/P Invoice Template APSM4

APIT32 Delete Extended Text - A/P Invoice Template APSM4



7 15 A Template No Tmplt_No

8 35 A Description Tmplt_Desc

9 30 A Ref Tmplt_Ref

10 1 A Status Tmplt_St


12 6 A Curr Code Curr_Code

13 11 A Ex Rate (1) Ex_Rate1


15 15 N Base Amount Base_Amt

16 15 N Freight Charges Frt_Chrg

17 15 N Sales Tax/VAT Amount Sales_Tax; Vat_Amount

18 15 N Service Charges Svc_Charge

19 1 A Disc (Base Amount) Base_Dsc

20 1 A Disc (Freight Charges) Frt_Dsc


Tax_Dsc

22 65 A Comments Comments







APIT01Change A/P Invoice Template

Archive Record Layout"APIT01","","","","","","Template No","Description","Ref","Status","Ctrl Curr","Curr Code","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Base Amount","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount","Service Charges","Disc (Base Amount)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Comments"


APIT02Delete A/P Invoice Template

Archive Record Layout"APIT02","","","","","","Template No"




7* 15 A Template No Tmplt_No

8 35 A Description Tmplt_Desc

9 30 A Ref Tmplt_Ref

10 1 A Status Tmplt_St






16 15 N Freight Charges Frt_Chrg

17 15 N Sales Tax/VAT Amount Sales_Tax; Vat_Amount





Tax_Dsc






APIT03Add Template G/L Account Line

Archive Record Layout"APIT03","","","","","","Template No","Seq No","Master Account No","Debit Percent","Credit Percent","Debit Amount","Credit Amount"


APIT04Change Template G/L Account Line

Archive Record Layout"APIT04","","","","","",Template No","Seq No","Master Account No","Debit Percent","Credit Percent","Debit Amount","Credit Amount"






8 3 A Seq No Seqn_No

9 20 A Master Account No AP_Act_No

10 5 N Debit Percent Debit_Pct

11 5 N Credit Percent Credit_Pct

12 14 N Debit Amount Debit_Amt

13 14 N Credit Amount Credit_Amt




8* 3 A Seq No Seqn_No









APIT05Delete Template G/L Account Line

Archive Record Layout"APIT05","","","","","","Template No","Seq No"


APIT09Add VAT Information

Archive Record Layout"APIT09","","","","","(action type A/C/D)","Template No","","","","","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","Vat Amount"


APIT30Add Extended Text- A/P Invoice Template

Archive Record Layout"APIT30","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","","","Template No","Text Message"










12 1 A VAT Authority Tax_Autho



16 15 N Vat Amount Tax_VAT_Am



8* 1 A (text entry type) N/A

9* 2 A (page number) Page_No



APIT31Change Extended Text - A/P Invoice Template



APIT32Delete Extended Text - A/P Invoice Template



APPA – A/P Manual Payment ApplicationThe APPA transactions use the following screens and windows:

• APPA (A/P Manual Payment Application)


• A/P 1099 Distribution window


14 890 A Text Message Ext_Text
















Transactions created on the APPA screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

APPA Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe APPA transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

A/P 1099 Distribution TransactionsThe APPA transactions defined to distribute 1099 vendor amounts use the A/P 1099 Distribution window.

APPA00The APPA00 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APPA01


Name

APPA00 Used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only APSM3

APPA01 Apply Payment APSM3

Apply Debit Memo

Unapply Payment

Unapply Debit Memo


Name

APPA10 Distribute Disbursement to G/L APSM3

APPA12 Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM3

APPA19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM3


Name

APPA20 Add 1099 Information APSM3


APPA22 Delete 1099 Information APSM3

APPA32 Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM3



Apply Payment

Apply Debit Memo

Unapply Payment

Unapply Debit Memo

Archive Record Layout"APPA01","","","","","","Vendor Id","Bank","Pymt Ref No (payment form)","Pymt Ref No (number)","Invoice No","Discount Taken","Payment Amount","",""


APPA10Distribute Disbursement to G/L

Archive Record Layout"APPA10","","","","","","Vendor Id","Pymt Ref No (payment form)","Pymt Ref No (number)","Bank","","","","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange rate variance y/n)","",""





8* 2 A Bank Bank_No

9* 1 A Pymt Ref No (payment form) Pay_Form



12 11 N Discount Taken Disc_Taken

13 15 N Payment Amount Ivc_Pay






10* 2 A Bank Bank_No







APPA12Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)

Archive Record Layout"APPA12","","","","","","Vendor Id","Pymt Ref No (payment form)","Pymt Ref No (number)","Bank","",""


APPA19The APPA19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APPA20Add 1099 Information


The APPA20 transaction, for adding and changing 1099 information, depends on disbursements applied against an invoice.

• When disbursements have been applied against an invoice, the Payment Amt field must be greater than or equal to zero. In this case, the Payment Amt field on the A/P 1099 Distribution window is open for entry.


Archive Record Layout"APPA20","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","", "CC","Invoice Distrib Amt","Payment Amt","",""







10* 2 A Bank Bank_No








APPA22Delete 1099 InformationThe 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APPA22","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","",""


APPA32Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)The 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APPA32","","","","","","","","",""


APPD – A/P Prior Period DisbursementsThe APPD transactions use the following screens:

• APPD (A/P Prior Period Disbursements)


Transactions created on the APPD screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.

11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat








11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat





APPD Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe APPD transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen

APPD00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"APPD00","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""


APPD01Add Cash Set Header


Name

APPD00 Select Cash Set APSM3

APPD01 Add Cash Set Header APSM3

APPD02 Change Cash Set Header APSM3

APPD03 Delete Cash Set APSM3

APPD04 Add Prior Period Disbursement Reference Detail APSM3

APPD05 Change Prior Period Disbursement Reference Detail APSM3

APPD06 Change Prior Period Disbursement Payee Detail APSM3

APPD07 Delete Prior Period Disbursement Reference Detail APSM3


Name

APPD10 Distribute Disbursement to G/L APSM3

APPD12 Complete G/L Distribution APSM3

APPD19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM3

Fld# Lgth Screen Name Name






Archive Record Layout"APPD01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)","","","","","",""



APPD02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"APPD02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","Bank Charge","Bank Comm","Comment","","",""


APPD03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"APPD03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","","","","","",""




















APPD04Add Prior Period Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"APPD04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date","Payment Amount","(bank currency code)","Payment Comment","Local Currency Exch Rate","Local Amount","","Payee Currency Exch Rate","Payee Amount","(payee currency code)","",""

Transaction Fields

APPD05Change Prior Period Disbursement Reference Detail








11 13 A Vendor Id Vendor_Id

12 1 A Payment Reference No (pay-ment form)

Cash_Form

13 20 A Payment Reference No (number)

AP_Chk_No

14 8 A Seqn (optional) AP_Chk_Seq


17 6 D Date AP_Chk_Dat

18 14 N Payment Amount B_Pmt_Amt










Archive Record Layout"APPD05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date","Payment Amount","(bank currency code)","Payment Comment","Local Currency Exch Rate","Local Amount","","Payee Currency Exch Rate","Payee Amount","","",""


APPD06Change Prior Period Disbursement Payee Detail

Archive Record Layout"APPD06","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date","Payment Amount","(bank currency code)","Payment Comment","Local Currency Exch Rate","Local Amount","","Payee Currency Exch Rate","Payee Amount","","",""








Cash_Form


AP_Chk_No















APPD07Delete Prior Period Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"APPD07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","","","",,"","","",,"","",,"","",""









Cash_Form


AP_Chk_No




















APPD10Distribute Disbursement to G/L

Archive Record Layout"APPD10","","","","","","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No-Seqn","","","Vendor Id","Pymt Form","Pymt Ref No","Seqn","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)"



APPD12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"APPD12","","","","","","Vendor Id","Payment Reference No-Seqn","",""


Cash_Form


AP_Chk_No






9 Disbursement Amount

10 Bank Number


12* 1 A Pymt Form (payment form) Pay_Form










APPD19The APPD19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APRC – A/P Payment ReconciliationThe APRC transactions are used only when the CSHM Module is not installed.

APRC Transactions

APRC01Change A/P Payment StatusThe APRC transactions are used only when the CSHM Module is not installed.

Archive Record Layout"APRC01","","","","","","Bank No","Statement Date","Payment Reference No" (payment form),"Payment Reference No (number)", "Seqn","Payment S","","","","",""







Name

APRC01 Change A/P Payment Status APSM1




8* 6 D Statement Date Stmt_Date


Pay_Form


AP_Chk_No

11* 8 A Seqn Pmt_Ref_S

12 1 A Payment S Chk_Stat



APRE – A/P Recurring Invoice

APRE Transactions

APRE00Add A/P Recurring Invoice

Archive Record Layout"APRE00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Begin","End","Day","Desc","Ref","Status","Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Base Amount","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount","Service Charges","Disc (Base Amount)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Invoice Terms","Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 Percent","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Day","Cutoff","Delay","A/P Account for Tax/Charges","Comments","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","Vat Amount"



Name

APRE00 Add A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRE01 Change A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRE02 Delete A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRE03 Add A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line APSM4

APRE04 Change A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line APSM4

APRE05 Delete A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line APSM4

APRE09 Add VAT Information APSM4

APRE19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM4

APRE30 Add Extended Text - A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRE31 Change Extended Text - A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRE32 Delete Extended Text - A/P Recurring Invoice APSM4

APRE40 Add 1099 Category APSM4

APRE42 Delete 1099 Category APSM4

APRE52 Complete 1099 Distribution APSM4




8 15 A Recur Inv No Rec_Inv_No

9 6 D Begin Begin_Date



APRE01Change A/P Recurring Invoice

10 6 D End End_Date

11 2 N Day Day_Month

12 30 A Desc Recur_Desc

13 30 A Ref Recur_Ref

14 1 A Status Recur_St






20 15 N Sales Tax/VAT Amount Tax_Amount; VAT_Amount





Tax_Dsc

25 1 A Invoice Terms Pay_Term

26 5 N Cash #1 % Disc_Pct1

27 3 N Cash #1 Days Disc_Day1

28 5 N Cash #2 Percent Disc_Pct2


30 3 N Net Days Due_Days




34 20 A A/P Account for Tax/Charges AP_Acct_No









Archive Record Layout"APRE02","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Begin","End","Day","Desc","Ref","Status","Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Base Amount","Freight Charges","Sales Tax/VAT Amount","Service Charges","Disc (Base Amount)","Disc (Freight Charges)","Disc (Sales Tax/VAT Amount)","Invoice Terms","Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 Percent","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Day","Cutoff","Delay","A/P Account for Tax/Charges","Comments"





8* 15 A Recur Inv No Rec_Inv_No


10 6 D End End_Date

11 2 N Day Day_Month

12 30 A Desc Recur_Desc

13 30 A Ref Recur_Ref

14 1 A Status Recur_St






20 15 N Sales Tax/VAT Amount Tax_Amount; VAT_Amount





Tax_Dsc


26 5 N Cash #1 % Disc_Pct1


28 5 N Cash #2 Percent Disc_Pct2


30 3 N Net Days Due_Days






APRE02Delete A/P Recurring Invoice

Archive Record Layout"APRE02","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No"


APRE03Add A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line

Archive Record Layout"APRE03","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Seq No","Master Account No","Debit Percent","Credit Percent","Debit Amount","Credit Amount"


APRE04Change A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line


34 20 A A/P Account for Tax/Charges AP_Acct_No










9 3 A Seq No Seqn_No









"APRE04","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Seq No","Master Account No","Debit Percent","Credit Percent","Debit Amount","Credit Amount"


APRE05Delete A/P Recurring Invoice G/L Account Line

Archive Record Layout"APRE05","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Seq No"


APRE09Add VAT Information

Archive Record Layout"APRE09","","","","","(action type A/C/D)","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","","","","VAT Authority","Code","","Base Amount","Vat Amount"























APRE19The APRE19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APRE30Add Extended Text - A/P Recurring Invoice

Archive Record Layout"APRE30","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Text Message"


APRE31Change Extended Text - A/P Recurring Invoice




12 1 A VAT Authority Tax_Autho



















APRE32Delete Extended Text - A/P Recurring Invoice



APRE40Add 1099 Category

Archive Record Layout"APRE40","","","","","(action type A/C/D)","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Tax Year","","CC","Invoice Distrib Amt"


APRE42Delete 1099 Category
















11 2 A CC 1099_Cat





Archive Record Layout"APRE42","","","","","(action type A/C/D)","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No","Tax Year","","CC"


APRE52Complete 1099 Distribution

Archive Record Layout"APRE52","","","","","","Vendor Id","Recur Inv No"


APRQ – A/P Cash Requirements/Payment ApprovalTransactions created on the APRQ screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

APRQ Transactions







11 2 A CC 1099_Cat






Name

APRQ00 Add A/P Payment APSM1

APRQ01 Change A/P Payment APSM1

APRQ02 Delete A/P Payment APSM1

APRQ12 Complete A/P Payment (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM1

APRQ19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM1



Note: The APIE01 transaction should be used to change invoice comments on the A/P Payment Detail screen, if necessary.

APRQ00Add A/P Payment

Archive Record Layout"APRQ00","","","","","","Bank","","Date","Select","","Vendors From","Vendors Thru","Invoice Due on or Before","Include 1st Disc","Include 2nd Disc","Approved Invoices Only","Pay Form","","","","Invoice Currency Code","Invoice Exchange Rate","Select Vendors By","",""


APRQ01Change A/P Payment

Archive Record Layout"APRQ01","","","","","","Bank","(bank currency code)","Date","Select",Bank Payment Amount,"","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No",Discount Taken,Payment Amouunt,"","A","(displayed currency)","(bank controlling currency)","Select Vendors By",""




7* 2 A Bank Bank_No

9* 6 D Date N/A

10* 1 A Select N/A

12 60 A Vendors From N/A

13 60 A Vendors Thru N/A

14 6 D Invoices Due on or Before N/A

15 1 A Include 1st Disc N/A

16 1 A Include 2nd Disc N/A

17 1 A Approved Invoices Only N/A

18 1 A Pay Form N/A

22 5 A Invoice Currency Code Curr_Code

23 11 A Invoice Exchange Rate Ex_Rate

24 1 A Select Vendors By N/A



7* 2 A Bank Bank_No

8* 5 A (bank currency code) Curr_Code



Note: The APIE01 transaction should be used to change invoice comments on the A/P Payment Detail screen, if necessary.


APRQ02Delete A/P Payment

Archive Record Layout"APRQ02","","","","","","Bank","(bank currency code)","Date","Select","Bank Payment Amount","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No",Discount Taken","Payment Amount","","A","(displayed currency)","(bank controlling currency)","Select Vendors By",""


9* 6 D Date N/A

10* 1 A Select N/A

11 14 N Bank Payment Amount N/A

16* 60 A Vendor Id/Vendor Name Vendor_Id; Vendor_Name




21 1 A A N/A


23* 1 A (bank controlling currency) N/A


Setting Description





7* 2 A Bank Bank_No


9* 6 D Date N/A




APRQ12Complete A/P Payment (CTRL+ENTER keys)

Archive Record Layout"APRQ12","","","","","","Bank","(bank currency code)","Date","Select",,"","","","","",,,,"","","","",""


APRQ19The APRQ19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

10* 1 A Select N/A

11 14 N Bank Payment Amount N/A

16* 60 A Vendor Id/Vendor Name Vendor_Id; Vendor_Name




21 1 A A N/A


23* 1 A (bank controlling currency) N/A


Setting Description





7* 2 A Bank Bank_No


9* 6 D Date N/A

10* 1 A Select N/A



APTP – 1099 ProcessingTransactions created on the APTP screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available.

APTX – A/P 1099 Distribution by VendorTransactions created on the APTX screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

The APTX transactions defined to distribute 1099 vendor amounts use the A/P 1099 Distribution window.

APTX Transactions

APTX19The APTX19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

APTX20Add 1099 Information


The APTX20 transaction, for adding and changing 1099 information, depends on payments applied against an invoice.



Archive Record Layout"APTX20","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","Invoice Distrib Amt","Payment Amt","",""


Name

APTX19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

APSM3

APTX20 Add 1099 Information APSM3


APTX22 Delete 1099 Information APSM3

APTX32 Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) APSM3




APTX22Delete 1099 InformationThe 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APTX22","","","","","","Vendor Id","Invoice No","Tax Year","","CC","",""


APTX32Complete 1099 Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)The 1099 capability is available in sales tax systems only.

Archive Record Layout"APTX32","","","","","","",""







11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat








11* 2 A CC 1099_Cat





ARAD – Accounts Receivable Aging Definition

ARAD Transactions

ARAD01Change A/R Aging Definition

Archive Record Layout"ARAD01","","","","","","Past Due Message #1","(past due message #1)","Aging Days #2","Past Due Message #2","(past due message #2)","Aging Days #3","Past Due Message #3","(past due message #3)"


ARCD – A/R Cash DepositsThe ARCD transactions use the following screens:

• ARCD (A/R Cash Deposits)


Transactions created on the ARCD screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.


Name

ARAD01 Change A/R Aging Definition ARSM



7 60 A Past Due Message #1 N/A

8 60 A (past due message #1) N/A

9 3 N Aging Days #2 Age_Cat_2



12 3 N Aging Days #3 Age_Cat_3





ARCD Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe ARCD transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

ARCD00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"ARCD00","","","","","","(action type)","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""


ARCD01


Name

ARCD00 Select Cash Set ARSM

ARCD01 Add Cash Set Header ARSM

ARCD02 Change Cash Set Header ARSM

ARCD03 Delete Cash Set ARSM

ARCD04 Add Receipt Reference Detail ARSM

ARCD05 Change Receipt Reference Detail ARSM

ARCD07 Delete Receipt Reference Detail ARSM

ARCD08 Change Receipt to NSF ARSM


Name

ARCD10 Distribute A/R Cash Deposit to G/L ARSM

ARCD12 Complete G/L Distribution ARSM

ARCD19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

ARSM



6* 1 A (action type) N/A

8 1 A Cash Set (payment form) Rec_Form

9 20 A Cash Set (number) Csh_Set_No



Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"ARCD01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)","","","","","",""



ARCD02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"ARCD02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","Bank Charge,Bank Comm","Comment","","",""


ARCD03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"ARCD03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","","","","","",""



















ARCD04Add Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"ARCD04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date","Receipt Amount","(bank currency code)","Receipt Comment","Local to Receipt Exch Rate","Local Amt","","Local to Cust Exch Rate","Customer Amt","(customer currency code)","",""


ARCD05









11* 13 A Cust Id Cust_Id

12* 1 A Receipt Reference No (pay-ment form)

Cash_Form

13* 20 A Receipt Reference No (num-ber)

AR_Chk_No

14 8 A Seqn (optional) AR_Seq_No

15 2 A Type CR_Type

17 6 D Date AR_Chk_Dat

18* 14 N Receipt Amount B_Pmt_Amt


20 50 A Receipt Comment Pmt_Comment

21 11 A Local to Receipt Exch Rate L_Ex_Rate

22 14 N Local Amt L_Pay_Amt

24 11 A Local to Cust Exch Rate F_Ex_Rate

25 14 N Customer Amt F_Pay_Amt

26* 5 A (customer currency code) N/A



Change Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"ARCD05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date","Receipt Amount","(bank currency code)","Receipt Comment","Local to Receipt Exch Rate","Local Amt","","Local to Cust Exch Rate","Customer Amt,"","",""


ARCD07Delete Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"ARCD07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""









Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No

14* 8 A Seqn AR_Seq_No

15 2 A Type CR_Type

17 6 D Date AR_Chk_Date

18* 14 N Receipt Amount B_Pmt_Amt











ARCD08Change Receipt to NSF

Archive Record Layout"ARCD08","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


ARCD10Distribute A/R Cash Deposit to G/L

Archive Record Layout"ARCD10","","","","","","Cust Id","Bank No-Receipt Reference No-Seqn","","","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No(payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)","Batch Number","Batch Sequence No"







Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No







11 13 A Cust Id Cust_Id

12 1 A Receipt Reference No (pay-ment form)

Cash_Form

13 20 A Receipt Reference No (num-ber)

AR_Chk_No






ARCD12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"ARCD12","","","","","","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No-Seqn","",""


ARCD19The ARCD19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.




8* 33 A Bank No-Receipt Reference No-Seqn

N/A



Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No





18 1 N (exchange variance y/n) N/A

19 6 N Batch No N/A

20 8 N Batch Sequence No N/A




8* 33 A Receipt Reference No-Seqn N/A



ARCF – A/R ConfigurationThe ARCF transactions use the following screen and window:

• ARCF (A/R Configuration)

• A/R Application Options window

ARCF Transactions

A/R Application Options Transactions

ARCF01Change A/R ConfigurationThe ARCF01 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"ARCF01","","","","","","Sales","Accounts Receivable","Discounts Allowed","Service Charges","Service Charges (cycle 1)","Service Charges (cycle 2)","Service Charges (cycle 3)","Service Charges (cycle 4)","Service Charges (cycle 5)","Statements (cycle 1)","Statements (cycle 2)","Statements (cycle 3)","Statements (cycle 4)","Statements (cycle 5)","Acct Aging","Company Name & Address on Invoice","Print on Statements (y/n)","Print SBOL Extd Text (y/n)","Print CO Extd Text (y/n)","Print Consisting of List (y/n)","Create G/L Transactions From CR Memo Entries (y/n)","Create G/L Transactions From Invoice Entries (y/n)","Discount Calculation - Sales Amt (y/n)","Discount Calculation - Other Charges (y/n)","Discount Calculation - Freight Charges (y/n)","Discount Calculation - LESS Amt (y/n)","Discount Calculation - Tax Amt (y/n)","Change Automated Post-Printed Invoices/Credit Memos","Change Automated Pre-Printed Invoices","Commission Liability Account","Commission Expense Account"


Macro Id Description Macro File

Name

ARCF01 Change A/R Configuration ARSM


Name

ARCF02 Change A/R Application Options ARSM



7 20 A Sales Mst_Act_No

8 20 A Accounts Receivable Mst_Act_No

9 20 A Discounts Allowed Mst_Act_No

10 20 A Service Charges Mst_Act_No



11 6 D Service Charges (cycle 1) Svc_Chrg





16 6 D Statements (cycle 1) Stmt_Date





21 6 D Acct Aging N/A

22 1 A Company Name & Address on Invoice

N/A

23 1 A Print on Statements (y/n) N/A

24 1 A Print SBOL Extd Text (y/n) N/A

25 1 A Print CO Extd Text (y/n) N/A

26 1 A Print Consisting of List (y/n) N/A

27 1 A Create G/L Transactions From CR Memo Entries (y/n)

N/A

28 1 A Create G/L Transactions From Invoice Entries (y/n)

N/A

29 1 A Discount Calculation - Sales Amt (y/n)

N/A

30 1 A Discount Calculation - Other Charges (y/n)

N/A

31 1 A Discount Calculation - Freight Charges (y/n)

N/A

32 1 A Discount Calculation - LESS Amt (y/n)

N/A

33 1 A Discount Calculation - Tax Amt (y/n)

/A

34 1 A Change Automated Post-Printed Invoices/Credit Memos

N/A

35 1 A Change Automated Pre-Printed Invoices

N/A

36 20 A Commission Liability Account N/A

37 20 A Commission Expense Account

N/A



ARCF02Change A/R Application OptionsThe ARCF02 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"ARCF02","","","","","",Tolerance Amt,Tolerance %,"Prompt Before Closing","Under Payment Variance Master Acct","","Default Entry Mode","Journal Entries by Inv No","Tolerance Amt (cash receipt)"


ARCR – A/R Cash/Credit Memo ApplicationThe ARCR transactions use the following screens:

• ARCR (A/R Cash/Credit Memo Application)


Transactions created on the ARCR screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for information on the set of transactions required.

ARCR Transactions



7 14 N Tolerance Amt N/A

8 5 N Tolerance % N/A

9 1 A Prompt Before Closing N/A

10 20 A Under Payment Variance Master Acct

N/A

12 1 A Default Entry Mode N/A

13 1 A Journal Entries by Inv No N/A

14 14 N Tolerance Amt (cash receipt) N/A


Name

ARCR01 Apply Receipt—Open Item Customer ARSM

Apply Receipt—Foreign Customer

Apply Credit Memo—Open Item Customer

Apply Credit Memo—Foreign Customer

Unapply Receipt—Open Item Customer

Unapply Receipt—Foreign Customer



G/L Distribution TransactionsThe ARCR transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

ARCR01Apply Receipt—Open Item Customer

Apply Receipt—Foreign Customer

Apply Credit Memo—Open Item Customer

Apply Credit Memo—Foreign Customer

Unapply Receipt—Open Item Customer

Unapply Receipt—Foreign Customer

Archive Record Layout"ARCR01","","","","","","","(open/balance forward)","Cust Id","Type","Ref No (payment form)","Ref No (number)","","Trans",,"Invoice No",Applied Amt,Discount,"Type","","","","","Mode","","(currency toggle flag)","",""


Apply Receipt—Balance Forward Customer

Apply Credit Memo—Balance Forward Customer

Unapply Receipt—Balance Forward Customer

ARCR02 Unapply All Receipt Applications—Balance Forward Customer ARSM

Unapply All Receipt Applications—Open Item Customer ARSM


Name

ARCR10 Distribute A/R Cash Receipt to G/L ARSM

ARCR12 Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys) ARSM

ARCR19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

ARSM



8* 1 A (open/balance forward) OpnBal_Fwd


10* 1 A Type N/A

11* 1 A Ref No (payment form) Cash_Form

12* 20 A Ref No (number) Ref_No



Field 26, (currency toggle flag), is for multi-currency transactions. The "T" indicates the screen must toggle so the cash receipt can be applied in the desired currency.

(tolerance option) identifies what selection is needed when a tolerance value setting is detected:

ARCR01Apply Receipt—Balance Forward Customer

Apply Credit Memo—Balance Forward Customer

Unapply Receipt—Balance Forward Customer

Archive Record Layout"ARCR01","","","","","","","(open/balance forward)","Cust Id","Type","Ref No (payment form)","Ref No (number)","","Trans","","Age Cat #3","Age Cat #2","Age Cat #1","Current","Discount","","","","","(tolerance option)","",""


14 6 D Trans Trans_Date

16* 10 A Invoice No AR_Ivc_No

17 15 N Applied Amt Appld_Amt

18 11 N Discount Disc_Allwd

19* 1 A Type N/A

24* 1 A Mode N/A

25* 1 A (tolerance option) N/A

26* 1 A (currency toggle flag) N/A

Setting Description

T The screen toggle is required.

"" The screen toggle is not required.

Entry Description

0 No invoice tolerance value is detected.

1 Accept the under/over payment variance and close the invoice.

2 Leave invoice open.



8* 1 A (open/balance forward) OpnBal_Fwd




(tolerance option) identifies what selection is needed when a tolerance value setting is detected:

ARCR02Unapply All Receipt Applications—Balance Forward Customer

Unapply All Receipt Applications—Open Item Customer

Archive Record Layout"ARCR02","","","","","","","","Cust Id","Type","Ref No (payment form)","Ref No (number)","","Trans","","","","","","",""


ARCR10Distribute A/R Cash Receipt to G/L

10* 1 A Type N/A




16 14 N Age Cat #3 Age_Cat_3



19 14 N Current N/A

20 11 N Discount Disc_Allwd

25* 1 A (tolerance option) N/A

Entry Description

0 No invoice tolerance value is detected.

1 Accept the under/over payment variance and close the invoice.

2 Leave invoice open.




10* 1 A Type N/A






Archive Record Layout"ARCR10","","","","","","Cust Id","Ref No","","","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","","",""



ARCR12Complete G/L Distribution (CTRL+ENTER keys)

Archive Record Layout"ARCR12","","","","","","Cust Id","","","","Ref No","","",""


ARCR19The ARCR19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

AREX – A/R Invoice Exceptions

AREX Transactions




10* 33 A Ref No Ref_No


15 14 A Debit Amount Trans_Amt






10* 33 A Ref No Ref_No


Name

AREX00 Change the A/R Queue Processing Status



AREX00Change the A/R Queue Processing Status

Archive Record Layout"AREX00","","","","","","A/R Queue Processing Status"


AREX01Change Sales Master Account NumberThe AREX01 transaction is used for audit trail purposes. The transaction must be reentered manually using the AREX screen.

AREX02Reprocess Exceptions

Archive Record Layout"AREX02","","","","",""


AREX03Delete ExceptionsThe AREX03 transaction is used for audit trail purposes. The transaction must be reentered manually using the AREX screen.

ARPD – A/R Prior Period Cash DepositsThe ARPD transactions use the following screens:

• ARPD (A/R Prior Period Cash Deposits)


AREX01 Change Sales Master Account Number ARSM

AREX02 Reprocess Exceptions ARSM

AREX03 Delete Exceptions ARSM



7 1 A A/R Queue Processing Status N/A





Transactions created on the ARPD screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.

ARPD Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe ARPD transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

ARPD00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"ARPD00","","","","","","(action type)","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""



Name

ARPD00 Select Cash Set ARSM

ARPD01 Add Cash Set Header ARSM

ARPD02 Change Cash Set Header ARSM

ARPD03 Delete Cash Set ARSM

ARPD04 Add Prior Period Receipt Reference Detail ARSM

ARPD05 Change Prior Period Receipt Reference Detail ARSM

ARPD07 Delete Prior Period Receipt Reference Detail ARSM

ARPD08 Change Prior Period Receipt to NSF ARSM


Name

ARPD10 Distribute A/R Cash Deposit to G/L ARSM

ARPD12 Complete G/L Distribution ARSM

ARPD19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

ARSM








ARPD01Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"ARPD01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)","","","","","",""



ARPD02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"ARPD02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","Bank Charge","Bank Comm","Comment","","",""


ARPD03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"ARPD03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


















ARPD04Add Prior Period Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"ARPD04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date",Receipt Amount","(bank currency code)","Receipt Comment","Local to Receipt Exch Rate","Local Amt","","Local to Cust Exch Rate","Customer Amt","(customer currency code)","",""













Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No


15 2 A Type CR_Type


18 14 N Receipt Amount B_Pmt_Amt










ARPD05Change Prior Period Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"ARPD05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date",Receipt Amount,"(bank currency code)","Receipt Comment","Local to Receipt Exch Rate","Local Amt","","Local to Cust Exch Rate","Customer Amt","(customer currency code)","",""


ARPD07Delete Prior Period Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"ARPD07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""








Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No


15 2 A Type CR_Type

17 6 D Date AR_Chk_Date

18 14 N Receipt Amount B_Pmt_Amt











ARPD08Change Prior Period Receipt to NSF

Archive Record Layout"ARPD08","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No (payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


ARPD10Distribute A/R Cash Deposit to G/L

Archive Record Layout"ARCD10","","","","","","Cust Id","Bank No-Receipt Reference No-Seqn","","","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No(payment form)","Receipt Reference No (number)","Seqn","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount","(exchange variance y/n)","",""








Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No









Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No





ARPD12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"ARPD12","","","","","","Cust Id","Receipt Reference No-Seqn","",""


ARPD19The ARPD19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

ARSR – A/R Service Charge Review

ARSR Transactions




8* 33 A Bank No-Receipt Reference No-Seqn

N/A



Cash_Form


AR_Chk_No









8* 33 A Receipt Reference No-Seqn N/A


Name



ARSR01Change A/R Service Charge

Archive Record Layout"ARSR01","","","","","","Service Charge Invoice Date","Statement Cycle","Customer Id","Service Charge"


ARSR01 Change A/R Service Charge ARSM



7* 6 D Service Charge Invoice Date Ivc_Date

8* 1 A Statement Cycle Stmt_Cycle

9* 13 A Customer Id Cust_Id

10 14 N Service Charge Svc_Chrg


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 B – Data Import Macros

B – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

BAMT – Batch AssignmentThe BAMT transactions use the following screen and window:

• BAMT (Batch Assignment)

• Batch Selection Maintenance window

BAMT Transactions

Batch Selection Maintenance Transactions

BAMT00Add Batch Assignment

Archive Record Layout"BAMT00","","","","","","Func Code","Exec Key","BSET Proc Id","","Report Destination PDS","Report Destination File Spec","Log Destination PDS","Log Destination File Spec","","","","","",""



Name

BAMT00 Add Batch Assignment CSTM

BAMT01 Change Batch Assignment CSTM

BAMT03 Delete Batch Assignment CSTM


Name

BAMT02 Change Batch Assignment—Selection Criteria CSTM



7 4 A Func Code Function

8 2 A Exec Key N/A

9 3 A BSET Proc Id N/A

11 1 A Report Destination PDS N/A

12 20 A Report Destination File Spec N/A



BAMT01Change Batch Assignment

Archive Record Layout"BAMT01","","","","","","Func Code","Exec Key","BSET Proc Id","Task Seq Id","Report Destination PDS","Report Destination File Spec","Log Destination PDS","Log Destination File Spec","","","","","",""


BAMT02Change Batch Assignment—Selection Criteria

Archive Record Layout"BAMT02","","","","","","Func Code","Exec Key","","Task Seq Id (old)","","","","","Start Row","Start Col","End Row","End Col","Task Seq Id(new)","Task Description"


13 1 A Log Destination PDS N/A

14 20 A Log Destination File Spec N/A



7* 4 A Func Code Function

8* 2 A Exec Key N/A

9 3 A BSET Proc Id N/A

10* 4 A Task Seq Id N/A

11 1 A Report Destination PDS N/A

12 20 A Report Destination File Spec N/A

13 1 A Log Destination PDS N/A

14 20 A Log Destination File Spec N/A




8* 2 A Exec Key N/A

10* 4 A Task Seq Id (old) N/A

15 2 A Start Row N/A

16 2 A Start Col N/A

17 2 A End Row N/A



BAMT03Delete Batch Assignment

Archive Record Layout"BAMT03","","","","","","Func Code","Exec Key","","Task Seq Id","","","","","","","","","",""


BEXE – Batch Process ExecutionTransactions created by the BEXE screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available. See "BEXE Transactions" under "Audit Trail Information" in the System Operation section of the System Administration manual.

BILL – Single Level BillThe BILL transactions use the following screens:

• BILL (Single Level Bill)

• Bill of Material Detail

BILL Transactions

18 2 A End Col N/A

19 4 A Task Seq Id (new) N/A

20 20 A Task Description N/A




8* 2 A Exec Key N/A

10* 4 A Task Seq Id N/A


Name

BILL00 Add Component to Bill of Material BILM

BILL01 Change Component on Bill of Material BILM

BILL03 Delete Component from Bill of Material BILM



Bill of Material Detail Transactions

Using the In Effectivity Date to Locate a LineBILL and Bill of Material transactions allow you to use the In Effectivity (old) field to locate a specific line in a bill. When the Pt Use, Seqn and Component fields are used, they are combined with the In Effectivity (old) field and the result is used as a key field to locate a line as follows:

BILL00Add Component to Bill of Material

Archive Record Layout"BILL00","","","","","","Parent","Pt Use","Seqn","Component","CT","In Effectivity","Out Effectivity",Quantity,LT Offset,"QT",Scr Pct,"","","","",, "","","","","","","","",""



Name

BILL02 Add New Text—Component on Bill of Material BILM

Attach Existing Text—Component on Bill of Material

Change Bill of Material Detail

BILL04 Delete Text—Component on Bill of Material BILM

In Effectivity (old) Value Result

NULL Use first (earliest effectivity date) line defined by the Pt Use, Seqn and Component fields

Valid date Use the line defined by the Pt Use, Seqn, Component and In Effectivity (old) fields

999999 Use last (latest effectivity date) line defined by the Pt Use, Seqn and Component fields



7* 30 A Parent Parent

8 5 A Pt Use Pt_Use

9 3 A Seqn Seqn

10 30 A Component Component

11 1 A CT Com_Typ

12 6 D In Effectivity In_Effect

13 6 D Out Effectivity Out_Effect



BILL01Change Component on Bill of Material

Archive Record Layout"BILL01","","","","","","Parent","Pt Use","Seqn","Component","CT","In Effectivity (new)","Out Effectivity (new)",Quantity,LT Offset,"QT",Scr Pct,"","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","In Effectivity (old)","Out Effectivity (old)"


Note: The Pt Use, Seqn or Component fields can only be changed by manual transactions. The In Effectivity (old) and Out Effectivity (old) fields are required when you have multiple components with the same Pt Use, Seqn but different effectivity dates.

BILL02Add New Text—Component on Bill of Material

Attach Existing Text—Component on Bill of Material

Change Bill of Material Detail


14 10 N Quantity Quantity

15 3 N LT Offset LT_Offset

16 1 A QT Qty_Typ

17 5 N Scr Pct Scrap_Pcnt




8* 5 A Pt Use Pt_Use

9* 3 A Seqn Seqn

10* 30 A Component Component

11 1 A CT Com_Typ

12 6 D In Effectivity (new) In_Effect

13 6 D Out Effectivity (new) Out_Effect


15 3 N LT Offset LT_Offset

16 1 A QT Qty_Typ

17 5 N Scr Pct Scrap_Pcnt

32 6 D In Effectivity (old) N/A

33 6 D Out Effectivity (old) N/A



"BILL02","","","","","","Parent","Pt Use","Seqn","Component","","","",,,"",,"In Rev","Out Rev","Group Name","Cnfg Type",Cnfg Qty,"Stk","Bin","Backflush Scrap","Module Indicator","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","In Effectivity","Out Effectivity"


Note: The In Effectivity and Out Effectivity fields are required when you have multiple components with the same Pt Use, Seqn but different effectivity dates.

BILL03Delete Component from Bill of Material

Archive Record Layout"BILL03","","","","","","Parent","Pt Use","Seqn","Component","","","",,,"",,"","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","In Effectivity","Out Effectivity"






9* 3 A Seqn Seqn


18 2 A In Rev In_Rev

19 2 A Out Rev Out_Rev

20 6 A Group Name Group_Name

21 1 A Cnfg Type Cnfg_Type

22 10 N Cnfg Qty Cnfg_Qty

23 6 A Stk Bkflsh_Stk

24 12 A Bin Bkflsh_Bin

25 1 A Backflush Scrap Bkfl_Scrap

26 1 A Module Indicator Mod_Indcat

27 6 A Text No Text_No

28 60 A (text line1) Text_Line1










BILL04Delete Text—Component on Bill of Material

Archive Record Layout"BILL04","","","","","","Parent","Pt Use","Seqn","Component","","","",,,"",,"","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","In Effectivity","Out Effectivity"



BKFL – BackflushingThe BKFL transactions use the PICK (Picklist) screen to complete component issues and reverse issues. See "PICK" for more information on the PICK screen.

BKFL Transactions




9* 3 A Seqn Seqn








9* 3 A Seqn Seqn





Name

BKFL01 Issue Component; M Order RPTM



BKFL01Issue Component; M Order

Issue Component; P Order

Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = N

Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = X

Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = T

Archive Record Layout"BKFL01","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Stk","Bin","","Lot",,Issue Qty,"","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","","","Resource Component (CNFG)","QT (PIC1)","Prom Dock"





BKFL02 Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty = Ø)

RPTM

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = W (On Hand Qty = Ø)

BKFL03 Issue Component; M Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

RPTM

Issue Component; P Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = R

Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V

Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = W

BKFL04 Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty > Ø)

RPTM

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = W (On Hand Qty > Ø)

BKFL05 Issue Component; M Order—Ln# Typ = R (Rework Order) RPTM

BKFL06 Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = N RPTM

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = X

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = T

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

Reverse Issue Component; M Order

Reverse Issue Component; P Order




BKFL02Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty = Ø)


Archive Record Layout"BKFL02","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Stk","Bin","","Lot",,Reverse Qty,"","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","","","Resource Component (CNFG)","QT (PIC1)",""




7* 1 A Order Source Ord_Source

8* 1 A Issue Type Issue_Type

9* 30 A MO/CO/PO Number Order_No

10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


13* 3 A Seq/Ln# Seqn; Ln_No

14* 30 A Component/Item Component; Item

15 6 A Stk Stk

16 12 A Bin Bin

18 20 A Lot Lot

20 10 N Issue Qty Qty_Issued

22* 1 A Com Typ/Ln# Typ Com_Typ; Ln_Typ

25* 1 A Resource Component (CNFG)

N/A

26* 1 A QT (PIC1) Qty_Typ

27* 6 D Prom Dock Prom_Dock






10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





BKFL03Issue Component; M Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø; Resource Component = 2 or 3)

Issue Component; P Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø; Resource Component = 2 or 3)




Archive Record Layout"BKFL03","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Stk","Bin","","",,Issue Qty,"","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","","","Resource Component (CNFG)","QT (PIC1)","Prom Dock"



15 6 A Stk Stk

16 12 A Bin Bin

18 10 A Lot Lot

20 10 N Reverse Qty N/A



N/A




7* 1 A Order Source Order_Source



10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




15* 6 A Stk Stk

16* 12 A Bin Bin





BKFL04Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty > Ø)


Archive Record Layout"BKFL04","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Stk","Bin","","",,Reverse Qty,"","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","","","Resource Component (CNFG)","QT (PIC1)","Prom Dock"


BKFL05Issue Component; M Order—Ln# Typ = R (Rework Order)

Archive Record Layout"BKFL05","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Stk","Bin","IC","Lot",,Issue Qty,"","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","","","Resource Component (CNFG)","QT (PIC1)",""


N/A








10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




15* 6 A Stk Stk

16* 12 A Bin Bin

20 10 N Reverse Qty Qty_2_Rvrs



N/A






BKFL06Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = N



Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø; Resource Component = 2 or 3)



Archive Record Layout"BKFL06","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Stk","Bin","IC","Lot",,Reverse Qty,"","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","","","Resource Component (CNFG)","QT (PIC1)","Prom Dock"







10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




15 6 A Stk Stk

16 12 A Bin Bin

17 1 A IC Inv_Code

18 20 A Lot Lot




N/A







BKFT – Bank Funds Transfer

BKFT Transactions

BKFT00Transfer Bank Funds

Archive Record Layout"BKFT00","","","","","","Date","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)","Transfer Form","From Bank","","To Bank","","Comment",From Bank Amt,From Bank: Bank Chg,From Bank: Bank Comm,From Bank: Cash From Amt,"Ex Rate",G/L Amt,"","To Bank: Ex Rate",To Bank: Cash to Amt,To Bank: Bank Chg,To Bank: Bank Comm,"","","From Bank:Local Second Exchange Rate","To Bank:Local Second Exchange Rate",""




10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




15 6 A Stk Stk

16 12 A Bin Bin

17 1 A IC Inv_Code

18 20 A Lot Lot




N/A




Name

BKFT00 Transfer Bank Funds CSHM



7 6 D Date N/A



BKMT – Bank MasterThe BKMT transactions use the following screen and windows:

• BKMT (Bank Master)

• Name, Address and Contacts window

• Cash Receipts window

• Disbursements window

BKMT Transactions



10 1 A Transfer Form Pay_Form

11 2 A From Bank N/A

13 2 A To Bank N/A

15 50 A Comment N/A

16 14 N From Bank Amt N/A

17 14 N From Bank: Bank Chg N/A

18 14 N From Bank: Bank Comm N/A

19 14 N From Bank: Cash From Amt N/A

20 11 A Ex Rate N/A

21 14 N G/L Amt N/A

23 11 A To Bank: Ex Rate N/A

24 14 N To Bank: Cash to Amt N/A

25 14 N To Bank: Bank Charge N/A

26 14 N To Bank: Bank Comm N/A

29 11 A From Bank:Local Second Exchange Rate

N/A

30 11 A To Bank:Local Second Exchange Rate

N/A


Name

BKMT00 Add Bank GLSM2

BKMT01 Change Bank GLSM2

BKMT02 Delete Bank GLSM2



Name, Address and Contacts Transactions

Cash Receipts Transactions

Disbursements Transactions

BKMT00Add Bank

Archive Record Layout"BKMT00","","","","","","Bk No","Curr","St","Name","Reference Name","Fmt","Tr"


BKMT01Change Bank

Archive Record Layout"BKMT01","","","","","","Bk No","Curr","St","Name","Reference Name","Fmt","Tr"


Name

BKMT12 Change Bank Name and Address Information GLSM2


Name

BKMT13 Change Bank Cash Receipt Information GLSM2


BKMT14 Change Bank Disbursement Information GLSM2



7 2 A Bk No Bank_No

8 5 A Curr Bank_Cur_C

9 1 A St Bank_Stat

10 30 A Name Bank_Name1

11 10 A Reference Name Bank_RefN

12 1 A Fmt Bank_Fmt

13 1 A Tr Bank_Trasl




BKMT02Delete Bank

Archive Record Layout"BKMT02","","","","","","Bk No","Curr","","","","",""


BKMT12Change Bank Name and Address Information

Archive Record Layout"BKMT12","","","","","","Bk No","Curr","(name 2)","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Routing","Bank Acct","Withdrawal Contact","Withdrawal Phone","Deposit Contact","Deposit Phone"




7* 2 A Bk No Bank_No

8* 5 A Curr Bank_Cur_C

9 1 A St Bank_Stat

10 30 A Name Bank_Name1

11 10 A Reference Name Bank_RefN

12 1 A Fmt Bank_Fmt

13 1 A Tr Bank_Trasl









9 30 A (name 2) Bank_Name2

10 60 A Addr Bank_Addr1

11 60 A (addr2) Bank_Addr2



BKMT13Change Bank Cash Receipt Information

Archive Record Layout"BKMT13","","","","","","Bk No","Curr","Cash","Acct Receivable","Bank Charge","Bank Commission","NSF Charge","Bank Exch Var"


BKMT14Change Bank Disbursement Information

Archive Record Layout"BKMT14","","","","","","Bk No","Curr","Cash","Vouchered A/P","Unvouchered A/P","Bank Charge","Bank Commission","Bank Exch Var",Check Size,"Check Last No Used",Transfer Size,"Transfer Last No Used",Draft Size,"Draft Last No Used",BOE Size,"BOE Last No Used",GIRO/BACS Size,"GIRO/BACS Last No Used",Misc Size,"","Check Format","Stub Fmt"

12 15 A City Bank_City

13 10 A St Bank_State

14 12 A Zip Bank_Zip

15 15 A C Bank_Cntry

16 30 A Routing Bank_Rout

17 30 A Bank Acct Bank_Acct

18 40 A Withdrawal Contact B_W_Cont

19 20 A Withdrawal Phone B_W_Ph

20 40 A Deposit Contact B_D_Cont

21 20 A Deposit Phone B_D_Ph





9 20 A Cash B_Cash

10 20 A Acct Receivable B_AR_TBal

11 20 A Bank Charge B_AR_Chgs

12 20 A Bank Commission B_AR_Comm

13 20 A NSF Charge B_AR_NSF

14 20 A Bank Exch Var B_AR_EVar




BKRC – Bank Reconciliation

BKRC Transactions

BKRC00





9 20 A Cash B_Cash

10 20 A Vouchered A/P B_AP_Vch

11 20 A Unvouchered A/P B_AP_Unvch

12 20 A Bank Charge B_AP_Chgs

13 20 A Bank Commission B_AP_Comm

14 20 A Bank Exch Var B_AP_EVar

15 2 N Check Size Ck_Size

16 10 A Check Last No Used Last_Chk

17 2 N Transfer Size Trans_Size

18 10 A Transfer Last No Used Last_Trans

19 2 N Draft Size Draft_Size

20 10 A Draft Last No Used Last_Draft

21 2 N BOE Size BOE_Size

22 10 A BOE Last No Used Last_BOE

23 2 N GIRO/BACS Size G_B_Size

24 10 A GIRO/BACS Last No Used Last_G_B

25 2 N Misc Size Misc_Size

27 4 A Check Format N/A

28 1 A Stub Fmt N/A


Name

BKRC00 Change Reconciliation Status CSHM

BKRC12 Complete Reconciliation (CTRL+ENTER) CSHM



Change Reconciliation Status

Archive Record Layout"BKRC00","","","","","","Bank No","","Stmt Date","Acctg Prd (period)","Acctg Prd (year)","Starting Type","Receipt/Disbursement Reference No (payment form)","Receipt/Disbursement Reference No (number)","Seqn","X (selection)",,"Id","(currency indicator)","Cash Set (form)","Cash Set (number)"


BKRC12Complete Reconciliation (CTRL+ENTER)

Archive Record Layout"BKRC12","","","","","","Bank No","","Stmt Date","Acctg Prd (period)","Acctg Prd (year)",""





9* 6 D Stmt Date R_Created



12* 1 A Starting Type N/A

13* 1 A Receipt/Disbursement Refer-ence No (payment form)

R_Pay_Form

14* 20 A Receipt/Disbursement Refer-ence No (number)

R_Pay_No

15* 8 A Seqn R_Pay_Seqn

16 1 A X (selection) R_Tag

18* 6 A Id R_CV_Id

19* 1 A (currency indicator) N/A

20* 1 A Cash Set (form) CashSet_Fm

21* 8 A Cash Set (number) CashSet_No




9* 6 D Stmt Date R_Created

10* 2 A Acctg Prd (period) Acctg_Prd

11* 2 A Acctg Prd (year) Acctg_Prd



BSET – Batch Process Setup

BSET Transactions

BSET00Add Task to Batch Process

Archive Record Layout"BSET00","","","","","","Process Id","","","","","","","Seq Num (new)","Task (new)","Parameters (new)","Special Setup Required (new)","Skip This Task (new)","Abort on Abnormal End (new)"


BSET01Change Task in Batch Process



Name

BSET00 Add Task to Batch Process SYSM

BSET01 Change Task in Batch Process SYSM

BSET02 Delete Task from Batch Process SYSM

BSET03 Delete Batch Process SYSM

BSET04 Process Owner Reassignment SYSM

BSET05 Process Copy SYSM

BSET06 Add a New Batch Process SYSM

BSET07 Change Description in Batch Process Header SYSM



7 3 A Process Id N/A

14 2 A Seq Num (new) N/A

15 4 A Task (new) N/A

16 60 A Parameters (new) N/A

17 1 A Special Setup Required (new)

N/A

18 1 A Skip This Task (new) N/A

19 1 A Abort on Abnormal End (new) N/A



"BSET01","","","","","","Process Id","Seq Num (old)","Task (old)","Parameters (old)","Special Setup Required (old)","Skip This Task (old)","Abort on Abnormal End (old)","Seq Num (new)","Task (new)","Parameters (new)","Special Setup Required (new)","Skip This Task (new)","Abort on Abnormal End (new)","Description"


BSET02Delete Task from Batch Process

Archive Record Layout"BSET02","","","","","","Process Id","Seq Num (old)","Task (old)","Parameters (old)","Special Setup Required (old)","Skip This Task (old)","Abort on Abnormal End (old)","","","","","",""




7* 3 A Process Id N/A

8* 2 A Seq Num (old) N/A

9* 4 A Task (old) N/A

10* 60 A Parameters (old) N/A

11* 1 A Special Setup Required (old) N/A

12* 1 A Skip This Task (old) N/A

13* 1 A Abort on Abnormal End (old) N/A

14 2 A Seq Num (new) Seq_ No

15 4 A Task (new) Task

16 60 A Parameters (new) N/A

17 1 A Special Setup Required (new)

N/A

18 1 A Skip This Task (new) N/A

19 1 A Abort on Abnormal End (new) N/A




8* 2 A Seq Num (old) N/A

9* 4 A Task (old) N/A

10* 60 A Parameters (old) N/A

11* 1 A Special Setup Required (old) N/A

12* 1 A Skip This Task (old) N/A



BSET03Delete Batch Process

Archive Record Layout"BSET03","","","","","","Process Id"


BSET04Process Owner Reassignment

Archive Record Layout"BSET04","","","","","","Process Id","Old Owner","New Owner","FLAG"


BSET05Process Copy

Archive Record Layout"BSET05","","","","","","Process Id","New Process Id","Starting Seq Num","Seq Num Increment"


13* 1 A Abort on Abnormal End (old) N/A






7* 3 A Process Id PROCESS_ID

8 4 A Old Owner N/A

9* 4 A New Owner OWNER

10 1 A FLAG N/A




8* 3 A New Process Id PROCESS_ID

9 2 A Starting Seq Num SEQ_NO

10 2 A Seq Num Increment N/A



BSET06Add a New Batch Process

Archive Record Layout"BSET06","","","","","","Process Id","Desc"


BSET07Change Description in Batch Process Header

Archive Record Layout"BSET07","","","","","","Process Id","Desc (new)", "Desc (old)"





8* 40 A Desc PROCESS_DESC




8* 40 A Desc (new) PROCESS_DESC

9* 40 A Desc (old) PROCESS_DESC


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 C – Data Import Macros

C – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

CACF - CIM Customizer Configuration

CACF Transactions

CACF00Add External Application

Archive Record Layout"CACF00","","","","","","ID Code","Sequence Number","Function Code","Description","File Spec"

"",,,,,"","",,"","" ,"",,"","",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",""



Name

CACF00 Add External Application CSTM

CACF01 Change External Application main information CSTM

CACF02 Delete External Application CSTM

CACF03 Change External Application Record Information CSTM

CACF04 Add Pre-Clip Key CSTM

CACF05 Change Pre-Clip Key CSTM

CACF06 Delete Pre-Clip Key CSTM

CACF07 Add Post-Clip Key CSTM

CACF08 Change Post-Clip Key CSTM

CACF09 Delete Post-Clip Key CSTM

CACF10 Add Macro Key CSTM

CACF11 Change Macro Key CSTM

CACF12 Delete Macro Key CSTM

Field # Length Type Screen Name Export Name


7* 2 N ID Code N/A

8* 3 N Sequence Number N/A

9 4 A Function Code N/A



CACF01Change External Application Main Information

Archive Record Layout"CACF01","","","","","","ID Code","Sequence Number","Function Code","Description","File Spec", "",,,,,"","",,"","" ,"",,"","",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"New ID Code","New Sequence Number"


CACF02Delete External Application

Archive Record Layout"CACF02","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number ","","","",",,,,,"","",,"","" ,"",,"","",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",,,,"",,"",""


CACF03Change External Application Record Information

10 70 A External App Description N/A

11 60 A External App File Spec N/A



7* 2 N ID Code N/A





73 2 N ID Code(New) N/A

74 3 N Sequence Number( New) N/A

Field #Lengt

h Type Screen Name Export Name


7* 2 N ID Code N/A





Archive Record Layout"CACF03","","","","","","ID Code","Sequence Number","Function Code","Description","File Spec", "Screen Type", Curs From Row, Curs From Col, Curs To Row, Curs To Col,"Default Dir","Parameters", Pause,"Cut Map Prefix","Clipboard Activation Key" ,"Menu Title",Menu Order,"Return to Menu","Cut1 Ref",Cut1 Row,Cut1 Col,Cut1 Length,"Cut1 Field Name",Cut1 Num,"Cut2 Ref",Cut2 Row,Cut2 Col,Cut2 Length,"Cut2 Field Name",Cut2 Num,"Cut3 Ref",Cut3 Row,Cut3 Col,Cut3 Length,"Cut3 Field Name",Cut3 Num,"Cut4 Ref",Cut4 Row,Cut4 Col,Cut4 Length,"Cut4 Field Name",Cut4 Num,"Cut5 Ref",Cut5 Row,Cut5 Col,Cut5 Length,"Cut5 Field Name",Cut5 Num,"Cut6 Ref",Cut6 Row,Cut6 Col,Cut6 Length,"Cut6 Field Name",Cut6 Num,"Cut7 Ref",Cut7 Row,Cut7 Col,Cut7 Length,"Cut7 Field Name",Cut7 Num,"Cut8 Ref",Cut8 Row,Cut8 Col,Cut8 Length,"Cut8 Field Name",Cut8 Num,"New ID Code","New Sequence Number"




7* 2 N ID Code N/A





12 4 A Screen Type N/A

13 2 N Curs From Row N/A

14 2 N Curs From Col N/A

15 2 N Curs To Row N/A

16 2 N Curs To Col N/A

17 150 A External App Default Dir N/A

18 150 A External App Parameters N/A

19 1 N Pause N/A

20 1 A Cut Map Prefix N/A

21 20 A Clipboard Activation Key N/A

22 20 A Menu Title N/A

23 1 N Menu Order N/A

24 1 A Return to Menu N/A

25 1 A Cut1 Ref N/A

26 2 N Cut1 Row N/A

27 2 N Cut1 Col N/A

28 2 N Cut1 Length N/A

29 20 A Cut1 Field Name N/A

30 3 N Cut1 Num N/A



31 1 A Cut2 Ref N/A

32 2 N Cut2 Row N/A

33 2 N Cut2 Col N/A



36 3 N Cut2 Num N/A

37 1 A Cut3 Ref N/A

38 2 N Cut3 Row N/A

39 2 N Cut3 Col N/A



42 3 N Cut3 Num N/A

43 1 A Cut4 Ref N/A

44 2 N Cut4 Row N/A

45 2 N Cut4 Col N/A



48 3 N Cut4 Num N/A

49 1 A Cut5 Ref N/A

50 2 N Cut5 Row N/A

51 2 N Cut5 Col N/A



54 3 N Cut5 Num N/A

55 1 A Cut6 Ref N/A

56 2 N Cut6 Row N/A

57 2 N Cut6 Col N/A



60 3 N Cut6 Num N/A

61 1 A Cut7 Ref N/A

62 2 N Cut7 Row N/A

63 2 N Cut7 Col N/A





CACF04Add Pre-Clip Key

Archive Record Layout"CACF04","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence"," Keystroke value"," Keystroke position"

Keystroke Position Values:• T = add/delete at the top of the list

• B = add/delete at the bottom of the list

• C = add/delete between the top and the bottom of the list

Important: After import is complete, validate that the clip keys are in the desired sequence.


CACF05Change Pre-Clip Key

Archive Record Layout"CACF05","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence"," Keystroke value",""


66 3 N Cut7 Num N/A

67 1 A Cut8 Ref N/A

68 2 N Cut8 Row N/A

69 2 N Cut8 Col N/A



72 3 N Cut8 Num N/A

73 2 N ID Code(new) N/A

74 3 N Sequence Number(new) N/A



7* 2 N ID Code N/A


9* 3 N Keystroke sequence N/A

10* 20 A Keystroke value N/A

11* 1 A Keystroke position N/A





CACF06Delete Pre-Clip Key

Archive Record Layout:"CACF06","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence","",""


CACF07Add Post-Clip Key

Archive Record Layout"CACF07","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence"," Keystroke value"," Keystroke position"

Keystroke Position Values• T = add/delete at the top of the list







7* 2 N ID Code N/A



10 20 A Keystroke value N/A



7* 2 N ID Code N/A





7* 2 N ID Code N/A




CACF08Change Post-Clip Key



CACF09Delete Post-Clip Key

Archive Record Layout"CACF09","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence","",""


CACF10Add Macro Key

Archive Record Layout:"CACF10","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence"," Keystroke value"," Keystroke position"




Field #Lengt

h Type Screen Name Export Name


7* 2 N ID Code N/A






7* 2 N ID Code N/A






Keystroke Position Values• T = add/delete at the top of the list





CACF11Change Macro Key



CACF12Delete Macro Key

Archive Record Layout"CACF12","","","","","","ID Code"," Sequence Number"," Keystroke sequence","",""




7* 2 N ID Code N/A







7* 2 N ID Code N/A








CBIL – Copy Bill of MaterialUse the CBIL screen to copy bills of material. A predefined transaction is used for system recovery purposes only. The CBIL transaction uses the BILL (Single Level Bill) transactions to create bills of material.

CCAN – Cost Control Action

CCAN Transactions

CCAN01Change Cost Action Message

Archive Record Layout"CCAN01","","","","","","Acct","Cost Action","Msg Date","Vend Id/Gate'y WC","OT (order type)","Order Number","Ln#","Ln# Sta","Ln# Type","Item","CS (cost status)","Prom Dock"


7* 2 N ID Code N/A




Name

CCAN01 Change Cost Action Message PRCM



7 3 A Acct N/A

8 3 A Cost Action N/A

9 6 D Msg Date N/A

10 6 A Vend Id/Gate’y WC Vendor_Id

11 1 A OT (order type) N/A

12 15 A Order Number MO_Number;PO_Number

13 3 A Ln# Ln_No

14 1 A Ln# Sta Ln_Sta

15 1 A Ln# Type Ln_Typ




CCAT – Customer Catalog

CCAT Transactions

CCAT00Add Customer Catalog Item

Archive Record Layout"CCAT00","","","","","","Catalog Item","Catalog Item Description","R","Item"


CCAT01Change Customer Catalog Item

Archive Record Layout"CCAT01","","","","","","Catalog Item","Catalog Item Description","R",""


16 30 A Item Item

17 1 A CS (cost status) N/A

18 6 D Prom Dock Prom_Dock


Name

CCAT00 Add Customer Catalog Item CUSM

CCAT01 Change Customer Catalog Item CUSM

CCAT02 Delete Customer Catalog Item CUSM



7 30 A Catalog Item Cat_Item

8* 70 A Catalog Item Description Cat_Desc

9 1 A R R_Class

10 30 A Item Item



7* 30 A Catalog Item Cat_Item

8 70 A Catalog Item Description Cat_Desc



CCAT02Delete Customer Catalog Item

Archive Record Layout"CCAT02","","","","","","Catalog Item","","",""


CCEX – Currency Exchange Rate Maintenance

CCEX Transactions

CCEX00Add Currency Exchange Rate

Archive Record Layout"CCEX00","","","","","","Source Currency Code","Target Currency Code","Exchange Rate Type","Exchange Rate In-Effect Date","Exchange Rate","Exchange Variance Master Account No"


9 1 A R R_Class



7* 30 A Catalog Item Cat_Item


CCEX00 Add Currency Exchange Rate MCMM

CCEX01 Change Currency Exchange Rate (future dates only) MCMM

CCEX03 Delete Currency Exchange Rate MCMM



7 5 A Source Currency Code Curr_Srce

8 5 A Target Currency Code Curr_Targ

9 1 A Exchange Rate Type Curr_Type

10 6 D Exchange Rate In-Effect Date

Curr_Date

11 10 A Exchange Rate Curr_Ex_Rt



CCEX01Change Currency Exchange Rate (future dates only)

Archive Record Layout"CCEX01","","","","","","Source Currency Code","Target Currency Code","Exchange Rate Type","Exchange Rate In-Effect Date","old Exchange Rate","Exchange Variance Master Account No","new Exchange Rate"


CCEX03Delete Currency Exchange Rate

Archive Record Layout"CCEX03","","","","","","Source Currency Code","Target Currency Code","Exchange Rate Type","Exchange Rate In-Effect Date","Exchange Rate","Exchange Variance Master Account No"


12 20 A Exchange Variance Master Account No

Curr_Gl_Ac



7* 5 A Source Currency Code Curr_Srce

8* 5 A Target Currency Code Curr_Targ

9* 1 A Exchange Rate Type Curr_Type

10* 6 D Exchange Rate In-Effect Date

Curr_Date

11* 10 A old Exchange Rate N/A


Curr_Gl_Ac

13 10 A new Exchange Rate Curr_Ex_Rt



7* 5 A Source Currency Code Curr_Srce

8* 5 A Target Currency Code Curr_Targ

9* 1 A Exchange Rate Type Curr_Type

10* 6 D Exchange Rate In-Effect Date

Curr_Date

11* 10 A Exchange Rate Curr_Ex_Rt



CCFG – Costing Configuration

CCFG Transactions

CCFG01Change Costing Configuration

Archive Record Layout"CCFG01","","","","","","Cost Method","Allow Cost Rollover Into Cost Type 0","Overhead Rate: Variable Material","Overhead Rate: Variable Labor","Overhead Rate: Fixed Material","Overhead Rate: Fixed Labor","","","Evaluation Cost Type","Upper Tolerance Percent","Lower Tolerance Percent","User Id to Receive Cost Exceptions for MO","User Id to Receive Cost Exceptions for PO","",""



Curr_Gl_Ac


Name

CCFG01 Add Customer Catalog Item SYSM



7 1 A Cost Method N/A

8 1 A Allow Cost Rollover Into Cost Type 0

N/A

9 7 A Overhead Rate: Variable Material

N/A

10 7 A Overhead Rate: Variable Labor

N/A

11 7 A Overhead Rate: Fixed Mate-rial

N/A

12 7 A Overhead Rate: Fixed Labor N/A

15 1 A Evaluation Cost Type N/A

16 7 A Upper Tolerance Percent N/A

17 7 A Lower Tolerance Percent N/A

18 3 A User Id to Receive Cost Exceptions for MO

N/A

19 3 A User Id to Receive Cost Exceptions for PO

N/A



CCMT – Currency Code Maintenance

CCMT Transactions

CCMT00Add Currency Code

Archive Record Layout"CCMT00","","","","","","Currency Symb","Currency P","Currency L","Currency Description","EMU"


CCMT01Change Currency Code

Archive Record Layout"CCMT01","","","","","","Currency Code","Currency Symb","","Currency L","Currency Description",""



Name

CCMT00 Add Currency Code SYSM

CCMT01 Change Currency Code SYSM

CCMT02 Change Currency Code EMU Member Status SYSM

CCMT03 Delete Currency Code SYSM



7 5 A Currency Code Curr_Code

8 4 A Currency Symb Curr_Symbl

9 1 A Currency P Curr_Prec

10 1 A Currency L Cur_Sym_Lc

11 15 A Currency Description Curr_Desc

12 1 A EMU Curr_Emu



7* 5 A Currency Code Curr_Code




CCMT02Change Currency Code EMU Member Status

Archive Record Layout"CCMT02","","","","","","Currency Code","Currency Symb","","Currency L","Currency Description","EMU"


CCMT03Delete Currency Code

Archive Record Layout"CCMT03","","","","","","Currency Code","","","","",""


CCON – Currency Conversion Utility

CCON Transactions









12 1 A EMU Curr_Emu





Name

CCON00 Change Trading Partner Currency Code-Screen Entry Method SYSM

CCON01 Change Trading Partner Currency Code-Data File Method SYSM

CCON02 Change Currency Code Precision SYSM



CCON00Change Trading Partner Currency Code-Screen Entry MethodThe CCON00 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions cannot be imported and are not recoverable.

Archive Record Layout"CCON00","","","","","","Change Type","Convert from System to Foreign Currency","Convert from Foreign to System Currency","Customer or Vendor Indicator","Information Source","Customer or Vendor Id","Currency Code","Exchange Rate-1st Leg","Exchange Rate-2nd Leg"


CCON01Change Trading Partner Currency Code-Data File MethodThe CCON00 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions cannot be imported and are not recoverable.

Archive Record Layout"CCON01","","","","","","Change Type","Convert from System to Foreign Currency","Convert from Foreign to System Currency","Customer or Vendor Indicator","Information Source"




7 1 A Change Type N/A

8 1 A Convert from System to Foreign Currency

N/A

9 1 A Convert from Foreign to System Currency

N/A

10 1 A Customer or Vendor Indica-tor

N/A

11 1 A Information Source N/A

12 13 A Customer or Vendor Id N/A

13 5 A Currency Code N/A

14 11 A Exchange Rate-1st Leg N/A

15 11 A Exchange Rate-2nd Leg N/A




8 1 A Convert from System to Foreign Currency

N/A

9 1 A Convert from Foreign to System Currency

N/A



CCON02Change Currency Code PrecisionThe CCON00 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions cannot be imported and are not recoverable.

Archive Record Layout"CCON02","","","","","","Change Type","Currency Code","Decimal Precision"


CCOT - Customer Contact

CCOT Transactions

CCOT00Add Customer Contact Required field entries for CCOT00 transactions depend on the method used to add a customer contact. If "New Contact Y/N" is "N," a customer contact is added by selecting an existing contact. If "New Contact Y/N" is "Y", Contact Id is ignored, and a customer contact is added by creating a

10 1 A Customer or Vendor Indica-tor

N/A

11 1 A Information Source N/A




8 5 A Currency Code Curr_Code

9 1 N Decimal Precision Curr_Prec


Name

CCOT00 Add Customer Contact CUSM

CCOT01 Change Customer Contact CUSM

CCOT02 Delete Customer Contact CUSM

CCOT03 Add Customer Report Send As CUSM

CCOT04 Change Customer Report Send As CUSM

CCOT05 Change Contact Notes CUSM

CCOT06 Change Customer Ship To Report Send As CUSM



brand-new contact. Use the following table to determine which fields are required when adding a customer contact record according to "(New Contact Y/N)":


"CCOT00","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 1",”New Contact Y/N”


CCOT01Change Customer Contact


"CCOT01","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 1"


New Contact Y/N Customer Id Contact Id Contact Name

Y = Add a brand new contact record Required Not Required Required

N = Select an existing contact record Required Required Not Required

Field# Length Type Screen Name Export Name


7* 13 A Customer Id N/A

8* 10 A Contact Id N/A

9* 40 A Contact Name N/A

10 70 A Title N/A

11 128 A Email Address N/A

12 20 A Phone Number 1 N/A

13 1 A Phone Type 1 N/A

14* 1 A New Contact Y/N N/A





9 40 A Contact Name N/A



CCOT02Delete Customer Contact


"CCOT02","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id"


CCOT03Change Customer Contact Detail

Archive Record Layout:

"CCOT03","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Type 1","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 2","Phone Number 2","Phone Type 3","Phone Number 3","Facebook","Twitter","User Defined 1","User Defined 2","User Defined 3"


10 70 A Title N/A













10 70 A Title N/A







CCOT04Change Customer Report Send As


"CCOT04","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id","Report Type","Send As","","","","",” Cus-tomer Id on Customer Contact Screen”

Required Transaction Fields:

CCOT05Change Contact Notes


"CCOT05","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id","Notes"





18 128 A Facebook N/A

19 20 A Twitter N/A

20 128 A User Defined 1 N/A







9* 20 A Report Type N/A

10 1 A Send As N/A





9 2499 A Notes N/A



CCOT06Change Customer Ship To Report Send As


"CCOT06","","","","","","Customer Id","Contact Id","Ship to Id",""Report Type","Send As"


CIMT – Customer Item Maintenance

CIMT Transactions

CIMT00Add Customer Item

Archive Record Layout"CIMT00","","","","","","Item","Cust Id","Cust Item","Description","Rev","","Tr LT","Cust Item (old)"






9* 13 A Ship to Id N/A


11 1 A Send As N/A


Name

CIMT00 Add Customer Item CUSM

CIMT01 Change Customer Item CUSM

CIMT02 Delete Customer Item CUSM



7 30 A Item Item


9 30 A Cust Item Cust_Item

10 70 A Description CI_Desc



CIMT01Change Customer Item

Archive Record Layout"CIMT01","","","","","","","Cust Id","Cust Item","Description","Rev","Um","Tr LT","Cust Item (old)"


CIMT02Delete Customer Item

Archive Record Layout"CIMT02","","","","","","","Cust Id","Cust Item","","","","","Cust Item (old)"


11 2 A Rev CI_Rev_Lvl

13 2 A Tr LT CI_Tr_LT

14 30 A Cust Item (old) N/A




9* 30 A Cust Item Cust_Item

10 70 A Description CI_Desc

11 2 A Rev CI_Rev_Lvl

12 2 A Um Um

13 2 A Tr LT CI_Tr_LT

14* 30 A Cust Item (old) N/A




9* 30 A Cust Item Cust_Item

14 30 A Cust Item (old) N/A



CMCF - CIM Customizer Mapping Configuration

CMCF Transactions

CMCF00Add Character String Relationship

Archive Record Layout"CMCF00","","","","","","Key","Map Code",""


CMCF01Change Character String Relationship

Archive Record Layout"CMCF01","","","","","","Key","Map Code","New Key"


CMCF02Delete Character String Relationship

Archive Record Layout"CMCF02","","","","","","Key","",""


Name

CMCF00 Add Character String Relationship CSTM

CMCF01 Change Character String Relationship CSTM

CMCF02 Delete Character String Relationship CSTM



7* 35 A Key N/A

8 35 A Map Code N/A



7* 35 A Key N/A

8 35 A Map Code N/A

9 35 A New Key N/A




CMTA – Commission Code Table

CMTA Transactions

CMTA00Add Commission Code

Archive Record Layout"CMTA00","","","","","","Commission Code","Description",Commission Rate,"Primary Sales Id"


CMTA01Change Commission Code

Archive Record Layout"CMTA01","","","","","","Commission Code","Description",Commission Rate,"Primary Sales Id"




7* 35 A Key N/A


Name

CMTA00 Add Commission Code GLOBAL

CMTA01 Change Commission Code GLOBAL

CMTA02 Delete Commission Code GLOBAL



7 3 A Commission Code Com_Code

8 20 A Description N/A

9 6 N Commission Rate Comsn_Rate

10 6 A Primary Sales Id N/A





CMTA02Delete Commission Code

Archive Record Layout"CMTA02","","","","","","Commission Code","",,""


CNFA – Configuration of Interface Account Numbers

CNFA Transactions

CNFA00Add Product Line

Archive Record Layout"CNFA00","","","","","A (Add Product Line)","Product Line","Description","St"


7* 3 A Commission Code Com_Code


9 6 N Commission Rate Comsn_Rate

10 6 A Primary Sales Id N/A



7* 3 A Commission Code Com_Code


Name

CNFA00 Add Product Line SYSM

CNFA01 Change Product Line SYSM

CNFA02 Delete Product Line SYSM

CNFA03 Change Interface Account Number Configuration SYSM



6 1 A A (Add Product Line) N/A

7* 15 A Product Line PRDLN



CNFA01Change Product Line

Archive Record Layout"CNFA01","","","","","C (Change Product Line)","Product Line","Description","St"


CNFA02Delete Product Line

Archive Record Layout"CNFA02","","","","","D (Delete Product Line)","Product Line"


8* 50 A Description PRDLN_DESC

9* 1 A St PRDLN_ST



6 1 A C (Change Product Line) N/A

7* 15 A Product Line Prodln

8 50 A Description Prodln_Desc

9 1 A St Prodln_St



6 1 A D (Delete Product Line) N/A

7* 15 A Product Line Prodln



CNFA03Change Interface Account Number ConfigurationFields #31-36 appear on the CNFA screen and in the archive file when the Summarize Cost of Goods Sold Accounts flag on SHCF (Shipping Configuration) is set to N (No).

Field #18 (Cost of Goods Sold) appears on the CNFA screen and in the archive file when the Summarize Cost of Goods Sold Accounts flag on SHCF (Shipping Configuration) is set to Y (Yes).

Archive Record Layout"CNFA03","","","","","","Product Line","Internal WIP Inv","Standard Cost Var","External WIP Inv","Overhead Variance","Cust Prod WIP Inv","Labor Variance","Cust Prod Variance","Material Usage Var","Sales","Misc Order Var","Cost of Goods Sold","Purchase Price Var","Resource Direct Lab","PO Issue Variance","Resource Var Ovhd","Manufacturing Exp","Resource Fixed Ovhd","Applied Labor","Mo Cost Change","Applied Overhead","Po Cost Change","Aac Po Var","Item Cost Change","Material COGS","Labor COGS","Var Ovvrhd COGS","Fix Ovrhd COGS","Outside COGS","COGS Rounding"




7* 15 A Product Line PRDLN

8 20 A Internal WIP Inv INWIP_ACCT

9 20 A Standard Cost Var STVAR_ACCT

10 20 A External WIP Inv EXWIP_ACCT

11 20 A Overhead Variance OHVAR_ACCT

12 20 A Cust Prod WIP Inv CPWIP_ACCT

13 20 A Labor Variance LBVAR_ACCT

14 20 A Cust Prod Variance CPVAR_ACCT

15 20 A Material Usage Var MUVAR_ACCT

16 20 A Sales SALES_ACCT

17 20 A Misc Order Var MISC_ACCT

18 20 A Cost of Goods Sold COGS_ACCT

19 20 A Purchase Price Var PPV_ACCT

20 20 A Resource Direct Lab RESDR_ACCT

21 20 A PO Issue Variance POVAR_ACCT

22 20 A Resource Var Ovhd RSVOH_ACCT

23 20 A Manufacturing Exp MFGEX_ACCT

24 20 A Resource Fixed Ovhd RSFOH_ACCT

25 20 A Applied Labor APLAB_ACCT

26 20 A Mo Cost Change MOCHG_ACCT

27 20 A Applied Overhead APOH_ACCT



CNFC – Cost Type Setup

CNFC Transactions

CNFC00Add Cost Type

Archive Record Layout"CNFC00","","","","","","Cost Type","Costs Added at this Level"


CNFC01Change Cost Type

Archive Record Layout"CNFC01","","","","","","Cost Type","Costs Added at this Level"


28 20 A Po Cost Change POCHG_ACCT

29 20 A Aac Po Var AACPV_ACCT

30 20 A Item Cost Change ITCHG_ACCT

31 20 A Material COGS MCOGS_Acct

32 20 A Labor COGS LCOGS_Acct

33 20 A Var Ovvrhd COGS VCOGS_Acct

34 20 A Fix Ovrhd COGS FCOGS_Acct

35 20 A Outside COGS OCOGS_Acct

36 20 A COGS Rounding RCOGS_Acct


Name

CNFC00 Add Cost Type SYSM

CNFC01 Change Cost Type SYSM



7 1 A Cost Type Cost_Type

8 15 A Costs Added at this Level N/A




CNFG – System Installation SetupCNFG Transactions

CNFG01Change Installation InformationThe CNFG01 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"CNFG01","","","","","","Inst'n Date","Inst'n by","System Serial No","Company Name","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","","Tax Exempt No","","","","Print Text on Ext Documents","","Date and Number Format","Work In Process Code",Order Lead Time,"Resource Component","Deferred Update Option","Custom Prod Pricing Method","Component Sort Basis","Last Used Invoice No","Last Used Credit Memo No","","Address Format"



7* 1 A Cost Type Cost_Type

8 15 A Costs Added at this Level N/A


Name

CNFG01 Change Installation Information SYSM

CNFG02 File Writing Configuration SYSM



7 10 D Inst'n Date N/A

8 20 A Inst'n by N/A

9 10 A System Serial No N/A

10 60 A Company Name N/A

11 60 A Addr Addr1

12 60 A (addr2) Addr2

13 15 A City City

14 10 A St State

15 12 A Zip Zip

16 15 A C Country

18 15 A Tax Exempt No Tax_Exempt

22 1 A Print Text on Ext Documents N/A



CNFG02File Writing Configuration The CNFG02 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"CNFG02","AAA","07/25/2012","007:21:37","0","C","Archive","ModcomAP","ModcomGL","ModcomIV","ModcomSA","ModcomSI","Zerotran","Archive","ModcomAP","ModcomGL","ModcomIV","ModcomSA","ModcomSI","Zerotran","ModocomAP","ModcomGL","ModcomIV"


24 1 A Date and Number Format N/A

25 1 A Work In Process Code N/A

26 2 N Order Lead Time N/A

27 1 A Resource Component N/A

28 1 A Deferred Update Option N/A

29 1 A Custom Prod Pricing Method Price_Mthd

30 1 A Component Sort Basis N/A

31 6 A Last Used Invoice No N/A

32 5 A Last Used Credit Memo No N/A

34 1 A Address Format N/A

Fld# Lgth Type Screen NameExport Name

1 6 A N/A N/A

7 1 A Archive Keep in Database Y/N N/A

8 1 A ModcomAP Keep in Database Y/N N/A

9 1 A ModcomGL Keep in Database Y/N N/A

10 1 A ModcomIV Keep in Database Y/N N/A

11 1 A ModcomSA Keep in Database Y/N N/A

12 1 A ModcomSI Keep in Database Y/N N/A

13 1 A Zerotran Keep in Database Y/N N/A

14 1 A Archive Write to File Y/N N/A

15 1 A ModcomAP Write to File Y/N N/A

16 1 A ModcomGL Write to File Y/N N/A

17 1 A ModcomIV Write to File Y/N N/A

18 1 A ModcomSA Write to File Y/N N/A

19 1 A ModcomSI Write to File Y/N N/A



COAN – Customer Order Action

COAN Transactions

COAN01Change Customer Order Action Message

Archive Record Layout"COAN01","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","Msg Code (old)","","","","","","Ship Date","","Ln# Sta","","","CSR","","","","","","",Remaining Required Qty,"","","","","","","","Cust Id","",,,"Rqst Ship (new)","","","","","","","","","","",""


COAN02

20 1 A Zerotran Write to File Y/N N/A

21 1 A ModcomGL Write to Queue Y/N N/A

22 1 A ModcomAP Write to Queue Y/N N/A

23 1 A ModcomIV Write to Queue Y/N N/A


Name

COAN01 Change Customer Order Action Message CUSM

COAN02 Delete Customer Order Action Message CUSM



8* 30 A CO Number CO_Number

9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

11* 3 A Msg Code (old) N/A

17 6 D Ship Date Ship_Date


22* 3 A CSR CSR

29 10 N Remaining Required Qty Rm_Req_Qty


41 6 D Rqst Ship (new) Rqst_Ship

Fld# Lgth Type Screen NameExport Name



Delete Customer Order Action Message

Archive Record Layout"COAN02","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","Msg Code (old)","","","","", "","","","", "","","CSR","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","Cust Id","",,,"","","","","","","","","","","",""


COCF – Order Entry Configuration

COCF01 Change Order Entry Configuration

Archive Record Layout "COCF01","","","","","","Duplicate Customer Po Notification","Credit Check Co Line","Obsolete Item Enforcement For Co Entry","Consume Customer Credit By Customer Chain",”Print CO Header Standard Text on Pick List”,”Print CO Line Standard Text on Pick List”,”Write SOP Archive Transactions”,”Calculate Promised Dock Date Based On Shop Calendar”





9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

11* 3 A Msg Code (old) N/A

22* 3 A CSR CSR




7 1 A Duplicate Customer Po Notifi-cation

N/A

8 1 A Credit Check Co Line N/A

9 1 A Obsolete Item Enforcement For Co Entry

N/A

10 1 A Consume Customer Credit By Customer Chain

N/A

11 1 A Print CO Header Standard Text on Pick List

N/A

12 1 A Print CO Line Standard Text on Pick List.

N/A

13 1 A Write SOP Archive Transac-tions

N/A



COMT – Customer OrderThe COMT transactions use the following screens:

• COMT (Customer Order)

• Customer Order Header Detail

• Standard Product Detail

• Custom Product Detail

Note: The COMT transactions are not available after the SOPM Module is installed.

COMT Transactions

Customer Order Header Detail Transactions

14 1 A Calculate Promised Dock Date Based on Shop Calen-dar

N/A


Name

COMT00 Add CO Header—Existing Ship to Address CUSM

COMT01 Add CO Header—New Ship to Address CUSM

Add New Customer Ship to Address

COMT02 Change CO Header—Existing Ship to Address CUSM

COMT03 Delete CO Header CUSM

COMT04 Change CO Header—New Ship to Address CUSM

COMT05 Add CO Line Item CUSM

COMT06 Change CO Line Item CUSM

COMT07 Delete CO Line Item CUSM

COMT14 Delete Customer Order Action Message—ACK (Print Order Acknowledgment)

CUSM


Name

COMT08 Add New Text—CO Header CUSM

Attach Existing Text—CO Header

Change CO Header Detail

COMT12 Delete Text—CO Header CUSM

COMT90 Add Extended Text—Customer Order CUSM



Standard Product Detail Transactions

Custom Product Detail Transactions

COMT00Add CO Header—Existing Ship to Address

Archive Record Layout"COMT00","","","","","","","CO Number","Cust Id","CSR","","Ship to Id","Customer PO Number","","","","","","","","Ship Via","Frt Code","FOB","Inv/COD (old)","",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Ctrl Curr","","(order number from mask)","CO Ref"


COMT91 Change Extended Text—Customer Order CUSM

COMT92 Delete Extended Text—Customer Order CUSM

Macro Id Description Macro File

Name

COMT09 Add New Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = C CUSM

Attach Existing Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = C

Change CO Line Item Detail; Ln# Typ = C

COMT11 Delete Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = C CUSM





Name

COMT10 Add New Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = X CUSM

Attach Existing Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = X

Change CO Line Item Detail; Ln# Typ = X

COMT13 Delete Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = X CUSM







COMT01Add CO Header—New Ship to Address

Add New Customer Ship to Address

Archive Record Layout"COMT01","","","","","","","CO Number","Cust Id","CSR","","Ship to Id (new)","Customer PO Number","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Ship Via","Frt Code","FOB","Inv/COD (old)","",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Ctrl Curr","","","CO Ref",”Contact”,”E-Mail”





10 3 A CSR CSR

12 13 A Ship to Id Ship_to_Id

13 30 A Customer PO Number Cust_PO_No

21 30 A Ship Via Ship_Via

22 1 A Frt Code Frt_Chg_Cd

23 20 A FOB FOB_Point

24 1 A Inv/COD (old) Ivc_COD

26 5 N Cash #1% Disc_Pcnt1





31* 1 A Terms Pay_Term

32 2 N Day Mon_PayWen




37 1 A (order number from mask) N/A - Archive only

38 30 A CO Ref Co_Ref







COMT02Change CO Header—Existing Ship to Address

Archive Record Layout"COMT02","","","","","","","CO Number","Cust Id","CSR","Ship to Id (old)","","Customer PO Number","","","","","","","","Ship Via","Frt Code","FOB","Inv/COD (old)","",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Ctrl Curr","","","CO Ref"


10 3 A CSR CSR

12* 13 A Ship to Id (new) Ship_to_Id


14 60 A Ship to Ship_to_Nm

15 60 A Addr Addr1


17 15 A City City

18 10 A St State

19 12 A Zip Zip

20 15 A C Country
















39 40 A Contact N/A

40 50 A E-Mail N/A




COMT03Delete CO Header

Archive Record Layout"COMT03","","","","","","","CO Number","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,"",,,,"",""


COMT04Change CO Header—New Ship to Address





10 3 A CSR CSR

11 13 A Ship to Id (old) Ship_to_Id






















"COMT04","","","","","","","CO Number","Cust Id","CSR","","Ship to Id (new)","Customer PO Number","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Ship Via","Frt Code","FOB","Inv/COD (old)","",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Ctrl Curr","","","CO Ref",”Contact”,”E-Mail”






10 3 A CSR CSR

12* 13 A Ship to Id (new) Ship_to_Id



15 60 A Addr Addr1


17 15 A City City

18 10 A St State

19 12 A Zip Zip

20 15 A C Country










31 1 A Terms Pay_Term






39 40 A Contact N/A

40 20 A E-Mail N/A



COMT05Add CO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"COMT05","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Item","","Ln# Typ","Customer Item (COS2)","Customer Item UM (COS2)",,"UM","Prom Dlvry","Tr LT","Ln# Sta",Unit Price,"",Customer Item Order Qty (COS2),"","","","","","","","","LS","","","","", "","","",Order Qty (new),,"","","RF (new)","","ST (new)","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Catalog Item","Add Ex Rate","","Ctrl Curr"


Note: When you add a catalog item to the customer order, Field# 20 is also required.

COMT06Change CO Line Item





9 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10 30 A Item Item

12 1 A Ln# Typ Ln_Typ

13 30 A Customer Item (COS2) Cust_Item

14 4 A Customer Item UM (COS2) CI_UM

16 4 A UM UM

17 6 D Prom Dlvry Prom_Dlvry

18 2 A Tr LT Tr_LT


20 16 N Unit Price Unit_Price

22 10 N Customer Item Order Qty (COS2)

N/A

31 1 A LS LS

39 10 N Order Qty (new) Order_Qty

43 1 A RF (new) RF

45 1 A ST (new) Src_Type

61 30 A Catalog Item Cat_Item

62 11 A Add Ex Rate Add_Ex_Rat

64* 1 A Ctrl Curr Ctrl_Curr



"COMT06","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","",,"","Prom Dlvry","Tr LT","Ln# Sta",Unit Price,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",Order Qty (new),,"","","","","ST (new)","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Ctrl Curr"


COMT07Delete CO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"COMT07","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","",,"","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


COMT08Add New Text—CO Header

Attach Existing Text—CO Header

Change CO Header Detail

Archive Record Layout"COMT08","","","","","","","CO Number","Price Adjustment S/D",Price Adjustment %,"Commission Code","Sales Category 1","Sales Category 2","Default Tax Exempt Reason","Certificate No/VAT Id","Fed Tax Code/Primary VAT Code","St Tax Code/Secondary VAT Code","Cnty Tax Code","Muni Tax Code","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)",""




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

17 6 D Prom Dlvry Prom_Dlvry

18 2 A Tr LT Tr_LT



39 10 N Order Qty (new) Order_Qty

45 1 A ST (new) Src_Type





9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




COMT09Add New Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = C

Attach Existing Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = C

Change CO Line Item Detail; Ln# Typ = C

Archive Record Layout"COMT09","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","(update customer item price y/n)","","Customer Item","Customer Item UM",Customer Item Conv,"","","","",,"",Customer Item Order Qty,Customer Item Unit Price,"Customer Item Description","Customer Item Tr LT","Reqst Dlvry","","","","","","","","","Commission Code","Ovr","","",,,"","","","","","","Tax Exempt Fed","Tax Exempt State","Tax Exempt County","Tax Exempt Muni","Price Adjustment S/D",Price Adjustment %,"Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Cust PO Ln#","Primary VAT Exempt","Secondary VAT Exempt","","(Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate (new)","","Controlling Code (L, F, or R)","(exchange rate toggle flag)"




9 1 A Price Adjustment S/D Price_Adj

10 5 N Price Adjustment % Price_Adj


12 3 A Sales Category 1 Sales_Cat1

13 3 A Sales Category 2 Sales_Cat2

14 1 A Default Tax Exempt Reason Exempt

15 20 A Certificate No/VAT Id Cert_No; Tax_Id_Num

16 2 A Fed Tax Code; Primary VAT Code

Tax_Code_F; P_VAT_Code

17 2 A St Tax Code; Secondary VAT Code

Tax_Code_S; S_VAT_Code

18 3 A Cnty Tax Code Tax_Code_C

19 3 A Muni Tax Code Tax_Code_M












9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

11* 1 A (update customer item price y/n)

N/A

13 30 A Customer Item Cust_Item

14 4 A Customer Item UM CI_UM

15 6 N Customer Item Conv CI_UM_Cnvt

22 10 N Customer Item Order Qty CI_OrdQty

23 16 N Customer Item Unit Price Quot_Price

24 70 A Customer Item Description CI_Desc

25 2 A Customer Item Tr LT CI_Tr_LT

26 6 D Reqst Dlvry Rqst_Dlvry


36 1 A Ovr Ovr

47 2 A Tax Exempt Fed Exempt_F

48 2 A Tax Exempt State Exempt_S

49 3 A Tax Exempt County Exempt_C

50 3 A Tax Exempt Muni Exempt_M




54* 60 A (text line1) Text_Line1




58 10 A Cust PO Ln# Cust_PO_Ln

59 1 A Primary VAT Exempt Exempt_V1

60 1 A Secondary VAT Exempt Exempt_V2

62 11 A Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate (new)

N/A

64* 1 A Controlling Code (L, F, or R) Ctrl_Curr

65* 1 A (exchange rate toggle flag) N/A



If a price exists for a customer item, the Field 11 (update customer item price y/n) value is used to respond to a message displayed by the screen to request more information. If no value is specified for Field 11, an N value is assumed which is the screen default value.


COMT10Add New Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = X

Attach Existing Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = X

Change CO Line Item Detail; Ln# Typ = X

Archive Record Layout"COMT10","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","","","","","","",,"Reqst Dlvry","Buyr","Plnr",On Hand Qty,"On Hand Stk","On Hand Bin","","","","","","","","","Commission Code","Ovr","","",,,"","","","","","","Tax Exempt Fed","Tax Exempt State","Tax Exempt County","Tax Exempt Muni","Price Adjustment S/D",Price Adjustment %,"Cust Item","Cust Item Descr",Cust Item Price,"Cust Item Tr LT","Cust Item CO Rev","Inv","WIP","","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Cust PO Ln#","Primary VAT Exempt","Secondary VAT Exempt","","Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate (new)","","Controlling Code (L, F, or R)","(exchange rate toggle flag)"


Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


22 3 A Buyr Buyr

23 3 A Plnr Plnr

24 10 N On Hand Qty OHnd_Qty

25 6 A On Hand Stk Stk

26 12 A On Hand Bin Bin


36 1 A Ovr Ovr




COMT11



49 1 A Tax Exempt County Exempt_S





54 70 A Cust Item Descr CI_Desc

55 10 N Cust Item Price Quot_Price

56 2 A Cust Item Tr LT CI_Tr_LT

57 2 A Cust Item CO Rev CI_Rev_Lvl

58 20 A Inv CP_Inv_Act

59 20 A WIP CP_WIP_Act









70 11 A Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate (new)

N/A

72* 1 A Controlling Code (L, F, or R) Ctrl_Curr


Setting Description





Delete Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = C

Archive Record Layout"COMT11","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","",,"","","","",,"",,,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,"","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","",""


COMT12Delete Text—CO Header

Archive Record Layout"COMT12","","","","","","","CO Number","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


COMT13Delete Text—CO Line Item; Ln# Typ = X

Archive Record Layout"COMT13","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,"","","","","","","","","","","",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


COMT14Delete Customer Order Action Message—ACK (Print Order Acknowledgement)The COMT14 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No







9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



documents or used for further EDI processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"COMT14","","","","","","","CO Number","(print option)",""


(print option) identifies the type of action taken for an order acknowledgement requirement including:

COMT90Add Extended Text—Customer Order

Note: Extended text messages can be added to both the Header section of a customer order as well as to each line on the order. The Ln# field must be empty (null) to update the extended text message for the Header section.

Archive Record Layout"COMT90","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","CO Number","Ln#","","Text Message"





10* 1 A (print option) N/A

Print Option Description

O print standard order acknowledgement (EDIM Module not installed)

P print standard order acknowledgement (EDIM Module installed)

B mark for brief EDI transmission

D mark for EDI transmission detail

N mark for negative EDI transmission






12 3 A Ln# Ln#




Several codes are used when importing text with special characters.

(text entry type) identifies what type of text messages should be entered. The (text entry type) options include:

(page number) identifies the page number associated with the text message.

COMT91Change Extended Text—Customer Order

Note: Extended text messages can be added to both the Header section of a customer order as well as to each line on the order. The Ln# field must be empty (null) to update the extended text message for the Header section.




ASCII Character Used For

016 Tab character

017 Carriage return (Enter key)

029 Blank space as the last character in the message line

031 Manual line break within text message

Text Entry Types Description

I Insert new page of text

Y Existing text message change

N Subsequent lines changed for an existing text message

D Delete page of text






12 3 A Ln# Ln#







COMT92Delete Extended Text—Customer Order

Note: Extended text messages can be deleted for the Header section of a customer order as well as for each line on the order. The Ln# field must be empty (null) to update the extended text message for the Header section.




016 Tab character














12 3 A Ln# Ln#



016 Tab character






CORV – CO Receipt/Reverse Ln# SelectionThe CORV transactions use the following screens and window:

• CORV (CO Receipt/Reverse Ln# Selection)

• Customer Order Receipt/Reverse (receipt)

• Customer Order Receipt/Reverse (reverse receipt)

• Item Lot Receipt window

CORV Transactions

Note: The CORV screens vary based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Lot field is displayed.

Customer Order Receipt/Reverse TransactionsReceipt Transactions









Name

CORV01 Change CP Order Status; Ln# Typ = B CPMM

Change CP Order Status; Ln# Typ = U CPMM


Name

CORV02 Receive CP Line Item (location closed); Ln# Typ = X CPMM

CORV03 Receive CP Line Item (location open); Ln# Typ = X CPMM



Reverse Receipt Transactions

When the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Item Lot Receipt window is used to record additional receipt information for the transaction.

CORV01Change CP Order Status; Ln# Typ = B

Change CP Order Status; Ln# Typ = U

Archive Record Layout"CORV01","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#",,"","Ln# Sta","Ln# Typ","Item","","",""


CORV02Receive CP Line Item (location closed); Ln# Typ = XThe CORV02 transaction is created by the system for subsequent receipts of a customer order after the initial receipt. The CORV03 transaction is created for the initial receipt. You may wish to use the CORV10 transaction for import processing because external applications will not need to determine if this is a subsequent receipt.

Archive Record Layout"CORV02","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity Recvd,"UM",Move Qty,"Stk","Bin","",,"",,"","","",,"",,"","","",,"","","Ln# Typ",,,"","","Remark","","Item",,"","","(new lot Y/N)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot (ITM5)","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg

CORV05 Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = B CPMM

Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

CORV10 Receive CP Line Item (location open or closed); Ln# Typ = X CPMM


Name

CORV04 Reverse Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = X CPMM

CORV06 Reverse Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = B CPMM

Reverse Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = U CPMM




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


13* 1 A Ln# Typ Ln_Typ

14* 30 A Item Item



Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev",Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"





8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

9* 1 A Receiving Type Recv_Type

10 10 N Quantity Recvd Qty_Recvd

11 4 A UM UM

12 10 N Move Qty Move_Qty1

13 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1


36 59 A Remark Remark

38* 30 A Item Item

42 1 A (new lot Y/N) N/A

43* 1 A Lot Assign Policy (ITM5) N/A

44 20 A Dflt Lot (ITM5) Dflt_Lot

45 35 A Lot Description Lot_Desc

46 20 A Vendor Lot Vend_Lot

47 6 D Mfg Date Mfg_Date

48 6 D Availability Date Avail_Dt

49 6 D Retest Date Retest_Dt

50 6 D Expiration Date Expir_Dt

51 2 A Rev Rev

52 10 N Current Potency % N/A

53 1 A Usr Def 1 D_Usr_Df1









The (new lot Y/N) field is required if the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed. (new lot Y/N) indicates the type of lot created by the transaction. (new lot Y/N) is a null when the item is not lot-traced.

CORV03Receive CP Line Item (location open); Ln# Typ = XThe CORV03 transaction is created by the system for the first receipt of the customer order. You may wish to use the CORV10 transaction for import processing because external applications will not need to determine if this is the first receipt or not.

Archive Record Layout"CORV03","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity Recvd,"UM",Move Qty,"Stk","Bin","",,"",,"","","",,"",,"","","",,"","","Ln# Typ",,,"","","Remark","","Item",,"","","(new lot Y/N)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot (ITM5)","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev",Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"












(new lot Y/N) Description

Y a new lot was created

N an existing lot was changed

Null item is not lot-traced




8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





11 4 A UM UM


13* 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1



38* 30 A Item Item










51 2 A Rev Rev






















CORV04Reverse Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = X

Archive Record Layout"CORV04","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity to Reverse,"UM",Qty by Loc,"","","",,"Insp Code",,"","","",,"",,"","","",,"","","Ln# Typ",,,"","","Remark","","Item",,"","","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


CORV05Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = B

Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

Archive Record Layout"CORV05","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity Recvd,"UM",Move Qty,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code",Move Qty, "Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code",Move Qty,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code","", "Ln# Typ",,,"","Line Item Closure Requested","Remark","","Item",,"","","(new lot Y/N)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot (ITM5)","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev",Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr








8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


10 10 N Quantity to Reverse Qty_2_Rvrs

11 4 A UM UM

12 10 N Qty by Loc Rvrsd_Qty1

17 1 A Insp Code Insp_Code1



38* 30 A Item Item



Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"





8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



11 4 A UM UM


13 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Vin1

15 1 A IC Inv_Cd1



19 6 A Stk Stk2

20 12 A Bin Bin2

21 1 A IC Inv_Cd2



25 6 A Stk Stk3

26 12 A Bin Bin3

27 1 A IC Inv_Cd3



35 1 A Line Item Closure Requested Close_Rqst


38* 30 A Item Item











CORV06Reverse Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = B

Reverse Receive CP Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

Archive Record Layout"CORV06","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity to Reverse,"UM",Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code",Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code",Qty by



51 2 A Rev Rev

























Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Line Item Closure Requested","Remark","","Item",,"","Lot","(new lot Y/N)","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""





8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



11 4 A UM UM


13 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1

15 1 A IC Inv_Cd1



19 6 A Stk Stk2

20 12 A Bin Bin2

21 1 A IC Inv_Cd2



25 6 A Stk Stk3

26 12 A Bin Bin3

27 1 A IC Inv_Cd3





38* 30 A Item Item

41 20 A Lot Lot

42* 1 A (new lot Y/N) N/A




CORV10Receive CP Line Item (location open or closed); Ln# Typ = XThe CORV10 transaction automatically determines whether this is the first receipt or a subsequent receipt for the customer order. You may wish to use the CORV10 transaction for import processing because external applications will not need to make this determination.

The CORV10 transaction is not created by the CORV screen. It is used only for data import purposes.

Archive Record Layout"CORV10","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity Recvd,"UM",Move Qty,"Stk","Bin","",,"",,"","","",,"",,"","","",,"","","Ln# Typ",,,"","","Remark","","Item",,"","","(new lot Y/N)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot (ITM5)","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev",Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"









8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



11 4 A UM UM


13* 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1



38* 30 A Item Item













51 2 A Rev Rev

























CPBK – Copy Price Book

CPBK Transactions

CPBK00Copy Price Book

Archive Record Layout"CPBK00","","","","","","From Price Book","To Price Book"


CPMT – Custom Product MaintenanceThe CPMT transactions use the following screens:

• CPMT (Custom Product Maintenance)

• Custom Product Detail

• Custom Product Component Detail

CPMT Transactions


Name

CPBK00 Copy Price Book APBM



7 15 A From Price Book Price_Book

8 15 A To Price Book Price_Book


Name

CPMT01 Change CP Order Header CPMM

CPMT02 Add Component to Custom Configuration CPMM

CPMT03 Change Component on Custom Configuration CPMM

CPMT04 Delete Component from Custom Configuration CPMM

CPMT05 Reschedule Operations; CP Order CPMM

CPMT10 Delete Planner Action Message—PMO (Print Manufacturing Order); CP Order

CPMM

CPMT11 Change Total Unit Cost CPMM



Custom Product Detail Transactions

Custom Product Component Detail Transactions

CPMT01Change CP Order Header

Archive Record Layout"CPMT01","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#",Markup,"Supply Start Date","Supply Due Date","Supply Ln# Sta","(reschedule operations y/n)",""


CPMT02Add Component to Custom Configuration


Name

CPMT06 Add New Text—CP Order Header CPMM

Attach Existing Text—CP Order Header

Change CP Order Header Detail

CPMT07 Delete Text—CP Order Header CPMM


Name

CPMT08 Add New Text—Component on Custom Configuration CPMM

Attach Existing Text—Component on Custom Configuration

Change CP Component Detail

CPMT09 Delete Text—Component on Custom Configuration CPMM




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10 3 N Markup N/A

11 6 D Supply Start Date SupplyStrt

12 6 D Supply Due Date SupplyDate

13* 1 A Supply Ln# Sta Ln_Sta

14* 1 A (reschedule operations y/n) N/A



Archive Record Layout"CPMT02","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Component/Resource/WC#","","","","","","UM","","","",Unit Cost/Unit Price,"","Seq","Typ","QT/LT (new)","Start Date","","","",Quantity,"Pt Use","","","","","","","","",,,"Due Date (new)","","RF (new)","","","","(backschedule y/n/r)","Component Sort Basis (CNFG)","QT/LT (old)","","","",""


Field 30Consider the following when determining the value to use for field 30. The Pt Use field assigned automatically when you use the CPMT screen for standard data entry varies depending on the component type. The Pt Use field can be changed later using the Custom Product Component Detail screen.

• Material components are assigned Pt Use = CUSTM.

• Operations (Typ = R or W) are assigned a 4-digit Pt Use field as follows:




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10 15 A Component/Resource/WC# Component; Comp_WC; WC_Id

16 4 A UM UM

20 17 N Unit Cost/Unit Price Unit_Cost; Unit_Price

22 3 A Seq Seqn

23* 1 A Typ Typ

24 1 A QT/LT (new) Qty_Typ

25 6 D Start Date Start_Date


30* 5 A Pt Use (CPM2) Pt_Use

41 6 D Due Date (new) Due_Date

43 1 A RF (new) RF

47* 1 A (backschedule y/n/r) N/A

48* 1 A Component Sort Basis (CNFG)

Cmpnt_Sort

49* 1 A QT/LT (old) Qty_Typ

Pt Use Character Position Field Represented

1, 2 and 3 Seq

4 QT/LT



Each QT/LT has a corresponding digit. In this way, the operations are sequenced in the order in which they are typically performed:

For example, a per-order operation with Seq = 010 is assigned Pt Use 0101. The Pt Use field cannot be maintained for operations.

Field 47If set to R, execute a CTRL-ENTER at the end of processing. This allows an IMPORT template for these transactions without requiring a CPMT05 for the CTRL-ENTER.

CPMT03Change Component on Custom Configuration

Archive Record Layout"CPMT03","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Component/Resource/WC#","","","","","","","","","",Unit Cost/Unit Price,"","Seq","Typ","QT/LT (new)","Start Date","","","",Quantity,"","","","","","", "","","",,,"Due Date (new)","","RF (new)","RF (old)","","","(backschedule y/n/r)","Component Sort Basis (CNFG)","QT/LT (old)","","","",""


5 (blank)

QT/LT Digit Description

O 1 Per order

S 2 Setup

I 3 Per item

R 4 Run

P 5 Pieces

M 6 Move




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10* 15 A Component/Resource/WC# Component; Comp_WC; WC_Id

20 17 N Unit Cost/Unit Price Unit_Cost; Unit_Price

22* 3 A Seq Seqn

23* 1 A Typ Typ

24 1 A QT/LT (new) Qty_Typ




Field 47If set to R, execute a CTRL-ENTER at the end of processing. This allows an IMPORT template for these transactions without requiring a CPMT05 for the CTRL-ENTER.

Field 54If set to 1, indicates the START DATE is closed . If set to 2, indicates START DATE is to be opened. This is for Work Center items only.

CPMT04Delete Component from Custom Configuration

Archive Record Layout"CPMT04","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Component/Resource/WC#","","","","","","","","","",,"","Seq","Typ","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","",,,"","","RF (new)","","","","","Component Sort Basis (CNFG)","QT/LT (old)","","","",""


CPMT05


41 6 D Due Date (new) Due_Date

43 1 A RF (new) RF

44 1 A RF (old) RF

47* 1 A (backschedule y/n/r) N/A


Cmpnt_Sort



Rsrc_Plcy




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10* 15 A Component/Resource/WC# Component; Comp_WC; WC_Id

22* 3 A Seq Seqn

23* 1 A Typ Typ

43 1 A RF (new) RF


Cmpnt_Sort




Reschedule Operations; CP OrderThis transaction simply puts a CTRL-ENTER into the screen. It must follow one or more CPMT02 or CPMT03 transactions.

Archive Record Layout"CPMT05","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#",""


CPMT06Add New Text—CP Order Header

Attach Existing Text—CP Order Header

Change CP Order Header Detail

Archive Record Layout"CPMT06","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","","","","","","",,"Reqst Dlvry", "Buyr","Plnr",On Hand Qty,"On Hand Stk","On Hand Bin","","","","","","","","","Commission Code","Ovr","","",,,"","","","","","","Tax Exempt Fed","Tax Exempt State","Tax Exempt County","Tax Exempt Muni","Price Adjustment S/D",Price Adjustment %,"Cust Item","Cust Item Description",Cust Item Price,"Cust Item Tr LT","Cust Item CO Rev","Inv","WIP","","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Cust PO Ln#","Primary VAT Exempt","Secondary VAT Exempt","Exchange Rate (new)","(tax system V/S)","Taxing Authority Levels (TXCF)","(exchange rate toggle flag)"





9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


22 3 A Buyr Buyr

23 3 A Plnr Plnr

24 10 N On Hand Qty OHnd_Qty

25 6 A On Hand Stk Stk

26 12 A On Hand Bin Bin


36 1 A Ovr Ovr




Field 74, (exchange rate toggle flag), is for EMU triangulation transactions that involve a member (fixed exchange rate) currency and a non-member (floating exchange rate) currency. The “T” indicates the screen must toggle to the non-controlling exchange rate before the floating exchange rate can be changed.


49 1 A Tax Exempt County Exempt_C





54 70 A Cust Item Description CI_Desc

55 10 N Cust Item Price Quot_Price

56 2 A Cust Item Tr LT CI_Tr_LT

57 2 A Cust Item CO Rev CI_Rev_Lvl

58 20 A Inv CP_Inv_Act

59 20 A WIP CP_WIP_Act









69 11 A Exchange Rate (new) Ex_Rate

72* 1 A (tax system V/S) N/A

73* 1 A Taxing Authority Levels (TXCF)

Tax_Level


Setting Description


“”” No change has been made to the exchange rate and the screen toggle is not required.



Note: Fields 47, 48, 49 and 50 are used only when (tax system) = S. Fields 67, 68 and 73 are used only when (tax system) = V.

CPMT07Delete Text—CP Order Header

Archive Record Layout"CPMT07","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,"","","","","","","","","","","",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


CPMT08Add New Text—Component on Custom Configuration

Attach Existing Text—Component on Custom Configuration

Change CP Component Detail

Archive Record Layout"CPMT08","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Seq","Typ", "Component/Resource/WC#","Pt Use","Description","","","Operation Status","QT/LT","Component Sort Basis (CNFG)","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)",""





9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10* 3 A Seq Seqn

11* 1 A Typ Typ

12* 15 A Component/Resource/WC#

Component; Comp_WC; WC_Id

13 5 A Pt Use (CPM2) Pt_Use

14 70 A Description Comp_Desc

17 1 A Operation Status Ln_Sta

18* 1 A QT/LT Qty_Typ


Cmpnt_Sort



CPMT09Delete Text—Component on Custom Configuration

Archive Record Layout"CPMT09","","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","Seq","Typ", "Component/Resource/WC#","","","","","","QT/LT","Component Sort Basis (CNFG)","","","","","",""


CPMT10Delete Planner Action Message—PMO (Print Manufacturing Order); CP OrderThe CPMT10 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.











9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

10* 3 A Seq Seqn

11* 1 A Typ Typ

12* 15 A Component/Resource/WC#

Component; Comp_WC; WC_Id

18* 1 A QT/LT Qty_Typ


Cmpnt_Sort




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



CPMT11Change Total Unit Cost



CROP - Customer Report Options

CROP Transactions

CROP01Change Customer Report Option


"CROP01","","","","","","Customer Id","Report Type","Email Print Preference"


CROV – Cost Roll-OverTransactions created by the CROV task are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available.




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


Name

CROP01 Change Customer Report Option CUSM

Field# Length Type Screen Name

1* 6 A (macro id)

7* 13 A Customer Id

8* 20 A Report Type

9 1 A Email Print Preference



CUID – Customer Master by Customer IdThe CUID transactions use the following screens:

• CUID (Customer Master)

• Customer Name/Address Detail

• Customer Financial Detail

Predetermined values for fields on the Customer Master screens can be established and used for entering groups of Customers with similar characteristics by setting up a default Customer (Customer Id ØØØØØØ) with those characteristics. When adding a Customer using a Customer Master screen, the default values are displayed and stored in the system until overridden.

See "Using DEFAULT Values" in the Order Entry online manual or "Using Default Values" in the Accounts Receivable online manual for more information on the DEFAULT-CUSTOMER.

Note: The CUID transactions are not available after the SOPM Module is installed.

CUID Transactions

Customer Name/Address Detail Transactions

Customer Financial Detail Transactions


Name

CUID00 Add Customer GLOBAL

CUID01 Change Customer GLOBAL

CUID02 Delete Customer GLOBAL


Name

CUID03 Add New Text—Customer Name/Address Detail GLOBAL

Attach Existing Text—Customer Name/Address Detail

Change Customer Name/Address Detail

CUID04 Add New Customer Ship to Address GLOBAL

CUID05 Delete Customer Ship to Address GLOBAL

CUID06 Delete Text—Customer Name/Address Detail GLOBAL


Name

CUID07 Add New Text—Customer Financial Detail GLOBAL

Attach Existing Text—Customer Financial Detail



CUID00Add Customer

Archive Record Layout"CUID00","","","","","","Customer Id","Customer Name","Contact","Phone","CSR","E-Mail","Sta","Ship Via","FOB"


CUID01Change Customer

Archive Record Layout"CUID01","","","","","","Customer Id","Customer Name","Contact","Phone","CSR","E-Mail","Sta","Ship Via","FOB"


Change Customer Financial Detail

CUID08 Delete Text—Customer Financial Detail GLOBAL

CUID09 Change Intrastat Customer Configuration GLOBAL

CUID20 Add Extended Text - Intrastat Customer Configuration GLOBAL

CUID21 Change Extended Text - Intrastat Customer Configuration GLOBAL

CUID22 Delete Extended Text - Intrastat Customer Configuration GLOBAL

CUID90 Add Extended Text—Customer Master GLOBAL

CUID91 Change Extended Text—Customer Master GLOBAL

CUID92 Delete Extended Text—Customer Master GLOBAL



7 13 A Customer Id Cust_Id

8 60 A Customer Name Cust_Name

9 40 A Contact Contact

10 20 A Phone Phone

11 3 A CSR CSR

12 50 A E-Mail N/A

13 1 A Sta Status

14 30 A Ship Via N/A





CUID02Delete Customer

Archive Record Layout"CUID02","","","","","","Customer Id","","","",""


CUID03Add New Text—Customer Name/Address Detail

Attach Existing Text—Customer Name/Address Detail

Change Customer Name/Address Detail

Archive Record Layout"CUID03","","","","","","Cust Id","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Ship Id","Ship to Name","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Region Code","Exmpt","Certificate No/VAT Id","Fed","St","Cnty","Muni","Acct Contact","Acct Phone","Bill to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","FAX #","Cust Class (1)","Cust Class (2)","Cust Class (3)","Cust Class (4)","Cust Class (5)","Cust Class (6)","Cust Class (7)","Cust Class (8)","Sales Acct No","COGS Acct No","A/R Acct No","Freight Acct No","Partial Shipment","Frt Charge Code","Price Adj S/D",Price Adj %,"Com Cd","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","VAT Cust Code","Print Format","Print Language","Material COGS","Labor COGS","Var Ovvrhd COGS","Fix Ovrhd COGS","Outside COGS",”Contact”,”E-Mail”.”Over Ship Enforcement For Customer Order”,”Customer Order Over Ship Tolerance”




8 60 A Customer Name Cust_Name


10 20 A Phone Phone

11 3 A CSR CSR

12 50 A E-Mail N/A

13 1 A Sta Status

14 30 A Ship Via N/A










8 60 A Addr Addr1


10 15 A City City

11 10 A St State

12 12 A Zip Zip

13 15 A C Country

14* 13 A Ship Id Ship_to_Id

15 60 A Ship to Name Ship_to_Nm

16 60 A Addr Ship_Addr1

17 60 A (addr2) Ship_Addr2

18 15 A City Ship_City

19 10 A St Ship_State

20 12 A Zip Ship_Zip

21 15 A C Ship_Cntry

22 3 A Region Code Regn_Code

23* 1 A Exmpt Exempt


25 2 A Fed Tax_Code_F

26 2 A St Tax_Code_S

27 3 A Cnty Tax_Code_C

28 3 A Muni Tax_Code_M

29 40 A Acct Contact Acct_Cntct

30 15 A Acct Phone Acct_Phone

31 60 A Bill to Bill_to

32 60 A Addr Ivc_Addr1

33 60 A (addr2) Ivc_Addr2

34 15 A City Ivc_City

35 10 A St Ivc_State

36 12 A Zip Ivc_Zip

37 15 A C Ivc_Cntry

38 20 A FAX # FAX_Number

39 1 A Cust Class (1) Cust_Clas1




Field# 25, 26, 27 and 28 are used only when a sales tax system is installed. Field# 62 is used only when a VAT system is installed.







47 20 A Sales Acct No Sal_AcctNo

48 20 A COGS Acct No COGS_Ac_No

49 20 A A/R Acct No Ar_Acct_No

50 20 A Freight Acct No Frght_Acct

52 1 A Partial Shipment Partl_Ship

53 1 A Frt Charge Code Frt_Chg_Cd

54 1 A Price Adj S/D Price_Adj

55 4 N Price Adj % Price_Adj

56 3 A Com Cd Com_Code






62 5 A VAT Cust Code Shp_to_VAT

63 1 A Print Format Shp_to_Fmt

64 12 A Print Language Shp_to_Lng

65 20 A Material COGS Mat_COGS

66 20 A Labor COGS Lab_COGS

67 20 A Var Ovvrhd COGS Varoh_COGS

68 20 A Fix Ovrhd COGS Fixoh_COGS

69 20 A Outside COGS Out_COGS

70 40 A Contact N/A

71 50 A E-Mail N/A

72 1 A Over Ship Enforcement For Customer Order

73 Customer Order Over Ship Tolerance



Field# 56 data is validated against information defined on the CMTA (Commission Code Table) screen when you change data on this screen. When the incoming record contains a Ship to Id field that is non-NULL, the macro enters the Ship to Id into the field followed by an Enter key before any other updates are entered for the screen. If the screen data contains an invalid commission code field (because it was deleted from the CMTA screen after it was entered on the Customer Master screen), the transaction fails. To correct an invalid commission code field, a transaction with a NULL Ship to Id field must be input to either remove or replace the invalid commission code first before ship to information is changed.

CUID04Add New Customer Ship to Address

Archive Record Layout"CUID04","","","","","","Cust Id","","","","","","","Ship Id","Ship to Name","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Region Code", "Exmpt","Certificate No/VAT Id","Fed","St","Cnty","Muni", "","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","VAT Cust Code","Print Format","Print Language",”Contact”,”E-Mail”





14 13 A Ship Id Ship_to_Id

15 60 A Ship to Name Ship_to_Nm







22 3 A Region Code Regn_Code

23 1 A Exmpt Exempt


25 2 A Fed Tax_Code_F

26 2 A St Tax_Code_S

27 3 A Cnty Tax_Code_C

28 3 A Muni Tax_Code_M

62 5 A VAT Cust Code Shp_to_VAT

63 1 A Print Format Shp_to_Fmt

64 12 A Print Language Shp_to_Lng



Field# 25, 26, 27 and 28 are used only when a sales tax system is installed. Field# 62 is used only when a VAT system is installed.

CUID05Delete Customer Ship to Address

Archive Record Layout"CUID05","","","","","","Cust Id","","","","","","","Ship Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","",""


CUID06Delete Text—Customer Name/Address Detail

Archive Record Layout"CUID06","","","","","","Cust Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","",""


CUID07Add New Text—Customer Financial Detail

Attach Existing Text—Customer Financial Detail

Change Customer Financial Detail

Archive Record Layout"CUID07","","","","","","Cust Id","Bank Reference #1","Bank Reference #2","Prt",Credit Limit,"D&B Ref #","D&B Class","D&B Rat'g'","D&B Date",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Statement Print","Statement Cycle","Service Charge",Rate,"A/R Cust","Open/Bal Forward","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Std

65 40 A Contact N/A

66 50 A E-Mail N/A










Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Curr Code","Ctrl Curr","","Start Date","EDI Acknowledgement",”PrePrinted Invoice Status”,”PrePrinted Credit Memo Status”





8 30 A Bank Reference #1 Bank1_Ref

9 30 A Bank Reference #2 Bank2_Ref

10 1 A Prt Prt

11 10 N Credit Limit Cr_Limit

12 11 A D&B Ref# DB_Ref_No

13 4 A D&B Class DB_Class

14 3 A D&B Rat'g DB_Ratg

15 6 D D&B Date DB_Date






21 1 A Statement Print Stmt_Print

22 1 A Statement Cycle Stmt_Cycle

23 1 A Service Charge Svc_Chrg

24 4 N Rate Rate

25 1 A A/R Cust AR_Cust

26 1 A Open/Bal Forward OpnBal_Fwd






32* 1 A Std Terms Pay_Term








CUID08Delete Text—Customer Financial Detail

Archive Record Layout"CUID08","","","","","","Cust Id","","","",,"","","","",,,,,,"","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,"","",""


CUID09Change Intrastat Customer Configuration

Archive Record Layout"CUID09","","","","","","Cust Id","","","","","","","Ship Id","Automated Intrastat Transaction","EC Listing","Origin Country","Destination Country","Mode of Transportation","Delivery Terms","Reference #1","Reference #2","Reference #3","Reference #4","Reference #5"


39 6 D Start date Start_Date

40 1 A EDI Acknowledgement

41 1 PrePrinted Invoice Status PRE_INVOICE

42 1 PrePrinted Credit Memo Sta-tus

PRE_CREDIT_MEMO








15 1 A Automated Intrastat Transac-tion

N/A


17 2 A Origin Country N/A

18 3 A Destination Country N/A


20* 3 A Delivery Terms N/A

21 20 A Reference #1 N/A





CUID20Add Extended Text - Intrastat Customer Configuration

Archive Record Layout"CUID20","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Cust Id","Ship Id","","","Text Message"


CUID21Change Extended Text - Intrastat Customer Configuration



CUID22Delete Extended Text - Intrastat Customer Configuration







9* 2 A (page number) N/A



14 890 A Text Message N/A












CUID90Add Extended Text—Customer Master

Archive Record Layout"CUID90","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Cust Id","","","","Text Message"


















016 Tab character










CUID91Change Extended Text—Customer Master






CUID92

N Subsequent lines changed for an existing text mes-sage









016 Tab character











Delete Extended Text—Customer Master






CUPB – Customers Using Price Book

CUPB Transactions








016 Tab character










Name



CUPB00Add Customer to Price Book

Archive Record Layout"CUPB00","","","","","","Price Book","Cust Id","Effectivity In","Effectivity Out","Pref","Sp"


CUPB01Change Customer info

Archive Record Layout"CUPB01","","","","","","Price Book","Cust Id","Effectivity In","Effectivity Out","Pref","Sp"


CUPB02Delete Customer from Price Book

CUPB00 Add Customer to Price Book APBM

CUPB01 Change Customer info APBM

CUPB02 Delete Customer from Price Book APBM



7 15 A Price Book Price_Book


9 6 D Effectivity In Pb_Ineff

10 6 D Effectivity Out Pb_Outeff

11 1 A Pref Preference

12 1 A Sp Special



7* 15 A Price Book Price_Book




11 1 A Pref Preference

12 1 A Sp Special



Archive Record Layout"CUPB02","","","","","","Price Book","Cust Id"


CUST – Customer Master by Customer NameAll CUST transactions are imported using the CUID macros. The resulting archive records are assigned the CUID macro id even though the source transactions used the CUST macro id. See CUID – Customer Master by Customer Id for Customer Master transactions.






Fourth Shift Release 7.50 D – Data Import Macros

D – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

DIST – Distributor by Vendor

DIST Transactions

DIST00Add Distributor to Vendor

Archive Record Layout"DIST00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Distributor Id","Sta"


DIST01Change Distributor of Vendor

Archive Record Layout"DIST01","","","","","","Vendor Id","Distributor Id","Sta"



Name

DIST00 Add Distributor to Vendor PURM1

DIST01 Change Distributor of Vendor PURM1

DIST02 Delete Distributor from Vendor PURM1




8 13 A Distributor Id Dist_Id

9 1 A Sta Status




8* 13 A Distributor Id Dist_Id

9 1 A Sta Status



DIST02Delete Distributor from Vendor

Archive Record Layout"DIST02","","","","","","Vendor Id","Distributor Id"


DVUD – Data View Definition

DVUD Transactions

Note: Data view transactions extracted using the data export features in the SYSM Module do not use the format required for the data import process. The series of interdependent transactions listed here must be provided in order to import this information.

DVUD01Add Data View Definition






Name

DVUD01 Add Data View Definition EXPM

DVUD02 Change Data View Definition EXPM

DVUD03 Delete Data View Definition EXPM

DVUD04 Add Record Selection Criteria—Lines 1-3 EXPM

Change Record Selection Criteria—Lines 1-3











Archive Record Layout"DVUD01","","","","","","View Name","Master View","Sub View","(selected field #1 y/n)"(selected field #2 y/n)","(selected field #3 y/n)","(selected field #4 y/n)"(selected field #5 y/n)","(selected field #6 y/n)","(selected field #7 y/n)"(selected field #8 y/n)","(selected field #9 y/n)","(selected field #10 y/n)"(selected field #11 y/n)","(selected field #12 y/n)","(selected field #13 y/n)"(selected field #14 y/n)","(selected field #15 y/n)","(selected field #16 y/n)"(selected field #17 y/n)","(selected field #18 y/n)","(selected field #19 y/n)"(selected field #20 y/n)","(selected field #21 y/n)","(selected field #22 y/n)"(selected field #23 y/n)","(selected field #24 y/n)","(selected field #25 y/n)"(selected field #26 y/n)","(selected field #27 y/n)","(selected field #28 y/n)"(selected field #29 y/n)","(selected field #30 y/n)","(selected field #31 y/n)"(selected field #32 y/n)","(selected field #33 y/n)","(selected field #34 y/n)"(selected field #35 y/n)","(selected field #36 y/n)","(selected field #37 y/n)"(selected field #38 y/n)","(selected field #39 y/n)","(selected field #40 y/n)"(selected field #41 y/n)","(selected field #42 y/n)","(selected field #43 y/n)"(selected field #44 y/n)","(selected field #45 y/n)","(selected field #46 y/n)"(selected field #47 y/n)","(selected field #48 y/n)","(selected field #49 y/n)"(selected field #50 y/n)","(selected field #51 y/n)","(selected field #52 y/n)"(selected field #53 y/n)","(selected field #54 y/n)","(selected field #55 y/n)"(selected field #56 y/n)","(selected field #57 y/n)","(selected field #58 y/n)"(selected field #59 y/n)","(selected field #60 y/n)","(selected field #61 y/n)"(selected field #62 y/n)","(selected field #63 y/n)","(selected field #64 y/n)"(selected field #65 y/n)","(selected field #66 y/n)","(selected field #67 y/n)"(selected field #68 y/n)","(selected field #69 y/n)","(selected field #70 y/n)"(selected field #71 y/n)","(selected field #72 y/n)","(selected field #73 y/n)"(selected field #74 y/n)","(selected field #75 y/n)","(selected field #76 y/n)"(selected field #77 y/n)","(selected field #78 y/n)","(selected field #79 y/n)"(selected field #80 y/n)","(selected field #81 y/n)","(selected field #82 y/n)"(selected field #83 y/n)","(selected field #84 y/n)","(selected field #85 y/n)"(selected field #86 y/n)","(selected field #87 y/n)","(selected field #88 y/n)"(selected field #89 y/n)","(selected field #90 y/n)","(selected field #91 y/n)"(selected field #92 y/n)","(selected field #93 y/n)","(selected field #94 y/n)"(selected field #95 y/n)","(selected field #96 y/n)","(selected field #97 y/n)"(selected field #98 y/n)","(selected field #99 y/n)","(selected field #100 y/n)"(selected field #101 y/n)","(selected field #102 y/n)","(selected field #103 y/n)"(selected field #104 y/n)","(selected field #105 y/n)","(selected field #106 y/n)"(selected field #107 y/n)","(selected field #108 y/n)","(selected field #109 y/n)","(selected field #110 y/n)","(selected field #111 y/n)","(selected field #112 y/n)","(selected field #113 y/n)","(selected field #104 y/n)","(selected field #105 y/n)","(selected field #106 y/n)","(selected field #107 y/n)","(selected field #108 y/n)","(selected field #109 y/n)","(selected field #110 y/n)","(selected field #111 y/n)","(selected field #112 y/n)","(selected field #113 y/n)","(selected field #114 y/n)","(selected field #115 y/n)","(selected field #116 y/n)","(selected field #117 y/n)","(selected field #118 y/n)","(selected field #119 y/n)","(selected field #120 y/n)","(selected field #121 y/n)","(selected field #122 y/n)","(selected field #123 y/n)","(selected field #124 y/n)","(selected field #125 y/n)","(selected field #126 y/n)","(selected field #127 y/n)","(selected field #128 y/n)","(selected field #129 y/n)","(selected field #130 y/n)","(selected field #131 y/n)","(selected field #132 y/n)","(selected field #133 y/n)","(selected field #134 y/n)","(selected field #135 y/n)","(selected field #136 y/n)","(selected field #137 y/n)","(selected field #138 y/n)","(selected field #139 y/n)","(selected field #140 y/n)","(selected field #141 y/n)","(selected field #142 y/n)","(selected field #143 y/n)","(selected field #144 y/n)","(selected field #145 y/n)","(selected field #146 y/n)","(selected field #147 y/n)","(selected field #148 y/n)","(selected field #149 y/n)","(selected field #150 y/n)","(selected field #151 y/n)","(selected field #152 y/n)","(selected field #153 y/n)","(selected field #154 y/n)","(selected field #155 y/n)","(selected field #156 y/n)","(selected field #157 y/n)","(selected field #158 y/n)","(selected field #159 y/n)","(selected field #160 y/n)","(selected field #161 y/n)","(selected field #162 y/n)","(selected field #163 y/n)","(selected field #164 y/n)","(selected field #165 y/n)","(selected field #166 y/n)","(selected field #167 y/n)","(selected field #168 y/n)","(selected field #169 y/n)","(selected field #170 y/n)","(selected field #171 y/n)","(selected field #172 y/n)","(selected field #173 y/n)","(selected field #174 y/n)","(selected field #175 y/n)","(selected field #176 y/n)","(selected field #177 y/n)","(selected field #178 y/n)","(selected field #179 y/n)","(selected field #180 y/n)","(selected field #181 y/n)","(selected field #182 y/n)","(selected field #183 y/n)","(selected field #184 y/n)","(selected field #185 y/n)","(selected field #186 y/n)","(selected field



#187 y/n)","(selected field #188 y/n)","(selected field #189 y/n)","(selected field #190 y/n)","(selected field #191 y/n)","(selected field #192 y/n)","(selected field #193 y/n)","(selected field #194 y/n)","(selected field #195 y/n)","(selected field #196 y/n)","(selected field #197 y/n)","(selected field #198 y/n)","(selected field #199 y/n)","(selected field #200 y/n)","(selected field #201 y/n)","","","","","","","","","","","Owner","View Description"




7* 15 A View Name View_Name

8* 15 A Master View Mast_View

9* 15 A Sub View Sub_View

10* 1 A (selected field #1 y/n) SelField





















































































































































































































DVUD02Change Data View Definition

Archive Record Layout"DVUD02","","","","","","View Name","Master View","Sub View","(selected field #1 y/n)"(selected field #2 y/n)","(selected field #3 y/n)","(selected field #4 y/n)"(selected field #5 y/n)","(selected field #6 y/n)","(selected field #7 y/n)"(selected field #8 y/n)","(selected field #9 y/n)","(selected field #10 y/n)"(selected field #11 y/n)","(selected field #12 y/n)","(selected field #13 y/n)"(selected field #14 y/n)","(selected field #15 y/n)","(selected field #16 y/n)"(selected field #17 y/n)","(selected field #18 y/n)","(selected field #19 y/n)"(selected field #20 y/n)","(selected field #21 y/n)","(selected field #22 y/n)"(selected field #23 y/n)","(selected field #24 y/n)","(selected field #25 y/n)"(selected field #26 y/n)","(selected field #27 y/n)","(selected field #28 y/n)"(selected field #29 y/n)","(selected field #30 y/n)","(selected field #31 y/n)"(selected field #32 y/n)","(selected field #33 y/n)","(selected field #34 y/n)"(selected field #35 y/n)","(selected field #36 y/n)","(selected field #37 y/n)"(selected field #38 y/n)","(selected field #39 y/n)","(selected field #40 y/n)"(selected field #41 y/n)","(selected field #42 y/n)","(selected field #43 y/n)"(selected field #44 y/n)","(selected field #45 y/n)","(selected field #46 y/n)"(selected field #47 y/n)","(selected field #48 y/n)","(selected field #49 y/n)"(selected field #50 y/n)","(selected field #51 y/n)","(selected field #52 y/n)"(selected field #53 y/n)","(selected field #54 y/n)","(selected field #55 y/n)"(selected field #56 y/n)","(selected field #57 y/n)","(selected field #58 y/n)"(selected field #59 y/n)","(selected field #60 y/n)","(selected field #61 y/n)"(selected field #62 y/n)","(selected field #63 y/n)","(selected field #64 y/n)"(selected field #65 y/n)","(selected field #66 y/n)","(selected field #67 y/n)"(selected field #68 y/n)","(selected field #69 y/n)","(selected field #70 y/n)"(selected field #71 y/n)","(selected field #72 y/n)","(selected field #73 y/n)"(selected field #74 y/n)","(selected field #75 y/n)","(selected field #76 y/n)"(selected field #77 y/n)","(selected field #78 y/n)","(selected field #79 y/n)"(selected field #80 y/n)","(selected field #81 y/n)","(selected field #82 y/n)"(selected field #83 y/n)","(selected field #84 y/n)","(selected field #85 y/n)"(selected field #86 y/n)","(selected field #87 y/n)","(selected field #88 y/n)"(selected field #89 y/n)","(selected field #90 y/n)","(selected field #91 y/n)"(selected field #92 y/n)","(selected field #93 y/n)","(selected field #94 y/n)"(selected field #95 y/n)","(selected field #96 y/n)","(selected field #97 y/n)"(selected field #98 y/n)","(selected field #99 y/n)","(selected field #100 y/n)"(selected field #101 y/n)","(selected field #102 y/n)","(selected field #103 y/n)"(selected field #104 y/n)","(selected field #105 y/n)","(selected field #106 y/n)"(selected field #107 y/n)","(selected field #108 y/n)","(selected field #109 y/n)","(selected field #110 y/n)","(selected field #111 y/n)","(selected field #112 y/n)","(selected field #113 y/n)","(selected field #104 y/n)","(selected field #105 y/n)","(selected field #106 y/n)","(selected field #107 y/n)","(selected field #108 y/n)","(selected field #109 y/n)","(selected field #110 y/n)","(selected field #111 y/n)","(selected field #112 y/n)","(selected field #113 y/n)","(selected field #114 y/n)","(selected field #115 y/n)","(selected field #116 y/n)","(selected field #117 y/n)","(selected field #118 y/n)","(selected field #119 y/n)","(selected field #120 y/n)","(selected field #121 y/n)","(selected field #122 y/n)","(selected field #123 y/n)","(selected field






220 4 A Owner Owner

221 50 A View Description View_Desc




#124 y/n)","(selected field #125 y/n)","(selected field #126 y/n)","(selected field #127 y/n)","(selected field #128 y/n)","(selected field #129 y/n)","(selected field #130 y/n)","(selected field #131 y/n)","(selected field #132 y/n)","(selected field #133 y/n)","(selected field #134 y/n)","(selected field #135 y/n)","(selected field #136 y/n)","(selected field #137 y/n)","(selected field #138 y/n)","(selected field #139 y/n)","(selected field #140 y/n)","(selected field #141 y/n)","(selected field #142 y/n)","(selected field #143 y/n)","(selected field #144 y/n)","(selected field #145 y/n)","(selected field #146 y/n)","(selected field #147 y/n)","(selected field #148 y/n)","(selected field #149 y/n)","(selected field #150 y/n)","(selected field #151 y/n)","(selected field #152 y/n)","(selected field #153 y/n)","(selected field #154 y/n)","(selected field #155 y/n)","(selected field #156 y/n)","(selected field #157 y/n)","(selected field #158 y/n)","(selected field #159 y/n)","(selected field #160 y/n)","(selected field #161 y/n)","(selected field #162 y/n)","(selected field #163 y/n)","(selected field #164 y/n)","(selected field #165 y/n)","(selected field #166 y/n)","(selected field #167 y/n)","(selected field #168 y/n)","(selected field #169 y/n)","(selected field #170 y/n)","(selected field #171 y/n)","(selected field #172 y/n)","(selected field #173 y/n)","(selected field #174 y/n)","(selected field #175 y/n)","(selected field #176 y/n)","(selected field #177 y/n)","(selected field #178 y/n)","(selected field #179 y/n)","(selected field #180 y/n)","(selected field #181 y/n)","(selected field #182 y/n)","(selected field #183 y/n)","(selected field #184 y/n)","(selected field #185 y/n)","(selected field #186 y/n)","(selected field #187 y/n)","(selected field #188 y/n)","(selected field #189 y/n)","(selected field #190 y/n)","(selected field #191 y/n)","(selected field #192 y/n)","(selected field #193 y/n)","(selected field #194 y/n)","(selected field #195 y/n)","(selected field #196 y/n)","(selected field #197 y/n)","(selected field #198 y/n)","(selected field #199 y/n)","(selected field #200 y/n)","(selected field #201 y/n)","", "","","","","","","","","","Owner","View Description"





8* 15 A Master View Mast_View

9* 15 A Sub View Sub_View










































































































































































































DVUD03Delete Data View Definition

Archive Record Layout"DVUD03","","","","","","View Name","",""


DVUD04Add Record Selection Criteria—Lines 1-3




















220 4 A Owner Owner

221 50 A View Description View_Desc







"DVUD04","","","","","","Record Selection Criteria (line 1)","Record Selection Criteria (line 2)","Record Selection Criteria (line 3)",""(transaction sequence F/M/L/B)"


(transaction sequence F/M/L/B) identifies where the transaction belongs in the sequence of interdependent archive records.

The Transaction Sequences are as follows:



Archive Record Layout"DVUD05","","","","","","Record Selection Criteria (line 4)","Record Selection Criteria (line 5)","Record Selection Criteria (line 6)",""(transaction sequence F/M/L/B)"




7 76 A Record Selection Criteria (line 1)

Rec_Sel1


Rec_Sel2


Rec_Sel3

11* 1 A (transaction sequence F/M/L/B)

N/A

Identifier Sequence

F First

M Middle

L Last

B Both first and last




Rec_Sel4


Rec_Sel5












Rec_Sel6


N/A

Identifier Sequence

F First

M Middle

L Last





Rec_Sel7


Rec_Sel8


Rec_Sel9


N/A

Identifier Sequence

F First











Archive Record Layout"DVUD08","","","","","","Record Selection Criteria (line 13)","Record Selection Criteria (line 14)","","(transaction sequence F/M/L/B)"

M Middle

L Last





Rec_Sel10


Rec_Sel11


Rec_Sel12


N/A

Identifier Sequence

F First

M Middle

L Last










Rec_Sel13


Rec_Sel14


N/A

Identifier Sequence

F First

M Middle

L Last



Fourth Shift Release 7.50 E – Data Import Macros

E – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

EDCF – EDI Configuration

EDCF Transactions

EDCF01Change EDI Configuration

Archive Record Layout"EDCF01","","","","","","Cust Class for EDI Code","Vend Class for EDI Code","Extract Item Priority","PO Prefix","Digits","Control Counter","Horizon in Weeks"


EDCF01EDI Configuration



Name

EDCF01 Change EDI Configuration EDIM

EDCF01 EDI Configuration EDIM

EDCF02 Add Global Allowance/Charge Settings EDIM

EDCF03 Change Global Allowance/Charge Settings EDIM

EDCF04 Delete Global Allowance/Charge Settings EDIM



7 1 A Cust Class for EDI Code N/A

8 1 A Vend Class for EDI Code N/A

9 2 A Extract Item Priority N/A

10 8 A PO Prefix N/A

11 1 A Digits N/A

12 7 A Control Counter N/A

13 3 A Horizon in Weeks N/A



"EDCF01","","","","","","Default Dispostion","Co Prefix","Co Digits","Csr","Ptext","Starting Deliver To Id","Our Partner Name","Po Prefix","Po Digits","Our Time Zone","Translator Fmt","EDI Std","Show Over-rides”,”Document Format”


EDCF02Add Global Allowance/Charge Settings

Archive Record Layout"EDCF02","","","","","","","","Scc","Svc","Alw/Chg Description","Price Adj Debit Acct"


EDCF03Change Global Allowance/Charge Settings



7 1 A Default Dispostion N/A

8 8 A Co Prefix N/A

9 1 N Co Digits N/A

10 3 A Csr N/A

11 1 A Ptext N/A

12 13 A Starting Deliver To Id N/A

13 14 A Our Partner Name N/A

14 8 A Po Prefix N/A

15 1 N Po Digits N/A

16 2 A Our Time Zone N/A

17 1 A Translator Fmt N/A

18 1 A EDI Std N/A

19 1 A Show Over-rides N/A

20 1 N Document Format N/A



9 4 A Scc N/A

10 6 A Svc N/A

11 35 A Alw/Chg Description N/A

12 20 A Price Adj Debit Acct N/A



Archive Record Layout"EDCF03","","","","","","Scc (old)","Svc (old)","Scc (new)","Svc (new)","Alw/Chg Description","Price Adj Debit Acct"


EDCF04Delete Global Allowance/Charge Settings

Archive Record Layout"EDCF04","","","","","","Scc","Svc"


ENGM – ENGM ModuleTraditional data import transactions are not available for the Engineering Module. Use the Engineering online manual for detail information on the ENGM module-specific data import file layouts.

ETPT - Email Template

ETPT Transactions



7* 4 A Scc (old) N/A

8* 6 A Svc (old) N/A

9 4 A Scc (new) N/A

10 6 A Svc (new) N/A

11 35 A Alw/Chg Description N/A

12 20 A Price Adj Debit Acct N/A



7* 4 A Scc N/A

8* 6 A Svc N/A


Name

ETPT00 Add Email Template SYSM2

ETPT01 Change Email Template SYSM2



ETPT00Add Email Template


"ETPT00","","","","","","Email Template Id","Email Template Description","Report Type","Default Sender","Sender Derived From","Email Subject"


ETPT01Change Email Template


"ETPT01","","","","","","Email Template Id","Email Template Description","","Default Sender","Sender Derived From","Email Subject"


ETPT02 Delete Email Template SYSM2

ETPT03 Add Email Template Internal Recipient SYSM2

ETPT04 Change Email Template Internal Recipient SYSM2

ETPT05 Delete Email Template Internal Recipient SYSM2

ETPT06 Change Email Body SYSM2



7* 30 A Email Template Id N/A

8 70 A Email Template Description N/A


10* 256 A Default Sender N/A

11 20 A Sender Derived From N/A

12 255 A Email Subject N/A




8 70 A Email Template Description N/A

10 128 A Default Sender N/A



ETPT02Delete Email Template


"ETPT02","","","","","","Email Template Id"


ETPT03Add Email Template Internal Recipient


"ETPT03","","","","","","Email Template Id",”Seq Num”,"Send As","Recipient Derived From","Contact Id","Email Address"


Field 11, Contact Id, indicates that an internal contact is selected for this internal recipient.

Fields 10 (Recipient Derived From), 11 (Contact Id), and 12 (Email Address) are used for a similar purpose that set email address information for the internal recipient. Only one of them takes effect. Use the following rules to determine which field should be used:

• If Recipient Derived From is specified, use Recipient Derived From and ignore Contact Id and Email Address.

11 20 A Sender Derived From N/A

12 255 A Email Subject N/A







8* 3 A Seq Num N/A

9* 1 A Send As N/A

10 20 A Recipient Derived From N/A

11 10 A Contact Id N/A




• If Recipient Derived From is empty, but Contact Id is specified, use Contact Id and ignore Email Address.

• If both Recipient Dervied From and Contact Id are empty, use Email Address.

ETPT04Change Email Template Internal Recipient


"ETPT04","","","","","","Email Template Id","Seq Num","Send As","Recipient Derived From","Contact Id",”Email Address”


ETPT05Delete Email Template Internal Recipient


"ETPT05","","","","","","Email Template Id","Seq Num"


ETPT06Change Email Body


"ETPT06","","","","","","Email Template Id","Email Body"




8* 3 A Seq Num N/A

9 1 A Send As N/A

10 20 A Recipient Derived From N/A

11 10 A Contact Id N/A





8* 3 A Seq Num N/A







8 2499 A Email Body N/A


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 F – Data Import Macros

F – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

FCMT – Function Code Maintenance

FCMT Transactions

FCMT00Add Function Code

Archive Record Layout"FCMT00","","","","","","Func Code","Access Code","Menu Description","Assigned to Menu","Program"


FCMT01Change Function Code

Archive Record Layout"FCMT01","","","","","","Func Code","Access Code","Menu Description","Assigned to Menu","Program"



Name

FCMT00 Add Function Code SYSM

FCMT01 Change Function Code SYSM

FCMT02 Delete Function Code SYSM



7 4 A Func Code Function

8 30 A Access Code N/A

9 50 A Menu Description N/A

10 4 A Assigned to Menu N/A

11 8 A Program N/A





FCMT02Delete Function Code

Archive Record Layout"FCMT02","","","","","","Func Code","","","",""


FCST – Forecast

FCST Transactions

FCST00Add Forecast

Archive Record Layout"FCST00","","","","","","Item",,"",,"Fcst Date","Quantity (new)","Type (new)","Unit Price (new)"



8 30 A Access Code N/A

9 50 A Menu Description N/A

10 4 A Assigned to Menu N/A

11 8 A Program N/A





Name

FCST00 Add Forecast MRPM

FCST01 Change Forecast MRPM

FCST02 Delete Forecast MRPM

FCST12 Delete Forecasts By Forecast Date MRPM



7* 30 A Item Item



FCST01Change Forecast

Archive Record Layout"FCST01","","","","","","Item","Quantity (old)","Type (old)",Unit Price (old),"Fcst Date",Quantity (new),"Type (new)","Unit Price (new)"


FCST02Delete Forecast

Archive Record Layout"FCST02","","","","","","Item","Quantity (old)","Type (old)","Unit Price (old)","Fcst Date",,"",


11 6 D Fcst Date Reqd_Date

12 10 N Quantity (new) Quantity

13 1 A Type (new) New_Type

14 17 N Unit Price (new) New_Price



7* 30 A Item Item

8* 10 N Quantity (old) Quantity

9* 1 A Type (old) Old_Type

10* 17 N Unit Price (old) Old_Price

11* 6 D Fcst Date Reqd_Date

12 10 N Quantity (new) Quantity

13 1 A Type (new) New_Type

14 17 N Unit Price (new) New_Price



7* 30 A Item Item

8* 10 N Quantity (old) Quantity

9* 1 A Type (old) Old_Type

10* 17 N Unit Price (old) Old_Price

11* 6 D Fcst Date N/A



FCST12Delete all forecastsThis macro extracts forecast information from the system then deletes the forecasts based on the extracted data. FCST12 will delete all forecast lines for an item with the same forecast date without attempting to match any of the other information on the forecast lines. The FCST screen will not create an FCST12 archive transaction. When the FCST12 macro is executed, the archive file will contain an FCST02 transaction for each forecast line actually deleted.

Archive Record Layout"FCST12","","","","","","Item","Fcst Date",,"",



1 6 A (macro id) N/A

7 30 A Item Item

11* 6 D Fcst Date N/A


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 G – Data Import Macros

G – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

GLAG – G/L Account Group

GLAG Transactions

GLAG00Add G/L Account Group

Archive Record Layout"GLAG00","","","","","","","G/L Account Group","G/L Account Group Description"


GLAG01Change G/L Account Group

Archive Record Layout"GLAG01","","","","","","","G/L Account Group","G/L Account Group Description"



Name

GLAG00 Add G/L Account Group GLSM3

GLAG01 Change G/L Account Group GLSM3

GLAG02 Delete G/L Account Group GLSM3

GLAG03 Add G/L Account Group Member GLSM3

GLAG04 Delete G/L Account Group Member GLSM3



8* 10 A G/L Account Group GL_Act_No

9 70 A G/L Account Group Descrip-tion

GL_Act_Dsc






GLAG02Delete G/L Account Group

Archive Record Layout"GLAG02","","","","","","","G/L Account Group",""


GLAG03Add G/L Account Group Member

Archive Record Layout"GLAG03","","","","","","","G/L Account Group","G/L Account Group/No"


GLAG04Delete G/L Account Group Member

Archive Record Layout"GLAG04","","","","","","","G/L Account Group","G/L Account Group/No"


9 70 A G/L Account Group Descrip-tion

GL_Act_Dsc






8* 10 A G/L Account Group Parent_Act

9* 10 A G/L Account Group/No Child_Act



8* 10 A G/L Account Group Parent_Act

9* 10 A G/L Account Group/No Child_Act



GLAV – G/L Account/Organization Validation

GLAV Transactions

GLAV00Add Validation Method and Organization Number to a newly Validated Account

Add New Organization Number to an existing Validated Account

Archive Record Layout"GLAV00","","","","","","Validation Method","Account No","Org No"


GLAV01Change Validation Method

Archive Record Layout"GLAV01","","","","","","Validation Method","Account No",""


GLAV05


Name

GLAV00 Add Validation Method and Organization Number to a newly Validated Account

GLSM2

Add New Organization Number to an existing Validated Account

GLSM2

GLAV01 Change Validation Method GLSM2

GLAV05 Delete Organization Allowed/Disallowed GLSM2


1* 4 C (macro name) n/a

7* 1 A Validation Method n/a

8* 10 A Account No GL_Act_No

9* 20 A Org No Org_Grp_No



7 1 A Validation Method n/a




Delete Organization Allowed/Disallowed

Archive Record Layout"GLAV05","","","","","","","Account No","Org No"


GLBD – G/L Budget/Planning Type Definition

GLBD Transactions

GLBD00Add Budget/Planning Type

Archive Record Layout"GLBD00","","","","","","Fiscal Year","Budget/Planning Type","Budget/Planning Type Description","Column Heading 1","Column Heading 2","Protect"


GLBD01Change Budget/Planning Type




9* 20 A Org No Org_Grp_No


Name

GLBD00 Add Budget/Planning Type GLSM3

GLBD01 Change Budget/Planning Type GLSM3



7* 4 A Fiscal Year Fiscal_Yr

8 2 A Budget/Planning Type BP_Type

9 35 A Budget/Planning Type Description

N/A

10 10 A Column Heading 1 N/A


12 1 A Protect N/A



Archive Record Layout"GLBD01","","","","","","Fiscal Year","Budget/Planning Type","Budget/Planning Type Description","Column Heading 1","Column Heading 2","Protect"


GLBU – G/L Budget/Planning UpdateThe GLBU transactions use the following screen and window:

• GLBU (G/L Budget/Planning Update)

• G/L year/Types List window

GLBU Transactions

G/L Year/Types List Transactions

GLBU00Add Budget/Plan

Archive Record Layout"GLBU00","","","","","","Master Account No","Distrib Method","Year/Types",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,




8* 2 A Budget/Planning Type BP_Type

9 35 A Budget/Planning Type Description

N/A



12 1 A Protect N/A


Name

GLBU00 Add Budget/Plan GLSM3

GLBU01 Change Budget/Plan GLSM3


Name

GLBU05 Delete Budget/Plan GLSM3




GLBU01Change Budget/Plan

Archive Record Layout"GLBU01","","","","","","Master Account No","Distrib Method","Year/Types",Beg Bal,(period amount 1),(period amount 2),(period amount 3),(period amount 4),(period amount 5),(period amount 6),(period amount 7),(period amount 8),(period amount 9),(period amount 10),(period amount 11),(period amount 12),(period amount 13),End Bal





8 1 A Distrib Method N/A

9 4 A Year/Types N/A




8* 1 A Distrib Method N/A

9* 4 A Year/Types N/A

10 12 N Beg Bal N/A

11 12 N (period amount 1) Prd_Amt_1













24 12 N End Bal N/A



GLBU05Delete Budget/Plan

Archive Record Layout"GLBU05","","","","","","Master Account No","Year/Types"


GLCA – G/L Chart of AccountsThe GLCA transactions use the following screens and windows:

• GLCA (G/L Chart of Accounts)

• G/L Account Attributes window

GLCA Transactions

G/L Chart of Accounts Transactions

GLCA00Add G/L Account Number

Archive Record Layout"GLCA00","","","","","","G/L Account Group/No","G/L Account Group/No Description","AT","CT","AI","User Code 1","User Code 2","Consld G/L Account No"





8* 4 A Year/Types N/A


Name

GLCA00 Add G/L Account Number GLSM3

GLCA01 Change G/L Account Number GLSM3

GLCA02 Delete G/L Account Number GLSM3


GLCA03 Change G/L Account Attributes




GLCA01Change G/L Account Number

Archive Record Layout"GLCA01","","","","","","G/L Account Group/No","G/L Account Group/No Description","","","AI","User Code 1","User Code 2","Consld G/L Account No"


GLCA02Delete G/L Account Number

Archive Record Layout"GLCA02","","","","","","G/L Account Group/No","","","","",""



7 10 A G/L Account Group/No GL_Act_No

8 70 A G/L Account Group/No Description

GL_Act_Dsc

9 1 A AT Act_Type

10 1 A CT Act_Cat

11 1 A AI Actv_Inact

12 6 A User Code 1 Usr_Code_1


14 10 A Consld G/L Account No Con_Act_No



7* 10 A G/L Account Group/No GL_Act_No

8 70 A G/L Account Group/No Description

GL_Act_Desc

11 1 A AI Actv_Inact



14 10 A Consld G/L Account No Con_Act_No






GLCA03Change G/L Account Attributes

Archive Record Layout"GLCA03","","","","","","G/L Account Group/No","User Ref 3","User Ref 4","User Ref5","User Ref 6","User Ref 7","User Ref 8","User Ref 9","User Ref 10","User Ref 11","User Ref 12","User Ref 13","User Ref 14","User Ref 15","Curr Code"


Note: Field# 21 is available only when the MCMM Module is installed.

GLCF – G/L Configuration

GLCF Transactions




8 1 A User Ref 3 Usr_Code_3

9 1 A User Ref 4 Usr-Code_4














Name

GLCF00 Change G/L Configuration—Initial Configuration GLOBAL

GLCF01 Change G/L Configuration—Fiscal Year End Dates GLOBAL

GLCF02 Change G/L Banking Configuration GLOBAL



GLCF00Change G/L Configuration—Initial ConfigurationThe GLCF00 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout“GLCF00”,””,””,””,””,””,””,”Mstr Acct No Header”,””,”Mstr Acct No Default”,”Ret Earn Org Mask”, ”Ret Earn G/L Acct No”,”Susp Mstr Acct No Post”,”Susp Mstr Acct No Memo”,”Susp Mstr Acct No Stat”, ””,”Periods”,”Posting Err Handling”,””,””,”Bdgt Prd 13”,””,”Mfg to G/L Err Handling”,”Mfg to G/L Trans Limit”


Note: The GLCF screen must be setup initially from the keyboard manually. Changes may be made to selected fields after the initial setup.

GLCF01Change G/L Configuration—Fiscal Year End DatesThe GLCF01 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"GLCF01","","","","","","(fiscal year type)","Fiscal Year","Acctg Period 1","Acctg Period 2","Acctg Period 3","Acctg Period 4","Acctg Period 5","Acctg Period 6","Acctg Period 7","Acctg Period 8","Acctg Period 9","Acctg Period 10","Acctg Period 11","Acctg Period 12","Acctg Period 13"




8 20 A Mstr Acct No Header N/A

10 20 A Mstr Acct No Default N/A

11 19 A Ret Earn Org Mask N/A

12 10 A Ret Earn G/L Acct No N/A

13 20 A Susp Mstr Acct No Post N/A

14 20 A Susp Mstr Acct No Memo N/A

15 20 A Susp Mstr Acct No Stat N/A

17 2 N Periods N/A

18 1 A Posting Err Handling N/A

21 1 A Bdgt Prd 13 N/A

23 1 A Mfg to G/L Err Handling N/A

24 1 A Mfg to G/L Trans Limit N/A





The GLCF transactions depend on the type of fiscal year being maintained. The required transaction field, identified as (fiscal year type), is used to determine a fiscal year's type as follows:

GLCF02Change G/L Banking ConfigurationThe GLCF02 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import processing through the RCVR (System Recovery) task is not available.

Archive Record Layout"GLCF02","","","","","Currency Code 00000 Bank","","Restrict Bank Journal Entries","Valid User Id","Valid User Id to Make Bank Adj"


7* 2 A (fiscal year type) N/A


9 6 D Acctg Period 1 N/A













Fiscal Year Type Description

DB current fiscal year

DC next fiscal year

DD future fiscal year


1* 4 A (macro id) n/a

6 2 A Currency Code 00000 Bank Bank_No

8 1 A Restrict Bank Journal Entries n/a



GLCO – G/L Consolidation ProcessTransactions created by the GLCO screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not needed.

GLEX – G/L Journal Entry Exceptions

GLEX Transactions

GLEX00Change the G/L Queue Processing Status

Archive Record Layout"GLEX00","","","","","",""


GLEX02Re-validate Records

Archive Record Layout"GLEX02","","","","","",""


9 4 A Valid User Id n/a

10 4 A Valid User Id to Make Bank Adj

n/a


Name

GLEX00 Change the G/L Queue Processing Status

GLEX02 Re-validate records GLSM3

GLEX03 Delete transaction GLSM3



7 1 A G/L Queue Processing Status N/A





GLEX03Delete RecordsThe GLEX03 transaction is used for audit trail purposes. The transaction must be reentered manually using the GLEX screen.

GLGQ – G/L Current Period Group Inquiry

GLGQ Transactions

GLGQ00Add Group Combination

Archive Record Layout"GLGQ00","","","","","","Org Group/No","Acct Group/No","Group Type"


GLGQ01Change Group Combination




Name

GLGQ00 Add Group Combination GLSM3

GLGQ01 Change Group Combination GLSM3

GLGQ02 Delete Group Combination GLSM3

GLGQ06 Update Group Balance GLSM3



7 20 A Org Group/No Org_Grp_No

8* 10 A Acct Group/No GL_Act_No

9 1 A Group Type N/A



7* 20 A Org Group/No Org_Grp_No




GLGQ02Delete Group Combination

Archive Record Layout"GLGQ02","","","","","","Org Group/No","Acct Group/No",""


GLGQ06Update Group Balance



GLHP – G/L History ProcessTransactions created by the GLHP screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not needed. See "G/L History File" under "History File Layouts" in the Administration Reference section of the System Administration manual.

GLJD – G/L Journal Entry Delete

GLJD Transactions












Name

GLJD02 Delete Batch GLSM1



GLJD02Delete Batch

Archive Record Layout"GLJD02","","","","","","Batch No"


GLJE – G/L Journal EntryThe GLJE transactions use the following screens and windows:

• GLJE (G/L Journal Entry)

• G/L Transaction Detail

• Foreign Cash Reference window

GLJE Transactions

G/L Transaction Detail Transactions

Foreign Cash Reference Transactions



7* 6 A Batch No Batch_No


Name

GLJE00 Add Batch Header GLSM1

GLJE01 Change Batch Header GLSM1

GLJE02 Delete Batch Header GLSM1

GLJE03 Add Batch Transaction GLSM1

GLJE04 Change Batch Transaction GLSM1

GLJE05 Delete Batch Transaction GLSM1


Name

GLJE06 Change Batch Transaction Detail GLSM1


Name



GLJE00Add Batch Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJE00","","","","","","","Batch Type","","Batch Status","Batch Reversal","Journal Entry No","","Accounting Period (period)","Accounting Period (year)","Batch Description",""


Note: Field #14 and 15 are in reverse order (year, period) when Date and Number Format = C or S on the CNFG (System Installation Setup) screen.

GLJE01Change Batch Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJE01","","","","","","Batch No","Batch Type","","Batch Status","Batch Reversal","Journal Entry No","Batch Source Code","Accounting Period (period)","Accounting Period (year)","Batch Description","","(CSHM Module installed)"


GLJE07 Add Foreign Cash Transaction GLSM1

GLJE08 Change Foreign Cash Transaction GLSM1

GLJE09 Delete Foreign Cash Transaction GLSM1



8 1 A Batch Type Batch_Type

10 1 A Batch Status Batch_Stat

11 1 A Batch Reversal Reversal

12 3 A Journal Entry No Journal_No

14 2 A Accounting Period (period) Acctg_Prd

15 2 A Accounting Period (year) Acctg_Prd

16 35 A Batch Description Batch_Desc






11 1 A Batch Reversal Reversal




The Accounting Period field is available only when (CSHM Module installed y/n) = N.

GLJE02Delete Batch Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJE02","","","","","","Batch No","","","","","","","","","",""


GLJE03Add Batch Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJE03","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Master Account No","Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,”Batch Status”



13* 6 A Batch Source Code Batch_Srce

14 2 A Accounting Period (period) Acctg_Prd

15 2 A Accounting Period (year) Acctg_Prd


18* 1 A (CSHM Module installed y/n) N/A







8 4 A Seqn No Batch_Seqn


10 70 A Trans Description Trans_Desc






GLJE04Change Batch Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJE04","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Master Account No","Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,""


GLJE05Delete Batch Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJE05","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","","",,,""


GLJE06Change Batch Transaction Detail

Archive Record Layout"GLJE06","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Reference #1","Reference #2","Reference #3","Reference #4","Reference #5","Reference #6","Reference #7","Reference #8","Reference #9","Reference #10"





8* 4 A Seqn No Batch_Seqn














GLJE07Add Foreign Cash Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJE07","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Master Account No","D/C","Document","Trans Description","Original Currency Description","Original Currency Amount","Foreign Currency Code","Foreign Currency Amount","Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate","Local Currency Amount","Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate","Conversion Option"



9 30 A Reference #1 RefNo1















10* 1 A D/C N/A

11 15 A Document RefNo1


13 15 A Original Currency Description RefNo2

14 14 N Original Currency Amount RefNo3

15 5 A Foreign Currency Code RefNo4

16 14 N Foreign Currency Amount RefNo5

17 11 A Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate

RefNo10

18 14 N Local Currency Amount N/A


N/A



GLJE08Change Foreign Cash Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJE08","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Master Account No","D/C","Document","Trans Description","Original Currency Description","Original Currency Amount","Foreign Currency Code","Foreign Currency Amount","Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate","Local Currency Amount","Operator (/ or *) and Exchange Rate","Conversion Option"


GLJE09Delete Foreign Cash Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJE09","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","","","","","","","","","","","",""


20 1 A Conversion Option N/A






10* 1 A D/C N/A

11 15 A Document RefNo1


13 15 A Original Currency Description RefNo2

14 14 N Original Currency Amount RefNo3

15 5 A Foreign Currency Code RefNo4

16 14 N Foreign Currency Amount RefNo5


RefNo10

18 14 N Local Currency Amount N/A


N/A

20 1 A Conversion Option N/A





GLJP – G/L Journal Entry -- Prior Period AdjustmentThe GLJP transactions use the following screens:

• GLJP (G/L Journal Entry—Prior Period Adjustment)

• G/L Transaction Detail

GLJP Transactions

G/L Transaction Detail Transactions

GLJP00Add Batch Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJP00","","","","","","","Batch Type","Batch Status","Journal Entry No","","Prior Acctg Period (period)","Prior Acctg Period (year)","Batch Description",""



8 4 A Seqn No Seqn_No


Name

GLJP00 Add Batch Header GLSM1

GLJP01 Change Batch Header GLSM1

GLJP02 Delete Batch Header GLSM1

GLJP03 Add Batch Transaction GLSM1

GLJP04 Change Batch Transaction GLSM1

GLJP05 Delete Batch Transaction GLSM1


Name

GLJP06 Change Batch Transaction Detail GLSM1









GLJP01Change Batch Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJP01","","","","","","Batch No","Batch Type","Batch Status","Journal Entry No","","Prior Acctg Period (period)","Prior Acctg Period (year)","Batch Description",""



GLJP02Delete Batch Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJP02","","","","","","Batch No","","","","","","","",""


GLJP03Add Batch Transaction

12 2 A Prior Acctg Period (period) Acctg_Prd

13 2 A Prior Acctg Period (year) Acctg_Prd





8* 1 A Batch Type Batch_Type



12 2 A Prior Acctg Period (period) Acctg_Prd

13 2 A Prior Acctg Period (year) Acctg_Prd







Archive Record Layout"GLJP03","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Master Account No","Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,”Batch Status”


GLJP04Change Batch Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJP04","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Master Account No","Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,""


GLJP05Delete Batch Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJP05","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","","",,,""





8 4 A Seqn No Batch_Seqn

















GLJP06Change Batch Transaction Detail

Archive Record Layout"GLJP06","","","","","","Batch No","Seqn No","Reference #1","Reference #2","Reference #3","Reference #4","Reference #5","Reference #6","Reference #7","Reference #8","Reference #9","Reference #10"


GLJR – G/L Journal Entry -- Recurring / TemplatesThe GLJR transactions use the following screens:

• GLJR (G/L Journal Entry—Recurring/Templates)

• G/L Recurring/Template Trans Detail

GLJR Transactions



















Name

GLJR00 Add Recurring Journal Entry Header GLSM1



G/L Journal Entry—Recurring/Templates Transactions

G/L Recurring/Template Trans Detail Transactions

GLJR00Add Recurring Journal Entry Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJR00","","","","","","Journal Entry No","R/T","Journal Entry Type","Journal Entry Status","Journal Entry Desc","Start Accounting Period (period)","Start Accounting Period (year)",Freq,Cycles,""


GLJR01 Change Recurring Journal Entry Header GLSM1

GLJR02 Delete Recurring Journal Entry Header GLSM1

GLJR03 Add Recurring Journal Entry Transaction GLSM1

GLJR04 Change Recurring Journal Entry Transaction GLSM1

GLJR05 Delete Recurring Journal Entry Transaction GLSM1


Name

GLJR06 Add Template Journal Entry Header GLSM1

GLJR07 Change Template Journal Entry Header GLSM1

GLJR08 Delete Template Journal Entry Header GLSM1

GLJR09 Add Template Journal Entry Transaction GLSM1

GLJR10 Change Template Journal Entry Transaction GLSM1

GLJR11 Delete Template Journal Entry Transaction GLSM1

GLJR12 Transfer Recurring/Template Journal Entry to G/L GLSM1


Name

GLJR13 Change Recurring/Template Transaction Detail GLSM1



7* 3 A Journal Entry No TR_JE_No

8* 1 A R/T Temp_Recur

9 1 A Journal Entry Type Batch_Type




GLJR01Change Recurring Journal Entry Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJR01","","","","","","Journal Entry No","","","Journal Entry Status","Journal Entry Desc","Start Accounting Period (period)","Start Accounting Period (year)",Freq,Cycles,""



GLJR02Delete Recurring Journal Entry Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJR02","","","","","","Journal Entry No","","","","","","","","",""


10 1 A Journal Entry Status Batch_Stat

11 35 A Journal Entry Desc Batch_Desc

12 2 A Start Accounting Period (period)

TR_St_Prd

13 2 A Start Accounting Period (year)

TR_St_Prd

14 2 N Freq TR_Freq

15 2 N Cycles TR_No_Cycl






12 2 A Start Accounting Period (period)

TR_St_Prd

13 2 A Start Accounting Period (year)

TR_St_Prd

14 2 N Freq TR_Freq

15 2 N Cycles TR_No_Cycl




GLJR03Add Recurring Journal Entry Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJR03","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","Master Account No", "Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,”Batch Status”


GLJR04Change Recurring Journal Entry Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJR04","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","Master Account No", "Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,""


GLJR05






















Delete Recurring Journal Entry Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJR05","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","","",,,""


GLJR06Add Template Journal Entry Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJR06","","","","","","Journal Entry No","R/T","Journal Entry Type","Journal Entry Status","Journal Entry Desc",""


GLJR07Change Template Journal Entry Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJR07","","","","","","Journal Entry No","","","Journal Entry Status","Journal Entry Desc",""









8* 1 A R/T Temp_Recur

9 1 A Journal Entry Type Batch_Type










GLJR08Delete Template Journal Entry Header

Archive Record Layout"GLJR08","","","","","","Journal Entry No","","","","",""


GLJR09Add Template Journal Entry Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJR09","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","Master Account No", "Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,”Batch Status”


GLJR10Change Template Journal Entry Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJR10","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","Master Account No","Trans Description",Debit Amount,Credit Amount,""




















GLJR11Delete Template Journal Entry Transaction

Archive Record Layout"GLJR11","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","","",,,""


GLJR12Transfer Recurring/Template Journal Entry to G/L

Archive Record Layout"GLJR12","","","","","","Journal Entry No"


GLJR13Change Recurring/Template Transaction Detail

Archive Record Layout"GLJR13","","","","","","Journal Entry No","Seqn No","Reference #1","Reference #2","Reference #3","Reference #4","Reference #5","Reference #6","Reference #7","Reference #8","Reference #9","Reference #10"








7 3 A Journal Entry No TR_JE_No










GLMA – G/L Master AccountsThe GLMA transactions use the G/L Master Account Detail screen to update master account information.

G/L Master Account Detail Transactions

GLMA01Change Master Account Detail

Archive Record Layout"GLMA01","","","","","","Master Account No","Open/Close",Trans Limit,Balance Limit,"Miscellaneous Data 1","Miscellaneous Data 2","Miscellaneous Data 3","Miscellaneous Data 4","Miscellaneous Data 5","Miscellaneous Data 6",Miscellaneous Amount 1,MiscellaneousAmount 2,Miscellaneous Amount 3,Miscellaneous Amount 4,Miscellaneous Amount 5














Name

GLMA01 Change Master Account Detail GLSM3




8 1 A Open/Close Open_Close

9 14 N Trans Limit Tran_Limit

10 15 N Balance Limit Bal_Limit

11 6 A Miscellaneous Data 1 Misc_Dat_1



GLOS – G/L Organization Structure

GLOS Transactions






17 15 N Miscellaneous Amount 1 Misc_Amt_1






Name

GLOS00 Add Organization GLSM3

Add Organization Group

GLOS01 Change Organization GLSM3

Change Organization Group

GLOS02 Delete Organization GLSM3

Delete Organization Group

GLOS03 Add Organization Member GLSM3

Add Organization Group Member

GLOS04 Change Organization Member GLSM3

GLOS05 Delete Organization Member GLSM3

Delete Organization Group Member



GLOS00Add Organization

Add Organization Group

Archive Record Layout"GLOS00","","","","","","","Org Group/No","Consolid Org No","Org Desc","Status"


Note: Field 11, Status, is only available when field 8, Org Group/No, is an organization number whose text begins with a digit.

GLOS01Change Organization

Change Organization Group

Archive Record Layout"GLOS01","","","","","","","Org Group/No","Consolid Org No","Org Desc","Status","Activate Descendant Org Flag"


Note: Field 11, Status, is only available when field 8, Org Group/No, is an organization number whose text begins with a digit.

Field 12, Activate Descendant Org Flag, is only available when field 11 Status is A. Values are: Y = Activate Descedant Organizations, N = Do not activate Descedant Organizations.




9 19 A Consolid Org No Con_Org_No

10 35 A Org Desc Org_Desc

11 1 A Status N/A





10 35 A Org Desc Org_Desc

11 1 A Status N/A

12 1 A Activate Descendant Org Flag N/A



GLOS02Delete Organization

Delete Organization Group

Archive Record Layout"GLOS02","","","","","","","Org Group/No","",""


GLOS03Add Organization Member

Add Organization Group Member

Logic Rules1. If the Org Group/No field in the header begins with an alpha character, the macro will assume

that the description field in the scrolling line is closed for entry. If the field begins with a numeric digit, the macro will attempt to enter input field 10 into the scrolling line Description field.

2. If the mask above the Consolidated Org No field is null or contains only uuu, the macro will assume that the Consolidated Org No field in the scrolling line is closed for entry. If the mask contains more than uuu, and input field 11 is not null, the macro will attempt to enter input field 11 into the scrolling line Consolidated Org No field.

Archive Record Layout"GLOS03","","","","","","","Org Group/No","Organization Group/No","Organization Description","Consolid Org No","AI"







8* 20 A Org Group/No Parent_Org

9* 20 A Organization Group/No Child_Org

10 35 A Organization Description Org_Desc


12 1 A AI N/A



GLOS04Change Organization MemberOrganization number member detail can be changed with the GLOS04 transaction. Member detail for organization groups (which start with an alphanumeric character) cannot be changed. Member detail can only be changed when the parent organization number is displayed.

Archive Record Layout"GLOS04","","","","","","","Org Group/No","Organization Group/No","Organization Description","Consolid Org No","AI","Activate Descendant Org Flag"


Note: Field 12, AI, is only available when field 8, Org Group/No, is an organization number whose text begins with a digit.

Field 13, Activate Descendant Org Flag, is only available when field 12 AI is A. Values are: Y = Activate Descedant Organizations, N = Do not activate Descedant Organizations.

GLOS05Delete Organization Member

Delete Organization Group Member

Archive Record Layout"GLOS05","","","","","","","Org Group/No","Organization Group/No","",""






10 35 A Organization Description Org_Desc


12 1 A AI N/A

13 1 A Activate Descendant Org Flag N/A







GLRC – G/L Report Copy

GLRC Transactions

GLRC01Copy G/L Report Definition

Archive Record Layout"GLRC01","","","","","","From Report Code","To Report Code","Line Range (from)","Line Range (thru)","Line Increment"


GLRD – G/L Report Definition

GLRD Transactions


Name

GLRC01 Copy G/L Report Definition GLSM2



7* 8 A From Report Code Rpt_Code

8* 8 A To Report Code Rpt_Code

9* 4 A Line Range (from) Line

10* 4 A Line Range (thru) Line

11* 2 A Line Increment Line_Incr


Name

GLRD00 Add G/L Report Identification GLSM2

GLRD01 Change G/L Report Identification GLSM2

GLRD02 Delete G/L Report Definition GLSM2

GLRD03 Add G/L Report Instruction GLSM2

GLRD04 Change G/L Report Instruction GLSM2

GLRD05 Delete G/L Report Instruction GLSM2

GLRD06 Complete G/L Report Verification (CTRL+ENTER) GLSM2



GLRD00Add G/L Report Identification

Archive Record Layout"GLRD00","","","","","","","Report Code","Report Title","Left Margin","Right Margin","Top Margin","Bottom Margin","Print Page No (y/n)","Print Compress (y/n)","Print Report Header (y/n)","Print ZeroAmounts (y/n)","Page Length","Currency Symbol","Line Increment",""


GLRD01Change G/L Report Identification

Archive Record Layout"GLRD01","","","","","","","Report Code","Report Title","Left Margin","Right Margin","Top Margin","Bottom Margin","Print Page No (y/n)","Print Compress (y/n)","Print Report Header (y/n)","Print ZeroAmounts (y/n)","Page Length","Currency Symbol","Line Increment",""




8* 8 A Report Code Rpt_Code

9 35 A Report Title Rpt_Title

10 2 A Left Margin Lef_Mar

11 3 A Right Margin Right_Mar

12 2 A Top Margin Top_Marg

13 2 A Bottom Margin Btm_Mrgn

14 1 A Print Page No (y/n) Prt_Pgno

15 1 A Print Compress (y/n) Compressed

16 1 A Print Report Header (y/n) Prt_RptHd

17 1 A Print Zero Amounts (y/n) Prt_Zeros

18 2 A Page Length Lns_Page

19 4 A Currency Symbol CurSym

20 3 A Line Increment Line_Incr




9 35 A Report Title Rpt_Title

10 2 A Left Margin Lef_Mar –

11 3 A Right Margin Right_Mar



GLRD02Delete G/L Report Definition

Archive Record Layout"GLRD02","","","","","","","Report Code","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


GLRD03Add G/L Report Instruction

Archive Record Layout"GLRD03","","","","","","","Report Code","Line","","Verb","Operation/Comment"


GLRD04Change G/L Report Instruction


12 2 A Top Margin Top_Marg

13 2 A Bottom Margin Btm_Mrgn

14 1 A Print Page No (y/n) Prt_Pgno

15 1 A Print Compress (y/n) Compressed

16 1 A Print Report Header (y/n) Prt_RptHd

17 1 A Print Zero Amounts (y/n) Prt_Zeros

18 2 A Page Length Lns_Page

19 4 A Currency Symbol CurSym –

20 3 A Line Increment Line_Incr







9 4 A Line Line

11 6 A Verb Verb –

12 67 A Operation/Comment Oprnds_Com



"GLRD04","","","","","","","Report Code","Line (old)","Line (new)","Verb","Operation/Comment"


GLRD05Delete G/L Report Instruction

Archive Record Layout"GLRD05","","","","","","","Report Code","Line","","",""


GLRD06Complete G/L Report Verification (CTRL+ENTER)

Archive Record Layout"GLRD06","","","","","","","Report Code"


GLSC – G/L Source Code MaintenanceThe GLSC transactions use the following screen and window:

• GLSC (G/L Source Code Maintenance)

• G/L Trans Description Definition window




9* 4 A Line (old) Line

10 4 A Line (new) Line

11 6 A Verb Verb

12 67 A Operation/Comment Oprnds_Com




9* 4 A Line Line






GLSC Transactions

G/L Trans Description Definition Transactions

GLSC00Add Batch Source Code

Archive Record Layout"GLSC00","","","","","","Batch Source Code","Batch Status","Batch Description",""


GLSC01Change Batch Source Code

Archive Record Layout"GLSC01","","","","","","Batch Source Code","Batch Status","Batch Description",""



Name

GLSC00 Add Batch Source Code GLSM3

GLSC01 Change Batch Source Code GLSM3

GLSC02 Delete Batch Source Code GLSM3

GLSC03 Add Trans Code GLSM3

GLSC04 Change Trans Code GLSM3

GLSC05 Delete Trans Code GLSM3


Name

GLSC06 Change Transaction Description Definition GLSM3










GLSC02Delete Batch Source Code

Archive Record Layout"GLSC02","","","","","","Batch Source Code","","",""


GLSC03Add Trans Code

Archive Record Layout"GLSC03","","","","","","Batch Source Code","Trans Code","Trans Code Description","Detail/Summary",""


GLSC04Change Trans Code

Archive Record Layout"GLSC04","","","","","","Batch Source Code","Trans Code","Trans Code Description","Detail/Summary","(internal trans code y/n)"











8 6 A Trans Code Trans_Code

9 30 A Trans Code Description Trans_Desc

10 1 A Detail/Summary Det_Sum





GLSC05Delete Trans Code

Archive Record Layout"GLSC05","","","","","","Batch Source Code","Trans Code","","",""


GLSC06Change Transaction Description Definition

Archive Record Layout"GLSC06","","","","","","Batch Source Code","Trans Code","","Reference 1","Order Select 1","Lgth Select 1","S Select 1",,"Reference 2",Order Select 2,Lgth Select 2,"S Select 2",,"Reference 3",Order Select 3,Lgth Select 3,"S Select 3",,"Reference 4",Order Select 4,Lgth Select 4,"S Select 4",,"Reference 5",Order Select 5,Lgth Select 5,"S Select 5",,"Reference 6",Order Select 6,Lgth Select 6,"S Select 6",,"Reference 7",Order Select 7,Lgth Select 7,"S Select 7",,"Reference 8",Order Select 8,Lgth Select 8,"S Select 8",,"Reference 9",Order Select 9,Lgth Select 9,"S Select 9",,"Reference 10",Order Select 10,Lgth Select 10,"S Select 10",,"Reference 11",Order Select 11,Lgth Select 11,"S Select 11",



8* 6 A Trans Code Trans_Code

9 30 A Trans Code Description Trans_Desc

10 1 A Detail/Summary Det_Sum

11* 1 A (internal trans code y/n) N/A









10 30 A Reference 1 RefNo1

11 2 N Order Select 1 N/A

12 2 N Lgth Select 1 N/A

13 1 A S Select 1 N/A










































GLSS – G/L Batch Submission Status

GLSS Transactions

GLSS01Change Batch Status

Archive Record Layout"GLSS01","","","","","","Batch Status","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)","Batch Source Code","Batch No","(CSHM Module installed y/n)"


The Acctg Period fields are available only when (CSHM Module installed y/n) = N.

Field# 8 and 9 are in reverse order when Date and Number Format = C or S on the CNFG (System Installation Setup) screen.





Name

GLSS01 Change Batch Status GLSM3



7 1 A Batch Stat Batch_Stat





12* 1 A (CSHM Module installed y/n) N/A


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 I – Data Import Macros

I – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

ICOT - Internal Contact

ICOT Transactions

ICOT00Add Internal Contact


"ICOT00","","","","","","","","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 1"



Name

ICOT00 Add Internal Contact SYSM2

ICOT01 Change Internal Contact SYSM2

ICOT02 Delete Internal Contact SYSM2

ICOT03 Change Internal Contact Detail SYSM2

ICOT04 Change Customer or Vendor Report Send As SYSM2

ICOT05 Change Contact Notes SYSM2

ICOT06 Add CSR Contact SYSM2

ICOT07 Delete CSR Contact SYSM2

ICOT08 Add Buyer Contact SYSM2

ICOT09 Delete Buyer Contact SYSM2




10 70 A Title N/A





ICOT01Change Internal Contact


"ICOT01","","","","","","","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 1"


ICOT02Delete Internal Contact


"ICOT02","","","","","","","Contact Id"


ICOT03Change Internal Contact Detail


"ICOT03","","","","","","","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Type 1","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 2","Phone Number 2","Phone Type 3","Phone Number 3","Facebook","Twitter","User Defined 1","User Defined 2","User Defined 3",”Sender Profile






10 70 A Title N/A









Name”


ICOT04Change Customer or Vendor Report Send As


"ICOT04","","","","","","","Customer or Vendor Id","Contact Id","Report Type","Send As","","","","","Customer Vendor Type"






10 70 A Title N/A









19 20 A Twitter N/A




23 256 A Sender Profile Name N/A



7* 13 A Customer or Vendor Id N/A





Field 15, Customer Vendor Type, indicates the type of field 7. The valid types are:

• C indicates the transaction is related to a customer contact and field 7 is a Customer Id.

• V indicates the transaction is related to a vendor contact and field 7 is a Vendor Id.

ICOT05Change Contact Notes


"ICOT05","","","","","","","Contact Id","Notes"


ICOT06Add CSR Contact


"ICOT06","","","","","","","Contact Id","CSR"


ICOT07Delete CSR Contact


"ICOT07","","","","","","","Contact Id","CSR"

10 1 A Send As N/A

15* 1 A Customer Vendor Type (C or V) N/A




9 2499 A Notes N/A




9* 3 A CSR N/A




ICOT08Add Buyer Contact


"ICOT08","","","","","","","Contact Id","Buyer"


ICOT09Delete Buyer Contact


"ICOT09","","","","","","","Contact Id","Buyer "


IMTR – Inventory Move The IMTR transactions use the following screen and window:

• IMTR (Inventory Move)





9* 3 A CSR N/A




9* 3 A Buyer N/A




9* 3 A Buyer N/A



IMTR Transactions

The IMTR screen varies based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Lot field is displayed.

When the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Item Lot Receipt window is used to record additional information for the transaction.

IMTR01Move Inventory Quantities

Archive Record Layout"IMTR01","","","","","","Item","Stk (from loc)","Bin (from loc)","IC (from loc)","Lot (from loc)",,Quantity, "Stk (to loc)","Bin (to loc)","IC (to loc)","Lot (to loc)",, "OS","Order No","Ln#","(lot identifier E/C/N)","(move non-lot quantity of a lot-traced item identifier E/C)","(use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev", Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5", "Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10", "Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)", "(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock","Doc","Remark"



Name

IMTR01 Move Inventory Quantities INVM

IMTR10 Move Entire Lot Quantity INVM



7 30 A Item Item

8 6 A Stk (from loc) Stk

9 12 A Bin (from loc) Bin

10 1 A IC (from loc) Inv_Cd

11 20 A Lot (from loc) Lot


14 6 A Stk (to loc) Stk

15 12 A Bin (to loc) Bin

16 1 A IC (to loc) Inv_Cd

17 20 A Lot (to loc) Lot

19 1 A OS Ord_Source

20 15 A Order No Order_No

21 3 A Ln# Ln_No

22* 1 A (lot identifier E/C/N) N/A



Note: If the LOTM Module is installed, Field 22 must be defined.

23* 1 A (move non-lot quantity of a lot-traced item E/C)

N/A

24* 1 A (use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank)

N/A


26 20 A Dflt Lot Dflt_Lot







33 2 A Rev Rev




















53 10 A Doc Doc_No

54 59 A Remark N/A



(lot identifier E/C/N) indicates the type of lot created by the transaction.

(move non-lot qty of a lot traced item identifier E/C) indicates how a quantity of items received as non-lot traced items and now identified as lot-traced are moved.

(use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank) indicates whether the IMTR transaction required the use of the window.

IMTR10Move Entire Lot QuantityThe IMTR10 transaction is very similar to the IMTR01 transaction. The IMTR10 transaction should be used when an entire lot quantity is moved from one stock/bin location to another. This is different from the IMTR01 transaction, which should be used when a lot quantity is divided among multiple stock/bin locations. Both the IMTR10 and the IMTR01 transactions create IMTR01 archive records that can be recovered using the RCVR task.

Archive Record Layout"IMTR10","","","","","","Item","Stk (from loc)","Bin (from loc)","IC (from loc)","Lot (from loc)",,Quantity, "Stk (to loc)","Bin (to loc)","IC (to loc)","Lot (to loc)",, "OS","Order No","Ln#","(lot identifier E/C/N)","(move non-lot quantity of a lot-traced item identifier E/C)","(use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev", Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5", "Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10", "Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)", "(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock","Doc","Remark"


Lot Identifier E/C/N Lot Type

E change to an existing lot

C new lot was created

N no lot was assigned

Move Non-Lot Qty E/C Move Type

blank non-lot quantity of a lot traced item

E existing non-lot quantity without creating a lot

C new lot created

Use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank Description

Y use the Item Lot Receipt window

blank do not use the Item Lot Receipt window





7 30 A Item Item

8 6 A Stk (from loc) Stk

9 12 A Bin (from loc) Bin

10 1 A IC (from loc) Inv_Cd

11 20 A Lot (from loc) Lot


14 6 A Stk (to loc) Stk

15 12 A Bin (to loc) Bin

16 1 A IC (to loc) Inv_Cd

17 20 A Lot (to loc) Lot



21 3 A Ln# Ln_No


23* 1 A (move non-lot quantity of a lot-traced item E/C)

N/A


N/A









33 2 A Rev Rev











Note: This transaction requires that the LOTM Module be installed and that Field 22 be defined.



(use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank) indicates whether the IMTR transaction required the use of the window.












53 10 A Doc Doc_No

54 59 A Remark N/A








C new lot created






INVA – Inventory AdjustmentThe INVA transactions use the following screen and window:

• INVA (Inventory Adjustment)


INVA Transactions

The INVA screen varies based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Lot field is displayed.

When the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Item Lot Receipt window is used to record additional information for the transaction.

INVA01Adjust Inventory Quantities

Archive Record Layout"INVA01","","","","","","Item","Stk","Bin","Inv Cd","Document Number","AC",Adjust Qty,"RC","Inventory Offset Master Account No",,,,"UM","(lot identifier E/C/N)","(adjust inventory for non-lot qty of lot-traced item E/C)", "(use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot","Lot","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Expiration Date","Retest Date","Availability Date","Rev", Potency,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5", "Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10", "Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Remark"



Name

INVA01 Adjust Inventory Quantities INVM



7 30 A Item Item

8 6 A Stk Stk

9 12 A Bin Bin

10 1 A Inv Cd Inv_Code

11 10 A Document Number Doc_No

12 1 A AC Act_Code

13 10 N Adjust Qty Adjust_Qty

14 1 A RC Reason

15 20 A Inventory Offset Master Account No

Off_AcctNo

19 4 A UM UM



Several fields are included in the layout to identify information needed during transaction processing.


21* 1 A (adjust inventory for non-lot qty of a lot-traced item E/C)

N/A


N/A

23* 1 A Lot Assign Policy Assign_Pol


25 20 A Lot Lot







32 2 A Rev Rev



















51 59 A Remark N/A





(use Item Lot Receipt window Y/blank) indicates whether the INVA transaction required the use of the window.

The Required Transaction Fields needed to complete a specific type of transaction are based on the modules installed and the type of items you are moving. If you have the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module installed, use the following table to determine which fields are needed to complete the inventory move transaction. The following fields are not used if you do not have the LOTM Module installed.








C new lot created




Inventory Adjustment Transaction Description

(lot id E/C/N)

(adjust inv E/C)

(use wdw)

Lot Assign Policy

Dflt Lot Lot

Adjust item (not lot-traced) N

Adjust lot-traced item; non-lot quantity; using automatic lot assignment

N E

Adjust lot-traced item; non-lot quantity; using confirm lot assignment

N E

Adjust lot-traced item; changing an existing lot; using automatic lot assign-ment

E (Lot)



Note: Fields with no values listed in the table must be blank.

Lot mask counter elements are automatically assigned by the system regardless of the Lot Assignment Policy.

IPPD – Item Planning Parameters

IPPD Transactions

IPPD01Change Item Planning Parameter Import

Archive Record Layout"IPPD01","","","","","","Item","Lot Size Day","Lot Size Qty","Safety Stock","Lot Size Min","Lot Size Mult"

Adjust lot-traced item; changing an existing lot; using confirm lot assign-ment

E (Lot)

Adjust lot-traced item; creating new lot; using automatic lot assignment; Lot Mask includes date and counter ele-ments (such as MMYYLLLL)

C Y A

Adjust lot-traced item; creating new lot; using confirm lot assignment; Lot Mask includes date and counter elements (such as MMYYLLLL)

C Y C

Adjust lot-traced item; creating new lot; using automatic lot assignment; Lot Mask includes counter elements (such as XXXXLLLL)

C Y A

Adjust lot-traced item; creating new lot; using confirm lot assignment; Lot Mask includes counter elements (such as XXXXLLLL)

C Y C (dflt)

Adjust lot-traced item; creating new lot; using confirm lot assignment; Lot Mask does not include date or counter ele-ments (such as XXXX)

C Y C (Lot) (Lot)


Name

IPPD01 Change Item Planning Parameter Import OPFM

IPPD02 Mass Maintenance OPFM




IPPD02Mass MaintenanceThe IPPD02 transaction is used for audit trail purposes. The transaction must be reentered manually using the IPPD screen.

Archive Record Layout"IPPD02","","","","","","Mass Maintenance Option"


Field 7, (Mass Maintenance Option), indicates the option selected to be run from the Mass Maintenance menu for Import File. The options are:

ISCC – Intrastat Commodity Code

ISCC Transactions



7* 30 A Item N/A

8 3 N Lot Size Day N/A

9 9 N Lot Size Qty N/A

10 9 N Safety Stock N/A

11 9 N Lot Size Min N/A

12 9 N Lot Size Mult N/A



7 1 A Mass Maintenance Option N/A

Setting Description

1 Create Data Import File

2 Delete Data Import File


Name

ISCC00 Add Intrastat Commodity Code ISTM

ISCC01 Change Intrastat Commodity Code ISTM



ISCC00Add Intrastat Commodity Code

Archive Record Layout"ISCC00","","","","","","Commodity Code","Description"


ISCC01Change Intrastat Commodity Code

Archive Record Layout"ISCC01","","","","","","Commodity Code","Description"


ISCC02Delete Intrastat Commodity Code

Archive Record Layout"ISCC02","","","","","","Commodity Code"


ISCC02 Delete Intrastat Commodity Code ISTM







7* 8 A Commodity Code N/A




7* 8 A Commodity Code N/A



ISCF – Intrastat Reporting Configuration

ISCF Transactions

ISCF01Change Intrastat Reporting Configuration

Archive Record Layout"ISCF01","","","","","","System Member State","Default Commodity Code For A/R Invoice Other Line","Default Commodity Code For Non-Inventoried PO Line","Use Intrastat Exchange Rate"


ISCF02Change Nature of Transaction Configuration

Archive Record Layout"ISCF02","","","","","","APID/V/I/A Nature of Transaction Code","APID/V/I/A Nature of Transaction Description","APID/V/I/D Nature of Transaction Code","APID/V/I/D Nature of Transaction Description","APID/V/D/A Nature of Transaction Code","APID/V/D/A Nature of Transaction Description","APID/V/D/D Nature of Transaction Code","APID/V/D/D Nature of Transaction Description","PICK/V//A Nature of Transaction Code","PICK/V//A Nature of Transaction Description","PICK/V//D Nature of Transaction Code","PICK/V//D Nature of Transaction Description","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/A Nature of Transaction Code","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/A Nature of Transaction Description","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/D Nature of Transaction Code","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/D Nature of Transaction Description","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/A Nature of Transaction Code","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/A Nature of Transaction Description","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/D Nature of Transaction Code","IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/D Nature of Transaction Description","ISPT/V//A Nature of Transaction Code","ISPT/V//A Nature of Transaction Description","ISPT/V//D Nature of Transaction Code","ISPT/V//D Nature of Transaction Description","ISST/C//A Nature of


Name

ISCF01 Change Intrastat Reporting Configuration ISTM

ISCF02 Change Nature of Transaction Configuration ISTM



7 2 A System Member State N/A

8 8 A Default Commodity Code For A/R Invoice Other Line

N/A

9 8 A Default Commodity Code For Non-Inventoried PO Line

N/A

10 8 A Use Intrastat Exchange Rate N/A



Transaction Code","ISST/C//A Nature of Transaction Description","ISST/C//D Nature of Transaction Code","ISST/C//D Nature of Transaction Description"




7 2 A APID/V/I/A Nature of Trans-action Code

N/A

8 35 A APID/V/I/A Nature of Trans-action Description

N/A

9 2 A APID/V/I/D Nature of Trans-action Code

N/A

10 35 A APID/V/I/D Nature of Trans-action Description

N/A

11 2 A APID/V/D/A Nature of Trans-action Code

N/A

12 35 A APID/V/D/A Nature of Trans-action Description

N/A

13 2 A APID/V/D/D Nature of Trans-action Code

N/A

14 35 A APID/V/D/D Nature of Trans-action Description

N/A

15 2 A PICK/V//A Nature of Transac-tion Code

N/A

16 35 A PICK/V//A Nature of Transac-tion Description

N/A

17 2 A PICK/V//D Nature of Transac-tion Code

N/A

18 35 A PICK/V//D Nature of Transac-tion Description

N/A

19 2 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/A Nature of Transaction Code

N/A

20 35 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/A Nature of Transaction Description

N/A

21 2 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/D Nature of Transaction Code

N/A

22 35 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/I/D Nature of Transaction Description

N/A

23 2 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/A Nature of Transaction Code

N/A

24 35 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/A Nature of Transaction Description

N/A



ISDT – Intrastat Delivery Terms

ISDT Transactions

ISDT00Add Intrastat Delivery Term

Archive Record Layout"ISDT00","","","","","","Delivery Term","Description"

25 2 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/D Nature of Transaction Code

N/A

26 35 A IVIE/IVPR/IVEX/C/R/D Nature of Transaction Description

N/A

27 2 A ISPT/V//A Nature of Transac-tion Code

N/A

28 35 A ISPT/V//A Nature of Transac-tion Description

N/A

29 2 A ISPT/V//D Nature of Transac-tion Code

N/A

30 35 A ISPT/V//D Nature of Transac-tion Description

N/A

31 2 A ISST/C//A Nature of Transac-tion Code

N/A

32 35 A ISST/C//A Nature of Transac-tion Description

N/A

33 2 A ISST/C//D Nature of Transac-tion Code

N/A

34 35 A ISST/C//D Nature of Transac-tion Description

N/A


Name

ISDT00 Add Intrastat Delivery Term ISTM

ISDT01 Change Intrastat Delivery Term ISTM

ISDT02 Delete Intrastat Delivery Term ISTM





ISDT01Change Intrastat Delivery Term

Archive Record Layout"ISDT01","","","","","","Delivery Term","Description"


ISDT02Delete Intrastat Delivery Term

Archive Record Layout"ISDT02","","","","","","Delivery Term"


ISMS – Intrastat Member State

ISMS Transactions



7 3 A Delivery Term N/A




7* 3 A Delivery Term N/A




7* 3 A Delivery Term N/A


Name

ISMS00 Add Intrastat Member State ISTM

ISMS01 Change Intrastat Member State ISTM

ISMS02 Delete Intrastat Member State ISTM



ISMS00Add Intrastat Member State

Archive Record Layout"ISMS00","","","","","","Member State","Description"


ISMS01Change Intrastat Member State

Archive Record Layout"ISMS01","","","","","","Member State","Description"


ISMS02Delete Intrastat Member State

Archive Record Layout"ISMS02","","","","","","Member State"




7 2 A Member State N/A




7* 2 A Member State N/A




7* 2 A Member State N/A



ISMT – Intrastat Mode of Transportation

ISMT Transactions

ISMT00Add Intrastat Mode of Transportation

Archive Record Layout"ISMT00","","","","","","Mode of Transportation Code","Description"


ISMT01Change Intrastat Mode of Transportation

Archive Record Layout"ISMT01","","","","","","Mode of Transportation Code","Description"


ISMT02Delete Intrastat Mode of Transportation

Archive Record Layout"ISMT02","","","","","","Mode of Transportation Code"


Name

ISMT00 Add Intrastat Mode of Transportation ISTM

ISMT01 Change Intrastat Mode of Transportation ISTM

ISMT02 Delete Intrastat Mode of Transportation ISTM



7 2 A Mode of Transportation Code N/A




7* 2 A Mode of Transportation Code N/A





ISTH – Intrastat Transaction History

ISTH Transactions

ISTH00Add Intrastat Transaction History

Archive Record Layout"ISTH00","","","","","","(Transaction Code)","Transaction Date","Transaction Time","User ID","Transaction Source","Rec Typ","Trading Partner","Ship to Id","Item Number","","","Extd Weight","Extd Customers Price","Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Qty","Unit Price/Cost","Freight Amt","Supplementary UM","Destination Member State","Origin Member State","Delivery Terms","Mode of Transportation","(Item Description)","Commodity Code","(Commodity Code Description)","Trading Partner Reference #1","Trading Partner Reference #2","Trading Partner Reference #3","Trading Partner Reference #4","Trading Partner Reference #5","Item Reference #1","Item Reference #2","Item Reference #3","Item Reference #4","Item Reference #5"




7* 2 A Mode of Transportation Code N/A


Name

ISTH00 Add Intrastat Transaction History ISTM

ISTH01 Change Intrastat Transaction History - Transaction Source IVPR or IVEX

ISTM

ISTH02 Change Intrastat Transaction History - Transaction Source = IVPR or IVEX

ISTM

ISTH03 Change Intrastat Transaction History Detail - Transaction Source IVPR or IVEX

ISTM

ISTH04 Change Intrastat Transaction History Detail - Transaction Source = IVPR or IVEX

ISTM

ISTH12 Report Intrastat Transaction ISTM



7 1 A (Transaction Code) N/A




9 12 A Transaction Time N/A

10 4 A User ID N/A

11 4 A Transaction Source N/A

12 1 A Rec Typ N/A

13 13 A Trading Partner N/A

14 13 A Ship to Id N/A


18 10 N Extd Weight N/A

19 16 N Extd Customers Price N/A

20 1 A Ctrl Curr N/A

21 11 A Ex Rate (1) N/A

22 11 A Ex Rate (2) N/A

23 11 N Qty N/A

24 16 N Unit Price/Cost N/A

25 15 N Freight Amt N/A


27 2 A Destination Member State N/A

28 2 A Origin Member State N/A






N/A

34 20 A Trading Partner Reference #1

N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A








ISTH01Change Intrastat Transaction History - Transaction Source IVPR or IVEX

Archive Record Layout"","","","","","","Transaction Date","Transaction Time","User ID","Transaction Source","Rec Typ"



ISTH02Change Intrastat Transaction History - Transaction Source = IVPR or IVEX

Archive Record Layout"","","","","","","(Transaction Code)","Transaction Date","","","Transaction Source","","","","","Invoice No","Ln#"






8* 6 D Transaction Date N/A

9* 12 A Transaction Time N/A

10* 4 A User ID N/A

11* 4 A Transaction Source N/A

12* 1 A Rec Typ N/A





16* 10 A Invoice No N/A

17* 3 A Ln# N/A




ISTH03Change Intrastat Transaction History Detail - Transaction Source IVPR or IVEX

Archive Record Layout"ISTH03","","","","","","","Transaction Date","Transaction Time","User ID","Transaction Source","Rec Typ","","","","","","Extd Weight","Extd Customers Price","","","","Qty","","Freight Amt","Supplementary UM","Destination Member State","Origin Member State","Delivery Terms","Mode of Transportation","","Commodity Code","(Commodity Code Description)",Trading Partner Reference #1","Trading Partner Reference #2","Trading Partner Reference #3","Trading Partner Reference #4","Trading Partner Reference #5","Item Reference #1","Item Reference #2","Item Reference #3","Item Reference #4","Item Reference #5"





9* 12 A Transaction Time N/A

10* 4 A User ID N/A


12* 1 A Rec Typ N/A



23 11 N Qty N/A









N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A




ISTH04Change Intrastat Transaction History Detail - Transaction Source = IVPR or IVEX

Archive Record Layout"ISTH04","","","","","","","Transaction Date","","","Transaction Source","","","","","Invoice No","Ln#","Extd Weight","Extd Customers Price","","","","Qty","","Freight Amt","Supplementary UM","Destination Member State","Origin Member State","Delivery Terms","Mode of Transportation","","Commodity Code","(Commodity Code Description)",Trading Partner Reference #1","Trading Partner Reference #2","Trading Partner Reference #3","Trading Partner Reference #4","Trading Partner Reference #5","Item Reference #1","Item Reference #2","Item Reference #3","Item Reference #4","Item Reference #5"











16* 10 A Invoice No N/A

17* 3 A Ln# N/A



23 11 N Qty N/A











ISTH12Report Intrastat Transaction

Archive Record Layout"ISTH12","","","","","","Reporting Date"


ITCB – Item Cost Book

ITCB Transactions

ITCB01


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A








7 6 D Reporting Date N/A


Name

ITCB01 Change Item Cost INVM




Change Item Cost

Archive Record Layout"ITCB01","","","","","","Item",Unit Cost


ITMB – Item MasterThe ITMB transactions use the following screens:

• ITMB (Item Master)

• Item Master Detail

• Item Master Planning Detail

• Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail

Predetermined values for certain fields on these screens and the ITMC (Item/Work Center Cost Data) screen can be established and used for entering groups of items with similar characteristics. When entering an item using the ITMB screen, default item information is stored from all four screens. See "Using Default Values" under "Suggestions for Using the Module" in the Setting Up the Module section of the Inventory Control online manual for a list of fields related to the Default-Item.

The Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail screen is available only when the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed.

ITMB Transactions

Item Master Detail Transactions



7* 30 A Item Item

8 16 N Unit Cost Unit_Cost


Name

ITMB00 Add Item INVM

ITMB01 Change Item INVM

ITMB04 Delete Item INVM


Name

ITMB02 Add New Text—Item Master Detail INVM

Attach Existing Text—Item Master Detail INVM



Item Master Planning Detail Transactions

Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail Transactions

Intrastat Item Configuration

ITMB00Add Item

Archive Record Layout"ITMB00","","","","","","Item","Description","UM","Rev","MB","IT","St","LT","Sr","OrdPol","Insp Reqd","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","","","","","",""

Change Item Master Detail INVM

ITMB05 Delete Text—Item Master Detail INVM


Name

ITMB03 Add New Text—Item Planning Detail INVM

Attach Existing Text—Item Planning Detail

Change Item Planning Detail

ITMB06 Delete Text—Item Planning Detail INVM


Name

ITMB07 Add New Text—Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail INVM

Attach Existing Text—Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail

Change Item Lot Trace/Serialization Information

ITMB08 Delete Text—Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail INVM


Name

ITMB09 Change Intrastat Item Configuration INVM

ITMB20 Add Extended Text - Intrastat Item Configuration INVM

ITMB21 Change Extended Text - Intrastat Item Configuration INVM

ITMB22 Delete Extended Text - Intrastat Item Configuration INVM




ITMB01Change Item

Archive Record Layout"ITMB01","","","","","","Item","Description","UM","Rev","MB","IT","St","LT","Sr","Ord Pol","Insp Reqd","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","","","","","",""




7* 30 A Item Item


9 4 A UM UM

10 2 A Rev Rev

11 1 A MB MB

12 1 A IT Item_Type

13 1 A St Item_Stat

14 1 A LT LT

15 1 A Sr Sr

16 1 A Ord Pol Ord_Policy

17 1 A Insp Reqd Insp_Reqd



7* 30 A Item Item


9 4 A UM UM

10 2 A Rev Rev

11 1 A MB MB

12 1 A IT Item_Type

13 1 A St Item_Stat

14 1 A LT LT

15 1 A Sr Sr

16 1 A Ord Pol Ord_Policy

17 1 A Insp Reqd Insp_Reqd



ITMB02Add New Text—Item Master Detail

Attach Existing Text—Item Master Detail

Change Item Master Detail

Archive Record Layout"ITMB02","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","Drwg","Item Class 1","Item Class 2","Item Class 3","Item Class 4","Item Class 5","Item Class 6","Item Class 7","Item Class 8","NMFC Item","Sub","Item Reference #1","Item Reference #2",Item Shipping Weight,"Item Reference #3",Item Shipping Volume,"Item Reference #4","Item Package Type",Item Pieces per Package,"Group Tech Code","Family Name","UPC Code","Family Grouping","","HTS","ECCN",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Saleable Indicator","Item Reference #5"




7* 30 A Item Item

40 30 A Drwg Drwg

41 1 A Item Class (1) Item_Clas1








49 6 A NMFC Item N_Motr_Frt

50 2 A Sub Sub

51 2 A Item Reference #1 Item_Ref1


53 10 N Item Shipping Weight Ship_Wght


55 10 N Item Shipping Volume Ship_Vol


57 3 A Item Package Type Pkg_Typ

58 10 N Item Pieces per Package Pcs_Per

59 15 A Group Tech Code Grp_Tch_Cd

60 30 A Family Name Fmly_Name



ITMB03Add New Text—Item Planning Detail

Attach Existing Text—Item Planning Detail

Change Item Planning Detail

Archive Record Layout"ITMB03","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","Plnr","Buyr","Pln Pol",Run Lead Time,Fix Lead Time,Insp Lead Time,Lot Size Day,Lot Size Qty/Order Up to,Safety Stock/Order Point,Lot Size Min,Lot Size Mult,"Stk","Bin","Fcst Cd","Fcst Prd",Yield,"Dec Pre Cd",Dmnd Fnc,"ATP","Gateway WC",Plng Fnc,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)", PO Autoclose Tolerance, MO Autoclose Tolerance, ""


61 13 A UPC Code UPC_Code

62 6 A Family Grouping Fmly_Group

64 15 A HTS HTS

65 15 A ECCN ECCN






86 1 A Saleable Indicator Sale_Ind




7* 30 A Item Item

18 3 A Plnr Plnr

19 3 A Buyr Buyr

20 1 A Pln Pol Pln_Policy

21 8 N Run Lead Time Run_LT

22 3 N Fix Lead Time Fix_LT

23 3 N Insp Lead Time Insp_LT

24 3 N Lot Size Day Lot_Sz_Day

25 9 N Lot Size Qty/Order Up to Lot_Sz_Qty

26 9 N Safety Stock/Order Point Safety_Stk



ITMB04Delete Item

Archive Record Layout"ITMB04","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","",,"","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","","","","","",""


ITMB05Delete Text—Item Master Detail

Archive Record Layout"ITMB05","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","","","","","",""

27 9 N Lot Size Min Lot_Sz_Min

28 9 N Lot Size Mult Lot_Sz_Mul

29 6 A Stk Stk

30 12 A Bin Bin

31 1 A Fcst Cd Fcst_Cd

32 1 A Fcst Prd Fcst_Prd

33 5 N Yield Yield

34 1 A Dec Pre Cd Dec_Pre_Cd

35 3 N Dmnd Fnc Dmnd_Fnc

36 1 A ATP ATP

37 12 A Gateway WC Gateway_WC

38 3 N Plng Fnc Plng_Fnc






88 5 N PO Autoclose Tolerance N/A

89 5 N MO Autoclose Tolerance N/A



7* 30 A Item Item




ITMB06Delete Text—Item Planning Detail

Archive Record Layout"ITMB06","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","","","","","",""


ITMB07Add New Text—Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail

Attach Existing Text—Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail

Change Item Lot Trace/Serialization Detail

Archive Record Layout"ITMB07","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","",,"Lot Assign Policy","Lot Default","FIFO Inv Policy","Backflush Policy",Available Cldr Days,Shelf Life Cldr Days,Retest Cldr Days,Std Potency %,"Material Code",Lot Counter,"Lot Mask","Dflt Lot","Ser Mask","Dflt Ser","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)",""




7* 30 A Item Item



7* 30 A Item Item



7* 30 A Item Item

67 1 A Lot Assign Policy Lot_Assign

68 1 A Lot Default Lot_Dflt

69 1 A FIFO Inv Policy FIFO_Inv

70 1 A Backflush Policy Backflush

71 4 N Available Cldr Days Avail_Days

72 4 N Shelf Life Cldr Days Shelf_Life



ITMB08Delete Text—Item Lot Trace and Serialization Detail

Archive Record Layout"ITMB08","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,,,,"","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","",,"","","","","","","",,"","","","",,,,,"",,"","","","","","","","","",""


ITMB09Change Intrastat Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"ITMB09","","","","","","Item","Intrastat Item unit Weight","Supplementary UM","Customs Unit Price","Commodity Code","Reference #1","Reference #2","Reference #3","Reference #4","Reference #5"


73 4 N Retest Cldr Days Retest_Day

74 10 N Std Potency % Std_Pot

75 15 A Material Code Matl_Cd

76 9 N Lot Counter Lt_Counter

77 20 A Lot Mask Lot_Mask


79 20 A Ser Mask Ser_Mask

80 20 A Dflt Ser Dflt_Ser








7* 30 A Item Item



7* 30 A Item Item

8 10 N Intrastat Item unit Weight N/A



ITMB20Add Extended Text - Intrastat Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"ITMB20","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Item","","","","Text Message"


ITMB21Change Extended Text - Intrastat Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"ITMB21","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)",’Item","","","","Text Message"



10 16 N Customs Unit Price N/A











10* 30 A Item Item






10* 30 A Item Item





ITMB22Delete Extended Text - Intrastat Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"ITMB22","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)",’Item","","","","Text Message"


ITMC – Item/Work Center Cost Data

ITMC Transactions

ITMC00Add Item Cost

Add Item Cost Identification

Archive Record Layout"ITMC00","","","","","","Item","Cst Typ","Cst Cd",Matl,Labor,Var Ovrhd,Fix Ovrhd,Roll Matl Cost,Roll Labor Cost,Roll Var Ovrhd,Roll Fix Ovrhd






10* 30 A Item Item



Name

ITMC00 Add Item Cost INVM

Add Item Cost Identification

ITMC01 Change Item Cost INVM

Change Item Cost Identification

ITMC02 Delete Item Cost INVM

ITMC03 Change Item Cost Header INVM



7* 30 A Item Item



ITMC01Change Item Cost

Change Item Cost Identification

Archive Record Layout"ITMC01","","","","","","Item","Cst Typ","Cst Cd",Matl,Labor,Var Ovrhd,Fix Ovrhd,Roll Matl Cost,Roll Labor Cost,Roll Var Ovrhd,Roll Fix Ovrhd


ITMC02Delete Item Cost


8 1 A Cst Typ Cost_Type

9 1 A Cst Cd Cost_Code

10 16 N Matl Matl

11 16 N Labor Labor

12 16 N Var Ovrhd Var_Ovrhd

13 16 N Fix Ovrhd Fix_Ovrhd

14 16 N Roll Matl Cost Rl_Mat_Cst

15 16 N Roll Labor Cost Rl_Lab_Cst

16 16 N Roll Var Ovrhd Rl_Vr_Ovhd

17 16 N Roll Fix Ovrhd Rl_Fx_Ovhd



7* 30 A Item Item

8* 1 A Cst Typ Cost_Type

9 1 A Cst Cd Cost_Code

10 16 N Matl Matl

11 16 N Labor Labor

12 16 N Var Ovrhd Var_Ovrhd

13 16 N Fix Ovrhd Fix_Ovrhd

14 16 N Roll Matl Cost Rl_Mat_Cst

15 16 N Roll Labor Cost Rl_Lab_Cst

16 16 N Roll Var Ovrhd Rl_Vr_Ovhd

17 16 N Roll Fix Ovrhd Rl_Fx_Ovhd



"ITMC02","","","","","","Item","Cst Typ","",,,,,,,,,"","","",,,"","",,""


ITMC03Change Item Cost Header

Archive Record Layout"ITMC03","","","","","","Item","","","","","","","","","","","Inventory Acct No","Sales Acct No","COGS Acct No","Set Up Cost","Avg Unit Pr","Cost Family","Foreign Cost Code","Amount","VAT Product Code","Product Line","Material COGS","Labor COGS","Var Ovrhd COGS","Fix Ovrhd COGS","Outside COGS"




7* 30 A Item Item

8* 1 A Cst Typ Cost_Type



7* 30 A Item Item

18 20 A Inventory Acct No Inv_AcctNo

19 20 A Sales Acct No Sal_AcctNo

20 20 A COGS Acct No COGS_Ac_No

21 16 N Set Up Cost SetUp_Cost

22 16 N Avg Unit Pr Avg_Unt_Pr

23 15 A Cost Family Cost_Fmly

24 5 A Foreign Cost Code F_Cost_Cd

25 16 N Amount F_Amount

26 12 A VAT Product Code VAT_Prd_Co

27 15 A Product Line Prdln

28 20 A Material COGS Mat_COGS

29 20 A Labor COGS Lab_COGS

30 20 A Var Ovrhd COGS Varoh_COGS

31 20 A Fix Ovrhd COGS Fixoh_COGS

32 20 A Outside COGS Out_COGS



ITPB – Item Price Book

ITPB Transactions

ITPB01Change Item Price

Archive Record Layout"ITPB01","","","","","","Item",Unit Price


IVIE – Invoice Entry and MaintenanceThe IVIE transactions use the following screens:

• IVIE (Invoice Entry and Maintenance)

• Invoice Header Detail

• Invoice Line Item Detail

Documents used for IVIE transactions come from two sources. Documents are:

• system-generated based on system shipping activity

• manually created using the IVIE screen

Required field entries for IVIE transactions depend on the document's status within the printing process. Documents are identified as preprinted or post-printed. Use the following table to determine which fields are required when adding a document.


Name

ITPB01 Change Item Price CUSM



7* 30 A Item Item


Ref No Ref Seqn Invoice Typ Invoice No

Preprinted:

Invoice Required Clear I Clear

Credit Memo Required Clear R Clear

Post-printed:

Invoice Optional Clear I Required



Note: Each unique combination of Ref No, Ref Seqn, Invoice Typ and Invoice No requires a new invoice header before you can add line items.

Change and delete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change and delete transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

IVIE Transactions

Invoice Header Detail Transactions

Invoice Line Item Detail Transactions

Walk-in Optional Clear W Required

Credit Memo Optional Clear R Required


Name

IVIE00 Add Invoice Header IVPM

IVIE01 Change Invoice Header IVPM

IVIE02 Delete Invoice IVPM

IVIE03 Add Invoice Line Item IVPM

IVIE04 Change Invoice Line Item IVPM

IVIE05 Delete Invoice Line Item IVPM


Name

IVIE13 Change Invoice Header Detail–Manual IVPM

IVIE14 Delete Invoice Header Text IVPM

IVIE15 Change Invoice Header Detail—System-Generated (Ship Date Closed)

IVPM

IVIE16 Change Invoice Header Detail—System-Generated (Ship Date Open)

IVPM

IVIE30 Add Extended Text—Invoice Header IVPM

IVIE31 Change Extended Text—Invoice Header IVPM

IVIE32 Delete Extended Text—Invoice Header IVPM


Name

IVIE10 Add Invoice Line Item Detail IVPM



A/R Intrastat Transactions

IVIE00Add Invoice HeaderDocuments used for IVIE transactions come from two sources. Documents are:

• system-generated based on system shipping activity

• manually created using the IVIE screen

Required field entries for IVIE transactions depend on the document's status within the printing process. Documents are identified as preprinted or post-printed. Use the following table to determine which fields are required when adding a document.

Each unique combination of Ref No, Ref Seqn, Invoice Typ and Invoice No requires a new invoice header before you can add line items.

Note: The IVIE00 transaction does not update all related fields on the Invoice Header Detail automatically. Use an IVIE13 transaction to add the detail information needed.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE00","","","","","","","Ref No","","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Invoice Date","Cust Id","Invoice St","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Via",Cash #1 %,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2 %,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Com Code","A/R Master Acct No","","VCC","Invoice Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Pay #1 Date",Pay #1 Amount,"Pay #2 Date",Pay #2 Amount,"Pay #3 Date",Pay #3 Amount,"Net Pay Date","","","",Cash #3 %,Cash #3 Days,Cash #4 %,Cash #4 Days


IVIE11 Change Invoice Line Item Detail IVPM

IVIE12 Delete Invoice Line Item Detail IVPM


Name

IVIE40 A/R Intrastat Transaction IVPM

Ref No Ref Seqn Invoice Typ Invoice No

Preprinted:

Invoice Required Clear I Clear

Credit Memo Required Clear R Clear

Post-printed:

Invoice Optional Clear I Required

Walk-in Optional Clear W Required

Credit Memo Optional Clear R Required





8* 15 A Ref No CO_Number

10* 1 A Invoice Typ Ivc_Type


12 6 D Invoice Date Ivc_Date


14 1 A Invoice St Invoice_St








22 30 A Via Ship_Via






28 3 A Com Code Com_Code

29 20 A A/R Master Acct No AR_Acct_No

31 5 A VCC VAT_Cus_Cd





36 6 D Pay #1 Date Inv_PayDt1

37 12 N Pay #1 Amount Inv_PayAm1





42 6 D Net Pay Date Inv_PayDt4





Note: The VCC field is used only when a VAT system is installed.

IVIE01Change Invoice HeaderChange transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Note: The IVIE01 transaction does not update all related fields on the Invoice Header Detail automatically. Use an IVIE13 transaction to add the detail information needed.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE01","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Invoice Date","","Invoice St","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Via",Cash #1 %,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Com Code","A/R Master Acct No","(system-generated/manual)","VCC","Invoice Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Pay #1 Date",Pay #1 Amount,"Pay #2 Date",Pay #2 Amount,"Pay #3 Date",Pay #3 Amount,"Net Pay Date","Ctrl Curr","Inv Ex Rate",""Cash #3 %,Cash #3 Days,Cash #4 %,Cash #4 Days,"(exchange rate toggle flag)"







9* 4 A Ref Seqn Ref_Seqn



12 6 D Invoice Date Ivc_Date

14* 1 A Invoice St Invoice_St















(system generated/manual) identifies how an invoice was created. Invoices are identified as





30* 1 A (system-generated or man-ual S/M)

N/A



33 2 A Day Mon_PayWen









42 6 D Net Pay Date Inv_PayDt4


44 11 A Inv Ex Rate Ex_Rate






Identifier Description

S Invoices created by shipping a customer order

M Invoices created manually using the IVIE screen

Setting Description



Note: Field 44 is used only when Ctrl Curr = R.

The VCC field is used only when a VAT system is installed.

IVIE02Delete InvoiceDelete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE02","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Type","Invoice No",""


IVIE03Add Invoice Line ItemAdd transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Add transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE03","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","","","Item/Desc","Master Account No","Shipped Quantity,Unit Price","Exempt F","Exempt S/Primary VAT Exempt","Exempt C/Secondary VAT Exempt","Exempt M","Com Code","Add Ex Rate",""



"" Indicates a local customer. Both the controlling currency flag and the invoice exchange rate are protected from changes. The screen tog-gle is not required.

1 The controlling currency flag can be changed, but the invoice exchange rate is protected from changes.

2 Both the controlling currency flag and the invoice exchange rate can be changed.













Consider the following requirements based on the characteristics of the invoice.

• Field #23 is used only when a line is added to a post-printed invoice for a foreign customer.

• Field #15 is required when you are adding a line to a manual invoice.

IVIE04Change Invoice Line ItemChange transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE04","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","","Ref Ln#","","Master Account No",Shipped Quantity,Unit Price,"Exempt F","Exempt S/Primary VAT Exempt","Exempt C/Secondary VAT Exempt","Exempt M","Com Code","","","(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"




14 70 A Item/Desc Item_Desc

15 20 A Master Account No AR_Acct_No

16 10 N Shipped Quantity Ship_Qty


18 1 A Exempt F Exempt_F

19 1 A Exempt S/Primary VAT Exempt

Exempt_S; Exempt_V1

20 1 A Exempt C/Secondary VAT Exempt

Exempt_C; Exempt_V2

21 1 A Exempt M Exempt_M


23 11 A Add Ex Rate Ex_Rate







13* 3 A Ref Ln# Ln_No

15 20 A Master Account No AR_Acct_No





IVIE05Delete Invoice Line ItemDelete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Delete transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE05","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","","Ref Ln#","","","","","","","","","","","","(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"



IVIE10Add Invoice Line Item Detail




Exempt_S; Exempt_V1


Exempt_C; Exempt_V2
















Add transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Add transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE10","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Ref Ln#","Seqn","Additional Description","","",""


IVIE11Change Invoice Line Item DetailChange transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE11","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Ref Ln#","Seqn","Additional Description","VAT Code (primary)","VAT Code (secondary)",""









13 3 A Seqn Seqn

14 110 A Additional Description Add_Desc








13* 3 A Seqn Seqn


15 2 A VAT Code (primary) Tax_Auth_1

16 2 A VAT Code (secondary) Tax_Auth_2



Note: Fields 15 or 16 are available only when a VAT system is installed.

IVIE12Delete Invoice Line Item DetailDelete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Delete transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE12","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Ref Ln#","Seqn","","","",""


IVIE13Change Invoice Header Detail—ManualChange and delete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change and delete transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE13","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Ship Date","Shpmt Ref","Pro Number","Customer PO Number","Sales Cat #1","Sales Cat #2","Misc #1","Misc #2","Federal Tax Code",Federal Tax Rate,"State Tax Code",State Tax Rate,"County Tax Code",County Tax Rate,"Municipal Tax Code",Municipal Tax Rate,"Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Discount - SalesAmt (y/n)","Discount - Other Chrg (y/n)","Discount - Freight (y/n)","Discount - LESS Amt (y/n)","Discount - Tax Amt (y/n)","","Rs Code","Status","Cst Claim","","Inv Ref"









13* 3 A Seqn Seqn








13 30 A Shpmt Ref Shpmt_Ref



IVIE14Delete Invoice Header TextDelete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Delete transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE14","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Text No"

14 30 A Pro No Pro_Number


16 3 A Sales Cat #1 Sales_Cat1


18 10 A Misc #1 Ivc_Misc1


20 2 A Federal Tax Code Tax_Code_F

21 6 N Federal Tax Rate Tax_Rate_F

22 2 A State Tax Code Tax_Code_S

23 6 N State Tax Rate Tax_Rate_S

24 3 A County Tax Code Tax_Code_C

25 6 N County Tax Rate Tax_Rate_C

26 3 A Municipal Tax Code Tax_Code_M

27 6 N Municipal Tax Rate Tax_Rate_M






33 1 A Discount - Sales Amt (y/n) N/A

34 1 A Discount - Other Chrg (y/n) N/A

35 1 A Discount - Freight (y/n) N/A

36 1 A Discount - LESS Amt (y/n) N/A

37 1 A Discount - Tax Amt (y/n) N/A

39 4 A Rs Code N/A

40 2 A Status N/A

41 15 A Cst Claim N/A

43 30 A Inv Ref AR_IVC_REF




IVIE15Change Invoice Header Detail—System-Generated (Ship Date Closed)Change transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE15","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","","Shpmt Ref","Pro No","","Sales Cat #1","Sales Cat #2","Misc #1","Misc #2","Federal Tax Code",Federal Tax Rate,"State Tax Code",State Tax Rate,"County Tax Code",County Tax Rate,"Municipal Tax Code",Municaipal Tax Rate,"Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Discount - Sales Amount (y/n)","Discount - Other Charges (y/n)","Discount - Freight (y/n)","Discount - LESS (y/n)","Discount - Tax Amount (y/n)","","Rs Code","Status","Cst Claim","","Inv Ref"








12* 6 A Text No Text_No






11* 6 A Invoice No Invoice_No












IVIE16Change Invoice Header Detail—System-Generated (Ship Date Open)Change transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE16","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Ship Date","Shpmt Ref","Pro Number","Customer PO Number","Sales Cat #1","Sales Cat #2","Misc #1","Misc #2","Federal Tax Code",Federal Tax Rate,"State Tax Code",State Tax Rate,"County Tax Code",County Tax Rate,"Municipal Tax Code",Municipal Tax Rate,"Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)""Discount - Sales Amt (y/n)","Discount - Other Chrg (y/n)","Discount - Freight (y/n)","Discount - LESS Amt (y/n)","Discount - Tax Amt (y/n)","","Rs Code","Status","Cst Claim","","Inv Ref"

















39 4 A Rs Code N/A

40 2 A Status N/A










IVIE30Add Extended Text—Invoice HeaderAdd transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Add transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.




























39 4 A Rs Code N/A

40 2 A Status N/A





"IVIE30","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Text Message"




IVIE31Change Extended Text—Invoice HeaderChange transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Change transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE31","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Text Message"









14 890 A Text Message Text







016 Tab character









IVIE32Delete Extended Text—Invoice HeaderDelete transactions for preprinted documents require the Ref No and Ref Seqn fields. Delete transactions for post-printed documents require only the Invoice No field.

Archive Record Layout"IVIE32","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","Text Message"
















016 Tab character









IVIE40A/R Intrastat Transaction

Archive Record Layout"IVIE40","","","","","","","Ref No","Ref Seqn","Invoice Typ","Invoice No","","Ref Ln#","","EC Listing","Origin Member State","Destination Member State","Mode of Transportation","","","Delivery Terms","Item Number","(Item Description)","Commodity Code","(Commodity Code Description)","Quantity","Unit Price","Ex Rate (1)","Ex Rate (2)","Intrastat Item Unit Weight","","Supplement UM","Customs Extd Price","Customer Reference #1","Customer Reference #2","Customer Reference #3","Customer Reference #4","Customer Reference #5","Item Reference #1","Item Reference #2","Item Reference #3","Item Reference #4","Item Reference #5","Transaction Date","(Transaction Time)"
















016 Tab character























N/A

26 11 N Quantity N/A

27 16 N Unit Price N/A

28 11 A Ex Rate (1) N/A

29 11 A Ex Rate (2) N/A

30 10 N Intrastat Item Unit Weight N/A

32 4 A Supplement UM N/A

33 14 N Customs Extd Price N/A

34 20 A Customer Reference #1 N/A














IVRE – A/R Recurring Invoice

IVRE Transactions

IVRE00Add A/R Recurring Invoice Header

Archive Record Layout"IVRE00","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","Copy From","Rev Date","Cust Id","Curr Code","St","Begin", "End","Day","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Via","Cash #1 %","Cash #1 Days", "Cash #2 %","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Com Code","A/R Master Acct No","VCC","Invoice Terms","Day","Cutoff","Delay","Cash #3 %","Cash #3 Days","Cash #4 %","Cash #4 Days","Ctrl Curr","Inv Ex Rate","(Rate for EMU Members)"



Name

IVRE00 IVPM

IVRE01 Change A/R Recurring Invoice Header IVPM

IVRE02 Delete A/R Recurring Invoice IVPM

IVRE03 Add A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item IVPM

IVRE04 Change A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item IVPM

IVRE05 Delete A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item IVPM

IVRE10 Add A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item Detail IVPM

IVRE11 Change A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item Detail IVPM

IVRE12 Delete A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item Detail IVPM

IVRE13 Change A/R Recurring Invoice Header Detail IVPM

IVRE14 Delete A/R Recurring Invoice Header Text IVPM

IVRE30 Add Extended Text - Recurring Invoice Header IVPM

IVRE31 Change Extended Text - Recurring Invoice Header IVPM

IVRE32 Delete Extended Text - Recurring Invoice Header IVPM







8 15 A Rec Ref No RecRef_Num

9 15 A Copy From RecRef_Num

10 6 D Rev Date Rev_Date



13 1 A St RecRef_St


15 6 D End End_Date

16 2 N Day Cr_Day


























IVRE01Change A/R Recurring Invoice Header

Archive Record Layout"IVRE01","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","Rev Date","","","St","Begin","End","Day","Ship to", "Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Via","Cash #1","Cash #1 Days","Cash #2 %","Cash #2 Days","Net Days","Com Code","A/R Master Acct No","VCC","Invoice Terms","Day","Cutoff", "Delay","Cash #3 %","Cash #3 Days","Cash #4 %","Cash #4 Days","Ctrl Curr","Inv Ex Rate", "(Rate for EMU Members)"




42 11 A Inv Ex Rate Ex_Rate1

43 11 A (Rate for EMU Members) Ex_Rate2



8* 15 A Rec Ref No RecRef_Num

10 6 D Rev Date Rev_Date

13 1 A St RecRef_St


15 6 D End End_Date

16 2 N Day Cr_Day









25 5 N Cash #1 Disc_Pcnt1








IVRE02Delete A/R Recurring Invoice

Archive Record Layout"IVRE02","","","","","","","Rec Ref No"


IVRE03Add A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item

Archive Record Layout"IVRE03","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","","","Item/Desc","Master Account No","Shipped Quantity","Unit Price","Exempt F","Exempt S/Primary VAT Exempt","Exempt C/Secondary VAT Exempt","Exempt M","Com Code"














42 11 A Inv Ex Rate Ex_Rate1

43 11 A (Rate for EMU Members) Ex_Rate2










IVRE04Change A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item

Archive Record Layout"IVRE04","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","","Ref Ln#","Item/Desc","Master Account No","Shipped Quantity","Unit Price","Exempt F","Exempt S/Primary VAT Exempt","Exempt C/Secondary VAT Exempt","Exempt M","Com Code"


IVRE05


15 20 A Master Account No Sal_AcctNo





Exempt_S; Exempt_V1


Exempt_C; Exempt_V2








15 20 A Master Account No Sal_AcctNo





Exempt_S; Exempt_V1


Exempt_C; Exempt_V2






Delete A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item

Archive Record Layout"IVRE05","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","","Ref Ln#"


IVRE10Add A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item Detail

Archive Record Layout"IVRE10","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","Ref Ln#","Seqn","Additional Description"


IVRE11Change A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item Detail

Archive Record Layout"IVRE11","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","Ref Ln#","Seqn","Additional Description","VAT Code (primary)","VAT Code (secondary)"










13 3 A Seqn Seqn






13* 3 A Seqn Seqn


15 2 A VAT Code (primary) Tax_Auth_1



Note: If flied 13 is NULL, the transaction only updates the VAT info if applicable.

IVRE12Delete A/R Recurring Invoice Line Item Detail

Archive Record Layout"IVRE12","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","Ref Ln#","Seqn"


IVRE13Change A/R Recurring Invoice Header Detail

Archive Record Layout"IVRE13","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","Cust Id","","","Ship Date","Shpmt Ref","Pro No","Customer PO Number","Sales Cat #1","Sales Cat #2","Misc #1","Misc #2","Federal Tax Code","Federal Tax Rate","State Tax Code","State Tax Rate","County Tax Code","County Tax Rate","Municipal Tax Code","Municipal Tax Rate","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Discount - Other Chrg (y/n)","Discount - Freight (y/n)","Discount - LESS Amt (y/n)","Discount - Tax Amt (y/n)","","","","","Shpmt No"


16 2 A VAT Code (secondary) Tax_Auth_2





13* 3 A Seqn Seqn















IVRE14Delete A/R Recurring Invoice Header Text

Archive Record Layout"IVRE14","","","","","","","Rec Ref No","","","","Text No"


IVRE30Add Extended Text - Recurring Invoice Header

Archive Record Layout"IVRE30","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Rec Ref No","","","","Text Message"



















42 10 A Shpmt No Shpmt_No









IVRE31Change Extended Text - Recurring Invoice Header



IVRE32Delete Extended Text - Recurring Invoice Header























IVRV – Invoice Review

IVRV Transactions

IVRV01Change Invoice Status

Archive Record Layout"IVRV01","","","","","","","Cust Id","Ref No”,”Ref Seqn","Ty","St"


IVRV02Delete Invoice

Archive Record Layout"IVRV02","","","","","","","Cust Id","Ref No”,”Ref Seqn","Ty"



Name

IVRV01 Change Invoice Status IVPM

IVRV02 Delete Invoice IVPM




9* 30 A Ref No CO Number

10* 4 A Ref Seqn Ref Seqn

11* 1 A Ty Ivc_Type

12 1 A St Invoice_St




9* 30 A Ref No CO Number

10* 4 A Ref Seqn Ref Seqn

11* 1 A Ty Ivc_Type


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 J – Data Import Macros


J – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

JEST – Job Estimates and Performance

JEST Transactions

JEST01Change Job Estimate

Archive Record Layout"JEST01","","","","","","CO Number","Ln#","","","",Original Estimate Material,Original Estimate Labor,Original Estimate Overhead,Original Estimate Outside,Revised Estimate Material,Revised Estimate Labor,Revised Estimate Overhead,Revised Estimate Outside



Name

JEST01 Change Job Estimate CPMM



7* 30 A CO Number CO Number

8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

12 10 N Original Estimate Material Orig_Mat

13 10 N Original Estimate Labor Orig_Labor

14 10 N Original Estimate Overhead Orig_Oh

15 10 N Original Estimate Outside Orig_Out

16 10 N Revised Estimate Material Rvsd_Mat

17 10 N Revised Estimate Labor Rvsd_Labor

18 10 N Revised Estimate Overhead Rvsd_Oh

19 10 N Revised Estimate Outside Rvsd_Out

Fourth Shift Release 7.50 L – Data Import Macros

L – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

LEXP – Lot Expiration/Retest EvaluationTransactions created by the LEXP task are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available.

LMMT – Location Master

LMMT Transactions

LMMT00Add Location

Archive Record Layout"LMMT00","","","","","","Stk","Bin","Inv Cd","Location Description","Volume",”Included in MRP”,”Included in ATP”


LMMT01Change Location


Name

LMMT00 Add Location INVM

LMMT01 Change Location INVM

LMMT02 Delete Location INVM



7 6 A Stk Stk

8 12 A Bin Bin



11 10 N Volume Volume

12 1 A Included in MRP N/A

13 1 A Included in ATP N/A



Archive Record Layout"LMMT01","","","","","","Stk","Bin","Inv Cd","Location Description","Volume",”Included in MRP”,”Included in ATP”


LMMT02Delete Location

Archive Record Layout"LMMT02","","","","","","Stk","Bin"


LMST – Lot MasterThe LMST transactions use the following screen and window:

• LMST (Lot Master)

• Lot Characteristics and Attributes window

LMST Transactions



7* 6 A Stk Stk

8* 12 A Bin Bin



11 10 N Volume Volume

12 1 A Included in MRP N/A

13 1 A Included in ATP N/A



7* 6 A Stk Stk

8* 12 A Bin Bin


Name

LMST00 Add Lot LOTM

LMST01 Add New Text—Lot Master Information LOTM



Lot Characteristics and Attributes Transactions

Extended Text Transactions

LMST00Add Lot

Archive Record Layout"LMST00","","","","","","Item","","Dflt Lot","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Lot Desc","Rv","OT","Order No","Ln#","Ln# Typ","Vendor Lot",Orig Potency,Current Potency,"Lot Mfg Date","Lot Availability Date","Lot Retest Date","Lot Last Insp Date","Lot Expiration Date","","","","","","","","","","","","","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


Attach Existing Text—Lot Master Information

Change Lot Master Information

LMST02 Delete Text—Lot Master Information LOTM


Name

LMST03 Change Lot Characteristics and Attributes LOTM


Name

LMST04 Add Extended Text—Lot Master LOTM

LMST05 Change Extended Text—Lot Master LOTM

LMST06 Delete Extended Text—Lot Master LOTM



7* 30 A Item Item


10* 1 A Lot Assign Policy (ITM5) Assign_Pol

11 35 A Lot Desc Lot_Desc

12 2 A Rv Lot_Rev

13 1 A OT Order_Typ


15 3 A Ln# Ln_No




LMST01Add New Text—Lot Master Information

Attach Existing Text—Lot Master Information

Change Lot Master Information

Archive Record Layout"LMST01","","","","","","Item","Lot","","","Lot Desc","Rv","","","","","Vendor Lot",Orig Potency,Current Potency,"Lot Mfg Date","Lot Availability Date","Lot Retest Date","Lot Last Insp Date","Lot Expiration Date","","","","","","","","","","","","","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"



18 10 N Orig Potency Orig_Pot

19 10 N Current Potency Cur_Pot

20 6 D Lot Mfg Date Mfg_Date

21 6 D Lot Availability Date Avail_Dt

22 6 D Lot Retest Date Retest_Dt

23 6 D Lot Last Insp Date Insp_Dt

24 6 D Lot Expiration Date Expir_Dt

37 6 A Text No Lot_Text







7* 30 A Item Item

8* 20 A Lot Lot

11 35 A Lot Desc Lot_Desc

12 2 A Rv Lot_Rev


18 10 N Orig Potency Orig_Pot

19 10 N Current Potency Cur_Pot

20 6 D Lot Mfg Date Mfg_Date

21 6 D Lot Availability Date Avail_Dt

22 6 D Lot Retest Date Retest_Dt



LMST02Delete Text—Lot Master Information

Archive Record Layout"LMST02","","","","","","Item","Lot","","","","","","","","","",,,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",""


LMST03Change Lot Characteristics and Attributes

Archive Record Layout"LMST03","","","","","","Item","Lot","","","","","","","","","",,,"","","","","","User Def 1","User Def 2","User Def 3","User Def 4","User Def 5","User Def 6","User Def 7","User Def 8","User Def 9","User Def 10","User Def 11","User Def 12","","","","",""


23 6 D Lot Last Insp Date Insp_Dt

24 6 D Lot Expiration Date Expir_Dt

37 6 A Text No Lot_Text







7* 30 A Item Item

8* 20 A Lot Lot



7* 30 A Item Item

8* 20 A Lot Lot

25 1 A User Def1 Usr_Def_1







LMST04Add Extended Text—Lot Master

Archive Record Layout"LMST04","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Item","Lot","","","Text Message"


(text entry type) identifies what type of text messages should be entered.














10* 30 A Item Item

11* 20 A Lot Lot








016 Tab character





LMST05Change Extended Text—Lot Master

Archive Record Layout"LMST05","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Item","Lot","","","Text Message"





LMST06Delete Extended Text—Lot Master







10* 30 A Item Item

11* 20 A Lot Lot








016 Tab character






"LMST06","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Item","Lot","","","Text Message (none)"




LRRP – Labor/Resource Reporting

LRRP Transactions

LRRP00Report Labor/Resource Consumption

Archive Record Layout"LRRP00","","","","","","Employee Id","Master Account No/Resource Id","RT","IT","OS","Order No","Ln#","Pt Use","Seq",Quantity Reported






10* 30 A Item Item

11* 20 A Lot Lot

14 890 A Text Message (none) Text







Name

LRRP00 Report Labor/Resource Consumption MOMM




LSDA – Lot Size Day Analysis

LSDA Transactions

LSDA01Change Lot Size Analysis Suggests

Archive Record Layout"LSDA01","","","","","","MB","Class A Average Lot Size Day","Class B Average Lot Size Day","Class C Average Lot Size Day","Mass Maintenance Option"



7 10 A Employee Id N/A

8 20 A Master Account No/ Resource Id

Mst_Act_No; Com-ponent

9 1 A RT Rsrce_Type

10 1 A IT Issue_Type



13 3 A Ln# Ln_No

14 5 A Pt Use Pt_Use

15 3 A Seq Seqn

16 10 N Quantity Reported Issued_Qty


Name

LSDA01 Change Lot Size Analysis Suggests OPFM

LSDA02 Change Lot Size Multiple Detail OPFM

LSDA03 Load All Data for OPFM OPFM



7* 1 A MB N/A

8 3 N Class A Average Lot Size Day

N/A

9 3 N Class B Average Lot Size Day

N/A



Field 11, (Mass Maintenance Option), indicates the option selected to be run from the Mass Maintenance menu for Lot Size Days. The options are:

LSDA02Change Lot Size Multiple Detail

Archive Record Layout"LSDA02","","","","","","MB","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (0)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (0)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (0)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (100)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (100)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (100)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (500)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (500)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (500)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (1000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (1000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (1000)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (5000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (5000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (5000)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (10000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (10000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (10000)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (50000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (50000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (50000)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (100000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (100000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (100000)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (500000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (500000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (500000)","Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (1000000)","Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (1000000)","Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (100000)","Mass Maintenance Option"


10 3 N Class C Average Lot Size Day

N/A


Setting Description

1 Save Item Suggested Values

2 Save Item Import Values

3 Reset Item Import Values

4 Update Monthly Ananlysis



7* 1 A MB N/A

8 7 N Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (0) N/A

9 7 N Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (0) N/A

10 7 N Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (0) N/A


12 7 N Lot Size Multiple 25 - 49 (100)

N/A







N/A




N/A

19 7 N Lot Size Multiple >= 50 (1000)

N/A



N/A


N/A

23 7 N Lot Size Multiple 1 -24 (10000)

N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A


N/A




Field 38, (Mass Maintenance Option), indicates the option selected to be run from the Mass Maintenance menu for Lot Size Multiples. The options are:

LSDA03Load All Data for OPFMThe LSDA03 transaction is used for audit trail purposes. The transaction must be reentered manually using the LSDA screen.

Archive Record Layout"LSDA03","","","","","","Default Setup Option"


Field 7, (Default Setup Option), indicates the option selected to be run from the Default Setup menu. The option is:

LTCF – Lot Trace/Serialization Configuration

LTCF Transactions


N/A


Setting Description

1 Save Item Suggested Values

2 Save Item Import Values

3 Reset Item Import Values



7 1 A Default Setup Option N/A

Setting Description

1 Load All Data for OPFM


Name

LTCF01 Change Lot Trace Configuration LOTM




LTCF01Change Lot Trace Configuration

Archive Record Layout"LTCF01","","","","","","Allow Duplicate Lot Numbers on Different Items","Enforce Incoming Inspection Required","Carry Item Lot Trace Text Forward to Lot Master","Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Print Lot Numbers on Packing List","Print Lot Numbers on Invoice","Print Serial Numbers on Packing List","Print Serial Numbers on Invoice","Last Global Lot Counter","Last History File","History File Designator","(history offloaded Y/N)"




7 1 A Allow Duplicate Lot Numbers on Different Items

N/A

8 1 A Enforce Incoming Inspection Required

N/A

9 1 A Carry Item Lot Trace Text Forward to Lot Master

N/A

10 10 A Usr Def 1 D_Usr_DF1












22 1 A Print Lot Numbers on Pack-ing List

N/A

23 1 A Print Lot Numbers on Invoice N/A

24 1 A Print Serial Numbers on Packing List

N/A

25 1 A Print Serial Numbers on Invoice

N/A

26 10 A Last Global Lot Counter N/A

27 4 A Last History File N/A



(history offloaded Y/N) indicates whether lot trace/serialization history information has been offloaded The history types are:

28 1 A History File Designator Hist_Des

29* 1 A (history offloaded Y/N) N/A

History Type Description

Y history offloaded

N no history offloaded


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 M – Data Import Macros

M – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

MCCF – Multi-Currency Configuration

MCCF Transactions

MCCF01Change Multi-Currency Configuration (first change)

Archive Record Layout"MCCF01","","","","","","","Euro Currency Code","Consolidation Currency Code","Rounding Gain Master Account Number","Rounding Loss Master Account Number","Accounts Receivable Variance Master Account Number","Variance Basis","Purchasing Variance Master Account Number","Accounts Payable Variance Master Account Number","Banking Variance Master Account Number"



Name

MCCF01 Change Multi-Currency Configuration (first change) MCMM

MCCF02 Change Multi-Currency Configuration (subsequent changes) MCMM



8 5 A Euro Currency Code N/A

9 5 A Consolidation Currency Code N/A

10 20 A Rounding Gain Master Account Number

N/A

11 20 A Rounding Loss Master Account Number

N/A

12 20 A Accounts Receivable Vari-ance Master Account Num-ber

N/A

13* 1 A Variance Basis N/A

14 20 A Purchasing Variance Master Account Number

N/A

15 20 A Accounts Payable Variance Master Account Number

N/A

16 20 A Banking Variance Master Account Number

N/A



MCCF02Change Multi-Currency Configuration (subsequent changes)

Archive Record Layout"MCCF02","","","","","","","Euro Currency Code (protected from changes)","Consolidation Currency Code","Rounding Gain Master Account Number","Rounding Loss Master Account Number","Accounts Receivable Variance Master Account Number","Variance Basis","Purchasing Variance Master Account Number","Accounts Payable Variance Master Account Number","Banking Variance Master Account Number"


MCST – Manufacturing Order Cost AnalysisTransactions created by the MCST screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. These transactions can be recovered but require some internal tracking information available only after the transaction is completed. Import transactions should not be created for these transactions.

MCST Transactions



8 5 A Euro Currency Code (pro-tected from changes)

N/A

9 5 A Consolidation Currency Code N/A

10 20 A Rounding Gain Master Account Number

N/A

11 20 A Rounding Loss Master Account Number

N/A

12 20 A Accounts Receivable Vari-ance Master Account Num-ber

N/A

13* 1 A Variance Basis N/A

14 20 A Purchasing Variance Master Account Number

N/A

15 20 A Accounts Payable Variance Master Account Number

N/A

16 20 A Banking Variance Master Account Number

N/A


Name

MCST01 Change Manufacturing Order Costs PRCM



MCST01Change Manufacturing Order CostsThe MCST01 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. This transaction contains system generated fields that can not be entered through the user interface. Therefore, this transaction is used in system recovery but can not be included in data import.

MOAN – Planner Action

MOAN Transactions

MOAN01Change Planner Action Message

Archive Record Layout"MOAN01","","","","","","Plnr","Msg Code (old)","","Item (old)","","MO/CO Number (old)","MO/CO Number (new)","Ln# (old)","","Cust Id/Gateway WC","Ln# Sta (old)","Ln# Sta (new)","","Ln# Typ (new)",Open/Suggested Order Qty,"Sched Date","(order number from mask)"



Name

MOAN01 Change Planner Action Message MOMM

MOAN02 Delete Planner Action Message MOMM



7* 3 A Plnr Plnr

8* 3 A Msg Code (old) Old_Msg

10* 30 A Item (old) Old_Item

12* 30 A MO/CO Number (old) Old_MO_No; CO_Number

13 30 A MO/CO Number (new) New_MO_No; CO_Number

14* 3 A Ln# (old) Old_Ln

16 12 A Cust Id/Gateway WC Cust Id; Gateway_WC

17* 1 A Ln# Sta (old) Old_Ln_Sta

18 1 A Ln# Sta (new) New_Ln_Sta

20 1 A Ln# Typ (new) New_Ln_Typ

21 10 N Open/Suggested Order Qty N/A

22 6 D Sched Date Sched_Date



MOAN02Delete Planner Action Message

Archive Record Layout"MOAN02","","","","","","Plnr","Msg Code (old)","","Item (old)","","MO/CO Number (old)","","Ln# (old)","","","","","","",,"","(order number from mask)"


MOCF – Manufacturing ConfigurationMOCF01

Archive Record Layout"MOCF01","","","","","","Autoclose Manufacturing Orders","Manufacturing Order Autoclose Tolerance","Over Receipt Enforcement for Manufacturing Order","Manufacturing Order Over Receipt Tolerance","MO Standard Cost Enforcement for No Standard Cost Exists", "MO Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost equals Zero", "MO Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for No Standard Cost Exists","MO Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost equals Zero"


23 1 A (order number from mask) N/A



7* 3 A Plnr Plnr


10* 30 A Item (old) Old_Item

12* 30 A MO/CO Number (old) Old_MO_No; CO_Number





7 1 A Autoclose Manufacturing Orders

N/A

8 5 N Manufacturing Order Auto-close Tolerance Percentage

N/A

9 1 A Over Receipt Enforcement for Manufacturing Order

N/A

10 5 N Manufacturing Order Over Receipt Tolerance

N/A



MOMT – Manufacturing OrderThe MOMT transactions use the following screens:

• MOMT (Manufacturing Order)

• Manufacturing Order Line Item Detail

MOMT Transactions

11 1 A Mo Standard Cost Enforce-ment for No Standard Cost Exists

N/A

12 1 A Mo Standard Cost Enforce-ment for Standard Cost Equals Zero

N/A

13 1 A Mo Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for No Standard Cost Exists

N/A

14 1 A Mo Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost Equals Zero

N/A


Name

MOMT00 Add MO Header MOMM

Add New Text—MO Header

MOMT01 Add New Text—MO Header MOMM

MOMT02 Delete Text—MO Header MOMM

MOMT03 Add MO Header MOMM

Attach Existing Text—MO Header

MOMT04 Attach Existing Text—MO Header MOMM

Change MO Header

MOMT05 Delete Manufacturing Order MOMM

MOMT06 Add MO Line Item MOMM

MOMT07 Change MO Line Item MOMM

MOMT08 Delete MO Line Item MOMM

MOMT13 Delete Planner Action Message—PMO (Print Manufacturing Order)

MOMM



Manufacturing Order Line Item Detail Transactions

MOMT00Add MO Header

Add New Text—MO Header

Archive Record Layout"MOMT00","","","","","","","MO Number","Plnr","","Gateway WC","Deliver to","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","(order number from mask)"


MOMT01Add New Text—MO Header

Archive Record Layout"MOMT01","","","","","","","MO Number","","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"



Name

MOMT10 Add New Text—MO Line Item MOMM

Attach Existing Text—MO Line Item

MOMT12 Delete Text—MO Line Item MOMM



8* 30 A MO Number MO_Number

9 3 A Plnr Plnr


12 20 A Deliver to Deliver_to











MOMT02Delete Text—MO Header

Archive Record Layout"MOMT02","","","","","","","MO Number","","","","",""


MOMT03Add MO Header

Attach Existing Text—MO Header

Archive Record Layout"MOMT03","","","","","","","MO Number","Plnr","","Gateway WC","Deliver to","Text No","","","","", "(order number from mask)"


MOMT04Attach Existing Text—MO Header

Change MO Header

Archive Record Layout"MOMT04","","","","","","","MO Number","Plnr","","Gateway WC","Deliver to","Text No"











9 3 A Plnr Plnr








MOMT05Delete Manufacturing Order

Archive Record Layout"MOMT05","","","","","","","MO Number","","","","",""


MOMT06Add MO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"MOMT06","","","","","","","MO Number","","Order Qty","","Ln# Sta","Ln# Typ (new)","","Item","Start Date","Sched Date"





9 3 A Plnr Plnr









8 30 A MO Number MO_Number

10 10 N Order Qty Order_Qty


13 1 A Ln# Typ (new) N/A

15 30 A Item Item





MOMT07Change MO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"MOMT07","","","","","","","MO Number","Ln#",”Order Qty,"","Ln# Sta","","Ln# Typ (old)","Item","Start Date","Sched Date"


MOMT08Delete MO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"MOMT08","","","","","","","MO Number","Ln#",,"","","","Ln# Typ (old)","Item","",""


MOMT10Add New Text—MO Line Item

Attach Existing Text—MO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"MOMT10","","","","","","Item","MO Number","Ln#","Ln# Typ","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



14* 1 A Ln# Typ (old) Old_Ln_Typ

15* 30 A Item Item






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


15* 30 A Item Item




MOMT12Delete Text—MO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"MOMT12","","","","","","Item","MO Number","Ln#","Ln# Typ","","","","",""


MOMT13Delete Planner Action Message—PMO (Print Manufacturing Order)The MOMT13 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"MOMT13","","","","","","","MO Number","Ln#",""




7* 30 A Item Item


9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No









7* 30 A Item Item


9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





MORV – MO Receipt/Reverse Ln# SelectionThe MORV transactions use the following screens and window:

• MORV (MO Receipt/Reverse Ln# Selection)

• Manufacturing Order Receipt/Reverse (receipt)

• Manufacturing Order Receipt/Reverse (reverse receipt)


The MORV transactions use the Manufacturing Order Receipt/Reverse screen to initiate a receipt or reverse receipt transaction. The Item Lot Receipt is used to receive lot-traced items.

MORV Transactions

The MORV screens vary based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Lot field is displayed.


MORV00Receive MO Line Item

Reverse Receive MO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"MORV00","","","","","","MO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity Recvd/Quantity to Reverse,"UM",Move Qty/Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code/RC",Move Qty/Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code/RC",Move Qty/Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC",,"Insp Code/RC","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Line Item Closure Requested","Remark","","Item",,"","(new lot Y/N)","Lot Assign Policy","Dflt Lot","Lot","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev","Current Potency %","Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


Name

MORV00 Receive MO Line Item MOMM

MORV00 Reverse Receive MO Line Item MOMM






8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


10 10 N Quantity Recvd; Quantity to Reverse

Qty_Recvd; Qty_2_Rvrs

11 4 A UM UM

12 10 N Move Qty; Qty by Loc Move_Qty1; Rvrsd_Qty1

13 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1

15 1 A IC IC1

17 1 A Insp Code;RC Insp_Code1; Reason_Cod1


19 6 A Stk Stk2

20 12 A Bin Bin2

21 1 A IC IC2

23 1 A Insp Code; RC Insp_Code2; Reason_Cod2


25 6 A Stk Stk3

26 12 A Bin Bin3

27 1 A IC IC3

29 1 A Insp Code; RC Insp_Code3; Reason_Cod3




38* 30 A Item Item

41* 1 A (new lot Y/N) N/A



44 20 A Lot Lot







48 6 D Availability Date Avail_Date


50 6 D Expiration Date Expir_Date

51 2 A Rev Rev






















null item is not lot-traced



MPED – Order Maintain EDI Partner Data

MPED Transactions

MPED00Add EDI Partner Data

Archive Record Layout"MPED00","","","","","","Partner","","","","","Cust Id","Ship Id","Vend Id","Txn","Int","Csr","Dsp", "Ptxt"


MPED01Change EDI Partner Data

Archive Record Layout"MPED01","","","","","","Partner","Cust Id (old)","Ship Id (old)","","Txn(old)","Cust Id (new)","Ship Id (new)","Vend Id (new)","Txn (new)","Int","Csr","Dsp","Ptxt"


Name

MPED00 Add EDI Partner Data EDIM

MPED01 Change EDI Partner Data EDIM

MPED02 Delete EDI Partner Data EDIM

MPED03 Change EDI Partner Data Inbound Detail EDIM

MPED04 Change EDI Partner Data Outbound Detail EDIM



7 14 A Partner N/A

12 13 A Cust Id N/A

13 13 A Ship Id N/A

14 13 A Vend Id N/A

15 6 A Txn N/A

16 1 A Int N/A

17 3 A Csr N/A

18 1 A Dsp N/A

19 1 A Ptxt N/A




MPED02Delete EDI Partner Data

Archive Record Layout"MPED02","","","","","","Partner","Cust Id","Ship Id","","Txn"


MPED03Change EDI Partner Data Inbound Detail

Archive Record Layout"MPED03","","","","","","Partner","Cust Id","Ship Id","","Txn","Cvt Txn","Bgn Hzn","End Hzn","Auto Rels","Auto Open","Open Fcst","Zero Qty","Send Ack","Ack Typ","Net Qty","Net Tqty","Use Sdp","Sdp Fwd","Sdp Pc","Grp Txn","Grp Qty","Price Src","Name","Po Date Type","Co Date Type","Co Tr Lt","Delivery Loc Import"



7* 14 A Partner N/A

8* 13 A Cust Id (old) N/A

9* 13 A Ship Id (old) N/A

11* 6 A Txn (old) N/A

12 13 A Cust Id (new) N/A

13 13 A Ship Id (new) N/A

14 13 A Vend Id (new) N/A

15 6 A Txn (new) N/A

16 1 A Int N/A

17 3 A Csr N/A

18 1 A Dsp N/A

19 1 A Ptxt N/A



7* 14 A Partner N/A

8* 13 A Cust Id N/A

9* 13 A Ship Id N/A

11* 6 A Txn N/A




MPED04Change EDI Partner Data Outbound Detail

Archive Record Layout"MPED04","","","","","","Partner","Cust Id","Ship Id","","Txn","Asn Format/Style","Invoice Options","Cum Ship","Data Coll","Packing List Fmt","Edi Std","Version","Bar C Ode Label Fmt","Edi Test Mode","Default Shipping Stk","Default Shipping Bin","Address Ty","Address



7* 14 A Partner N/A

8* 13 A Cust Id N/A

9* 13 A Ship Id N/A

11* 6 A Txn N/A

12 1 A Cvt Txn N/A

13 3 N Bgn Hzn N/A

14 3 N End Hzn N/A

15 3 N Auto Rels N/A

16 3 N Auto Open N/A

17 1 A Open Fcst N/A

18 1 A Zero Qty N/A

19 1 A Send Ack N/A

20 1 A Ack Typ N/A

21 1 A Net Qty N/A

22 1 A Net Tqty N/A

23 1 A Use Sdp N/A

24 1 A Sdp Fwd N/A

25 1 A Sdp Pc N/A

26 1 A Grp Txn N/A

27 1 A Grp Qty N/A

28 1 A Price Src N/A

29 15 A Name N/A

30 1 A Po Date Type N/A

31 1 A Co Date Type N/A

32 2 N Co Tr Lt N/A

33 1 A Delivery Loc Import N/A



Cd","Address Id","Address Ty2","Address Cd2","Address Id2","Address Ty3","Address Cd3","Address Id3","Address Ty4","Address Cd4","Address Id4","Address Ty5","Address Cd5","Address Id5","830 Release Weeks","830 Forecast Weeks","Exclude From Batch","Over Ride Si","Over Ride Ti","Over Ride Oi","Over Ride Ii","Over Ride Pi"




7* 14 A Partner N/A

8* 13 A Cust Id N/A

9* 13 A Ship Id N/A

11* 6 A Txn N/A

12 14 A Asn Format/Style N/A

13 1 A Invoice Options N/A

14 1 A Cum Ship N/A

15 1 A Data Coll N/A

16 2 A Packing List Fmt N/A

17 1 A Edi Std N/A

18 12 A Version N/A

19 2 A Bar C Ode Label Fmt N/A

20 1 A Edi Test Mode N/A

21 6 A Default Shipping Stk N/A

22 12 A Default Shipping Bin N/A

23 2 A Address Ty N/A

24 2 A Address Cd N/A

25 17 A Address Id N/A

26 2 A Address Ty2 N/A

27 2 A Address Cd2 N/A

28 17 A Address Id2 N/A











MSCF – Message Configuration

MSCF Transactions

Message Configuration Detail Transactions

MSCF01Change Message Configuration

Archive Record Layout"MSCF01","","","","","","B/P/C","Buyr/Plnr/CSR","Name","Gen (ACK Msg Code)","","Gen (ATP Msg Code)","","Gen (BIL Msg Code)","","Gen (CAN Msg Code)","","Gen (CCL Msg Code)","","Gen (CLO Msg Code)","","Gen (CLX Msg Code)","","Gen (CMS Msg Code)","","Gen (CRH Msg Code)","","Gen (CRL Msg Code)","","Gen (CRV Msg Code)","","Gen (CRW Msg Code)","","Gen (IBQ Msg Code)","","Gen (IPP Msg Code)","","Gen (MOP Msg Code)","","Gen (MSO Msg Code)","","Gen (OBS Msg Code)","","Gen (OFR Msg Code)","","Gen (OPD Msg Code)","Detail (OPD Msg Code)","Gen (OPQ Msg Code)","","Gen (PHO Msg Code)","","Gen (PIK Msg Code)","","Gen (PLF Msg Code)","","Gen (PMO Msg Code)","","Gen (PPL Msg Code)","","Gen (PPO Msg Code)","","Gen (RCO Msg Code)","","Gen (REL Msg Code)","","Gen (ROT Msg Code)","","Gen (RPO Msg Code)","","Gen (RPS Msg Code)","","Gen (SCB Msg Code)","","Gen (SCH Msg Code)","Detail (SCH Msg Code)","","Gen (SCQ Msg Code)","","Gen (SHP Msg Code)","","Gen (UBF Msg Code)","","Valid For OPFM"


38 3 N 830 Release Weeks N/A

39 3 N 830 Forecast Weeks N/A

40 1 A Exclude From Batch N/A

41 1 A Over Ride Si N/A

42 1 A Over Ride Ti N/A

43 1 A Over Ride Oi N/A

44 1 A Over Ride Ii N/A

45 1 A Over Ride Pi N/A


Name

MSCF01 Change Message Configuration SYSM


Name

MSCF02 Change Message Configuration Detail SYSM







7* 1 A B/P/C N/A

8* 3 A Buyr/Plnr/CSR Buyr; Plnr; CSR

9 25 A Name N/A

10 1 A Gen (ACK Msg Code) N/A

12 1 A Gen (ATP Msg Code) N/A

14 1 A Gen (BIL Msg Code) N/A

16 1 A Gen (CAN Msg Code) N/A

18 1 A Gen (CCL Msg Code) N/A

20 1 A Gen (CLO Msg Code) N/A

22 1 A Gen (CLX Msg Code) N/A

24 1 A Gen (CMS Msg Code) N/A

26 1 A Gen (CRH Msg Code) N/A

28 1 A Gen (CRL Msg Code) N/A

30 1 A Gen (CRV Msg Code) N/A

32 1 A Gen (CRW Msg Code) N/A

34 1 A Gen (IBQ Msg Code) N/A

36 1 A Gen (IPP Msg Code) N/A

38 1 A Gen (MOP Msg Code) N/A

40 1 A Gen (MSO Msg Code) N/A

42 1 A Gen (OBS Msg Code) N/A

44 1 A Gen (OFR Msg Code) N/A

46 1 A Gen (OPD Msg Code) N/A

47 1 A Detail (OPD Msg Code) N/A

48 1 A Gen (OPQ Msg Code) N/A

50 1 A Gen (PHO Msg Code) N/A

52 1 A Gen (PIK Msg Code) N/A

54 1 A Gen (PLF Msg Code) N/A

56 1 A Gen (PMO Msg Code) N/A

58 1 A Gen (PPL Msg Code) N/A

60 1 A Gen (PPO Msg Code) N/A

62 1 A Gen (RCO Msg Code) N/A

64 1 A Gen (REL Msg Code) N/A



MSCF02Change Message Configuration Detail

Archive Record Layout"MSCF02","","","","","","B/P/C","Buyr/Plnr/CSR","Msg Code","Days Early","Days Late","Value Early"


MSMT – Master Schedule Maintenance

MSMT Transactions

66 1 A Gen (ROT Msg Code) N/A

68 1 A Gen (RPO Msg Code) N/A

70 1 A Gen (RPS Msg Code) N/A

72 1 A Gen (SCB Msg Code) N/A

74 1 A Gen (SCH Msg Code) N/A

75 1 A Detail (SCH Msg Code) N/A

76 1 A Gen (SCQ Msg Code) N/A

78 1 A Gen (SHP Msg Code) N/A

80 1 A Gen (UBF Msg Code) N/A

82 1 A Valid For OPFM N/A



7* 1 A B/P/C N/A

8* 3 A Buyr/Plnr/CSR Buyr; Plnr; CSR

9 3 A Msg Code Msg

10 3 N Days Early Days_Early

11 3 N Days Late Days_Late

12 10 N Value Early N/A


Name

MSMT00 Add Master Schedule Order MRPM

MSMT01 Change Master Schedule Order MRPM

MSMT02 Delete Master Schedule Order MRPM



MSMT00Add Master Schedule Order

Archive Record Layout"MSMT00","","","","","","","","Order No","","","Item","Sched Date (new)",Order Quantity,"Ln# Sta","ODB Flag","Ln# Typ (new)","Buyr/Plnr","Cust Id/Vendor Id/Gateway WC","(order number from mask)"

Required Transaction Fields2

MSMT01Change Master Schedule Order

Archive Record Layout"MSMT01","","","","","","","Sched Date (old)","Order No","Ln#","Ln# Typ (old)","Item","Sched Date (new)",Order Quantity,"Ln# Sta","ODB Flag","Ln# Typ (new)","Buyr/Plnr","Cust Id/Vendor Id/Gateway WC"





12* 30 A Item Item

13 6 D Sched Date (new) Sched_Date

14 10 N Order Quantity Order_Qty


16 1 A ODB Flag ODB_Flag


18 3 A Buyr/Plnr Buyr; Plnr

19 12 A Cust Id; Vendor Id; Gateway WC

Cust_Id; Vendor_Id; Gateway_WC




8* 6 D Sched Date (old) Old_Sched

9* 15 A Order No Order_No

10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12* 30 A Item Item

13 6 D Sched Date (new) New_Schd



MSMT02Delete Master Schedule Order

Archive Record Layout"MSMT02","","","","","","","Sched Date (old)","Order No","Ln#","Ln# Typ (old)","Item","",,"","","","",""


14 10 N Order Quantity Order_Qty


16 1 A ODB Flag ODB_Flag


18 3 A Buyr/Plnr Buyr; Plnr

19 12 A Cust Id; Vendor Id; Gateway WC

Cust_Id; Vendor_Id; Gateway_WC



8* 6 D Sched Date (old) Old_Sched

9* 15 A Order No Order_No

10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12* 30 A Item Item


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 N – Data Import Macros

N – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

NMTA – National Motor Freight Code TableThe NMTA transactions use the following screen and window:

• NMTA (National Motor Freight Code Table)

• Article Description window

NMTA Transactions

Article Description Transactions

NMTA00Add NMFC Item

Archive Record Layout"NMTA00","","","","","","NMFC Item","Sub","Article Description","LTL Class","TL Class","HM","MW"



Names

NMTA00 Add NMFC Item SHPM

NMTA01 Change NMFC Item SHPM

NMTA02 Delete NMFC Item SHPM


Name

NMTA01 Change NMFC Item SHPM



7 6 A NMFC Item NMFC_Item

8 2 A Sub NMFC_Sub

9 50 A Article Descripton NMFC_Desc1

10 5 A LTL Class LTL_Class

11 5 A TL Class TL_Class

12 1 A HM Hazard –


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 N – Data Import Macros

NMTA01Change NMFC Item

Archive Record Layout"NMTA01","","","","","","NMFC Item","Sub","Article Description", "(description 2)","(description 3)","(description 4)","Released/Actual Value",Value Exceeding,Value Not Exceeding,"Per","LTL Class","TL Class","HM","MW"


NMTA02Delete NMFC Item

Archive Record Layout"NMTA02","","","","","","NMFC Item","Sub","","","","","","","","","","",""


13 2 A MW Min_Weight



7* 6 A NMFC Item NMFC_Item

8* 2 A Sub NMFC_Sub

9 50 A Article Descripton NMFC_Desc1

10 50 A (description 2) NMFC_Desc2



13 1 A Released/Actual Value Rel_or_Act

14 10 N Value Exceeding Exceeding

15 10 N Value Not Exceeding Not_Exc –

16 10 A Per Per_Unit

17 5 A LTL Class LTL_Class

18 5 A TL Class TL_Class

19 1 A HM Hazard –

20 2 A MW Min_Weight



7* 6 A NMFC Item NMFC_Item

8* 2 A Sub NMFC_Sub


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 O – Data Import Macros

O – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

OACF – Order Number Assignment Configuration

OACF Transactions

OACF00Add Order Number Mask

Archive Record Layout"OACF00","","","","","","Order Type","Order Mask","Last Used Counter"


OACF01Change Order Number Mask

Archive Record Layout"OACF01","","","","","","Order Type","Order Mask (old)","Order Mask (new)","Last Used Counter"



Names

OACF00 Add Order Number Mask SYSM

OACF01 Change Order Number Mask SYSM

OACF02 Change Order Number Mask SYSM

OACF03 Change Order Number Mask Configuration SYSM



7* 1 A Order Type Order_Type

8 30 A Order Mask Order_Msk

9 30 A Last Used Counter Last_Cntr




8* 30 A Order Mask (old) N/A



OACF02Change Order Number Mask

Archive Record Layout"OACF02","","","","","","Order Type","Order Mask"


OACF03Change Order Number Mask Configuration

Archive Record Layout"OACF03","","","","","","Order Type","Order Mask Only","Daily Reset","Last Assigned Date"


9 30 A Order Mask (new) Order_Msk

10 30 A Last Used Counter Last_Cntr




8* 30 A Order Mask Order_Msk




8 1 A Order Mask Only CO_Mskonly; MO_Mskonly; PO_Mskonly

9 1 A Daily Reset CO_Reset; M CO_Reset; P CO_Reset

10 6 D Last Assigned Date CO_Last_Dt; MO_Last_Dt; PO_Last_Dt




OPCF – Operations Performance Configuration

OPCF Transactions

OPCF01Change Operations Performance Configuration

Archive Record Layout"OPCF01","","","","","","Month","Month (year)","Inventory Accuracy","Bill of Material Accuracy","Item Responsibility Assigned","Lead Times Assigned","Standard Costs Assigned","Practical Schedules Planned","Rel Orders Sched When Needed","Planned Shipments Not Past Due","Inventory Accuracy (2)","Bill of Material Accuracy (2)","Item Responsibility Assigned (2)","Lead Times Assigned (2)","Standard Costs Assigned (2)","Practical Schedules Planned (2)","Rel Orders Sched When Needed (2)","Planned Shipments Not Past Due (2)","Inventory Accuracy (3)","Bill of Material Accuracy (3)","Item Responsibility Assigned (3)","Lead Times Assigned (3)","Standard Costs Assigned (3)","Practical Schedules Planned (3)","Rel Orders Sched When Needed (3)","Planned Shipments Not Past Due (3)","Inventory Accuracy (4)","Bill of Material Accuracy (4)","Item Responsibility Assigned (4)","Lead Times Assigned (4)","Standard Costs Assigned (4)","Practical Schedules Planned (4)","Rel Orders Sched When Needed (4)","Planned Shipments Not Past Due (4)","Inventory Accuracy (5)","Bill of Material Accuracy (5)","Item Responsibility Assigned (5)","Lead Times Assigned (5)","Standard Costs Assigned (5)","Practical Schedules Planned (5)","Rel Orders Sched When Needed (5)","Planned Shipments Not Past Due (5)","Inventory Accuracy (6)","Bill of Material Accuracy (6)","Item Responsibility Assigned (6)","Lead Times Assigned (6)","Standard Costs Assigned (6)","Practical Schedules Planned (6)","Rel Orders Sched When Needed (6)","Planned Shipments Not Past Due (6)"



Name

OPCF01 Change Operations Performance Configuration OPFM

OPCF02 Change Operations Performance Configuration Detail OPFM



7* 2 N Month N/A

8* 2 N Month (year) N/A

9 3 N Inventory Accuracy N/A

10 3 N Bill of Material Accuracy N/A

11 3 N Item Responsibility Assigned N/A

12 3 N Lead Times Assigned N/A

13 3 N Standard Costs Assigned N/A

14 3 N Practical Schedules Planned N/A



15 3 N Rel Orders Sched When Needed

N/A

16 3 N Planned Shipments Not Past Due

N/A

17 3 N Inventory Accuracy (2) N/A

18 3 N Bill of Material Accuracy (2) N/A

19 3 N Item Responsibility Assigned (2)

N/A

20 3 N Lead Times Assigned (2) N/A

21 3 N Standard Costs Assigned (2) N/A

22 3 N Practical Schedules Planned (2)

N/A

23 3 N Rel Orders Sched When Needed (2)

N/A

24 3 N Planned Shipments Not Past Due (2)

N/A




N/A




N/A


N/A


N/A




N/A




N/A


N/A


N/A




Note: Field #7 and 8 are in reverse order (year, month) when Date and Number Format = C or S on the CNFG (System Installation Setup) screen.

OPCF02Change Operations Performance Configuration Detail

Archive Record Layout"OPCF02","","","","","","ABC Item Class Field","Measurement Type","BOM Material Usage Tolerance Percentage","Lead Time Assigned Item Type Resource","Lead Time Assigned Item Type Tool","Lead Time Assigned Item Type Reference","Lead Time Assigned Item Status Obsolete","Lead Time Assigned Item Status Phase Out","Standard Costs Assigned Item Type Resource","Standard Costs Assigned Item Type Tool","Standard Costs Assigned Item Type Reference","Release Order Shop Days Early","Release Order Shop Days Late","Planned Shipments Calendar Days Late","On-Time Shipments Calendar Days Early","On-Time Shipments Calendar Days Late","Number of Equivalent Full Time Buyers","Practical Number of Messages/Buyer/Day","Number of Equivalent Full Time Planners","Practical Number of Messages/Planner/Day","Current Month","Current Year"




N/A




N/A


N/A


N/A




N/A




N/A


N/A


N/A







7 1 N ABC Item Class Field N/A

8 1 A Measurement Type N/A

9 5 N BOM Material Usage Toler-ance Percentage

N/A

10 1 A Lead Time Assigned Item Type Resource

N/A

11 1 A Lead Time Assigned Item Type Tool

N/A

12 1 A Lead Time Assigned Item Type Reference

N/A

13 1 A Lead Time Assigned Item Status Obsolete

N/A

14 1 A Lead Time Assigned Item Status Phase Out

N/A

15 1 A Standard Costs Assigned Item Type Resource

N/A

16 1 A Standard Costs Assigned Item Type Tool

N/A

17 1 A Standard Costs Assigned Item Type Reference

N/A

18 3 N Release Order Shop Days Early

N/A

19 3 N Release Order Shop Days Late

N/A

20 3 N Planned Shipments Calen-dar Days Late

N/A

21 3 N On-Time Shipments Calen-dar Days Early

N/A

22 3 N On-Time Shipments Calen-dar Days Late

N/A

23 4 N Number of Equivalent Full Time Buyers

N/A

24 3 N Practical Number of Mes-sages/Buyer/Day

N/A

25 4 N Number of Equivalent Full Time Planners

N/A

26 3 N Practical Number of Mes-sages/Planner/Day

N/A

27 2 A Current Month N/A



Note: Field #27 and 28 are in reverse order (year, month) when Date and Number Format = C or S on the CNFG (System Installation Setup) screen.

OPMA – Operations Performance Configuration

OPMA Transactions

OPMA01Change Operations Performance Monthly Analysis Data

Archive Record Layout"OPMA01","","","","","","Monthly Analysis Date","Class A NBR of Counts","Class A Counts in Tolerance","Class B NBR of Counts","Class B Counts in Tolerance","Class C NBR of Counts","Class C Counts in Tolerance","Bill of Material Accuracy Percentage","Net Sales","Cost of Sales","Operating Expenses","Inventory Balance"


28 2 A Current Year N/A


Name

OPMA01 Change Operations Performance Monthly Analysis Data OPFM

OPMA02 Operations Performance Monthly Analysis OPFM



7* 6 D Monthly Analysis Date N/A

8 7 N Class A NBR of Counts N/A

9 7 N Class A Counts in Tolerance N/A

10 7 N Class B NBR of Counts N/A

11 7 N Class B Counts in Tolerance N/A

12 7 N Class C NBR of Counts N/A

13 7 N Class C Counts in Tolerance N/A

14 3 N Bill of Material Accuracy Per-centage

N/A

15 14 N Net Sales N/A

16 14 N Cost of Sales N/A

17 14 N Operating Expenses N/A




OPMA02Operations Performance Monthly Analysis

Archive Record Layout"OPMA02","","","","","","Monthly Analysis Date","Close Current Month Y/N?"


OPSL – Option Selection

OPSL Transactions

OPSL00Use the CPMT02 transaction to perform option selection transactions.

OPSL01Transactions created by the OPSL01 transaction are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not needed. Use the CPMT02 transaction to perform option selection transactions.

OVAR – Close Order Analysis/Order VarianceTransactions created by the OVAR task are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available.

18 14 N Inventory Balance N/A



7* 6 D Monthly Analysis Date N/A

8 1 A Close Current Month Y/N? N/A


Name

OPSL00 Select Option for Custom Configuration CPMM

OPSL01 Complete Custom Configuration (CTRL+ENTER) CPMM



Fourth Shift Release 7.50 P – Data Import Macros

P – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

PASS – Password MaintenanceTransactions created by the PASS screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available.

PBCF – Advanced Price Book Configuration

PBCF Transactions

PBCF01Change Price Book Configuration

Archive Record Layout"PBCF01","","","","","","Decimal Places","Display Within Days","Selectable Within Days","Deselect Expedite Fee","Any Price Break","Match Price Book Preference","Base Price Book Effectivity On","Disable Customer In-Effectivity","Disable Customer Out-Effectivity"



Name

PBCF01 Change Price Book Configuration APBM



7 1 N Decimal Places N/A

8 2 N Display Within Days N/A

9 2 N Selectable Within Days N/A

10 1 A Deselect Expedite Fee N/A

11 1 A Any Price Break N/A

12 1 A Match Price Book Preference N/A

13 1 A Base Price Book Effectivity On

N/A

14 1 A Disable Customer In-Effectiv-ity

N/A

15 1 A Disable Customer Out-Effec-tivity

N/A



PBMT – Price Book Master

PBMT Transactions

PBMT00Add Price Book

Archive Record Layout"PBMT00","","","","","","Price Book","","","Description","Effectivity In","Effectivity Out","Pb Typ"


PBMT01Change Price Book

Archive Record Layout"PBMT01","","","","","","Price Book","","","Description","Effectivity In","Effectivity Out"


Name

PBMT00 Add Price Book

PBMT01 Change Price Book

PBMT02 Delete Price Book

PBMT03 Add Breakpoint

PBMT04 Change Breakpoint

PBMT05 Delete Breakpoint

PBMT06 Add Price Book Content

PBMT07 Delete Price Book Content

PBMT08 Add Breakpoint on Content Line

PBMT09 Change Breakpoint on Content Line

PBMT10 Delete Breakpoint on Content Line



7 15 A Price Book Price_Book

10 35 A Description Price_Desc



13 15 A Pb Typ Pb_Type




PBMT02Delete Price Book

Archive Record Layout"PBMT02","","","","","","Price Book"


PBMT03Add Breakpoint

Archive Record Layout"PBMT03","","","","","","Price Book","","","Breakpoint From","Breakpoint Thru","Price","Price Basis","Lead Time","Expedite Price","Expedite Basis"





10 35 A Description Price_Desc









10 10 N Breakpoint From Qty_From

11 10 N Breakpoint Thru Qty_To

12 16 N Price Price

13 1 A Price Basis Pric_Basis; Multi-ple

14 3 N Lead Time Lead_Time

15 16 N Expedite Price Exp_Price; Exp_Multip

16 1 A Expedite Basis Exp_Type



PBMT04Change Breakpoint

Archive Record Layout"PBMT04","","","","","","Price Book","","","Breakpoint From","Breakpoint Thru","Price","Price Basis","Lead Time","Expedite Price","Expedite Basis"


PBMT05Delete Breakpoint

Archive Record Layout"PBMT05","","","","","","Price Book","","","Breakpoint From","Breakpoint Thru"


PBMT06Add Price Book Content

Archive Record Layout"PBMT06","","","","","","Price Book","Item/Cust Item","Cust Id"




10* 10 N Breakpoint From Qty_From

11* 10 N Breakpoint Thru Qty_To

12 16 N Price Price













PBMT07Delete Price Book Content

Archive Record Layout"PBMT07","","","","","","Price Book","Item/Cust Item","Cust Id"


Note: Fld# 9 is required only for type Q price books

PBMT08Add Breakpoint on Content Line

Archive Record Layout"PBMT08","","","","","","Price Book","Item/Cust Item","Cust Id","Breakpoint From","Breakpoint Thru","Price","Price Basis","Lead Time","Expedite Price","Expedite Basis"





8 30 A Item/Cust Item Item





8* 30 A Item/Cust Item Item







10 10 N Breakpoint From Qty_From

11 10 N Breakpoint Thru Qty_To

12 16 N Price Price





PBMT09Change Breakpoint on Content Line

Archive Record Layout"PBMT09","","","","","","Price Book","Item/Cust Item","Cust Id","Breakpoint From","Breakpoint Thru","Price","Price Basis","Lead Time","Expedite Price","Expedite Basis"



PBMT10Delete Breakpoint on Content Line

Archive Record Layout"PBMT10","","","","","","Price Book","Item/Cust Item","Cust Id","Breakpoint From","Breakpoint Thru"











12 16 N Price Price










PCST – Purchase Order Cost AnalysisTransactions created by the PCST screen are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. These transactions can be recovered but require some internal tracking information available only after the transaction is completed. Import transactions should not be created for these transactions.

PCST Transactions

PCST01Change Purchase Order CostsThe PCST01 transaction is added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. This transaction contains system generated fields that can not be entered through the user interface. Therefore, this transaction is used in system recovery but can not be included in data import.

PFMC – Performance Data UpdateThe performance data update process uses one of several screens based on the data you wish to update. The following screens are used based on performance information you wish to modify:









Name

PCST01 Change Purchase Order Costs PRCM

Data to Update Screen/Window Used

Contract Contract Header Detail

Contract item Contract Header Detail

Vendor Vendor Configuration

Vendor item Vendor/Item Detail



Two sets of performance data can be modified for vendors and vendor items.

PFMC Transactions

PFMC01Change Performance Data—Vendor

Archive Record Layout"PFMC01","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","",Total Deliveries (date 1),Late Deliveries (date 1),Early Deliveries (date 1),Over Tol (date 1),Under Tol (date 1),Overall Del (date 1),Qty Rcvd (date 1),Qty Rejected (date 1),Total Deliveries (date 2),Late Deliveries (date 2),Early Deliveries (date 2),Over Tol (date 2),Under Tol (date 2),Overall Del (date 2),Qty Rcvd (date 2),Qty Rejected (date 2)



Name

PFMC01 Change Performance Data—Vendor PURM1

PFMC02 Change Performance Data—Vendor Item PURM1

PFMC03 Change Performance Data—Contract PURM1

PFMC04 Change Performance Data—Contract Item PURM1




11 6 N Total Deliveries (date 1) V_CumDlv1

12 6 N Late Deliveries (date 1) V_DlvLat1

13 6 N Early Deliveries (date 1) V_DlvErl1

14 6 N Over Tol (date 1) V_DlvOvr1

15 6 N Under Tol (date 1) V_DlvUnd1

16 6 N Overall Del (date 1) V_OvrDlv1

17 10 N Qty Rcvd (date 1) Qty_Recvd

18 10 N Qty Rejected (date 1) V_TotRej1

19 6 N Total Deliveries (date 2) V_CumDlv2

20 6 N Late Deliveries (date 2) V_DlvLat2

21 6 N Early Deliveries (date 2) V_DlvErl2

22 6 N Over Tol (date 2) V_DlvOvr2

23 6 N Under Tol (date 2) V_DlvUnd2

24 6 N Overall Del (date 2) V_OvrDlv2




PFMC02Change Performance Data — Vendor Item

Archive Record Layout"PFMC02","","","","","","Vendor Id","Item","","",Total Deliveries (date 1),Late Deliveries (date 1),Early Deliveries (date 1),Over Tol (date 1),Under Tol (date 1),Overall Del (date 1),Qty Rcvd (date 1),Qty Rejected (date 1),Total Deliveries (date 2),Late Deliveries (date 2),Early Deliveries (date 2),Over Tol (date 2),Under Tol (date 2),Overall Del (date 2),Qty Rcvd (date 2),Qty Rejected (date 2)


PFMC03Change Performance Data — Contract

Archive Record Layout"PFMC03","","","","","","Vendor Id","","Contract","",Total Deliveries,Late Deliveries,Early Deliveries,Over Tol,Under Tol,Overall Del,Qty Rcvd,Qty Rejected

26 10 N Qty Rejected (date 2) V_TotRej2




8* 30 A Item Item

11 6 N Total Deliveries (date 1) VI_CumDlv1

12 6 N Late Deliveries (date 1) VI_DlvLat1

13 6 N Early Deliveries (date 1) VI_DlvErl1

14 6 N Over Tol (date 1) VI_DlvOvr1

15 6 N Under Tol (date 1) VI_DlvUnd1

16 6 N Overall Del (date 1) VI_OvrDlv1


18 10 N Qty Rejected (date 1) VI_TotRej1

19 6 N Total Deliveries (date 2) VI_CumDlv2

20 6 N Late Deliveries (date 2) VI_DlvLat2

21 6 N Early Deliveries (date 2) VI_DlvErl2

22 6 N Over Tol (date 2) VI_DlvOvr2

23 6 N Under Tol (date 2) VI_DlvUnd2

24 6 N Overall Del (date 2) VI_OvrDlv2


26 10 N Qty Rejected (date 2) VI_TotRej2




PFMC04Change Performance Data—Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"PFMC04","","","","","","Vendor Id","","Contract","Item",Total Deliveries,Late Deliveries,Early Deliveries,Over Tol,Under Tol,Overall Del,Qty Rcvd,Qty Rejected





9* 21 A Contract Contract

11 6 N Total Deliveries Ct_Cum_Dlv

12 6 N Late Deliveries Ct_Dlv_Lat

13 6 N Early Deliveries Ct_Dlv_Erl

14 6 N Over Tol Ct_Dlv_Ovr

15 6 N Under Tol Ct_Dlv_Und

16 6 N Overall Del Ct_Ovr_Dlv

17 10 N Qty Rcvd Qty_Recvd

18 10 N Qty Rejected Ct_Tot_Rej





10* 30 A Item Item

11 6 N Total Deliveries CI_Cum_Dlv

12 6 N Late Deliveries CI_Dlv_Lat

13 6 N Early Deliveries CI_Dlv_Erl

14 6 N Over Tol CI_Dlv_Ovr

15 6 N Under Tol CI_Dlv_Und

16 6 N Overall Del CI_Ovr_Dlv

17 10 N Qty Rcvd Qty_Recvd

18 10 N Qty Rejected CI_Tot_Rej



PICK – PicklistThe PICK transactions use the following screens:

• PICK (Picklist)

• Pick Detail

The PICK and Pick Detail screens vary based on Order Source and Issue Type.

Note: The PICK screens vary based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Lot field is displayed.

Transactions vary based on several values. The Component Type, Resource Component and On Hand Qty values modify the entry fields available and the operation of the screen.

Note: Resource items (Component Type = R) usually create the same transactions as normal items (Component Type = N). When there is no on-hand quantity of the item (On Hand Qty = 0) and Resource Component = 2 or 3, a unique transaction is created for the issue or reverse issue of the resource item.

PICK Transactions


Name

PICK00 Add Component to Order-Dependent Bill; CP Order PICK

Add Component to Order-Dependent Bill; M Order

Add Component to Order-Dependent Bill; P Order

PICK01 Delete Component from Order-Dependent Bill; CP Order PICK

Delete Component from Order-Dependent Bill; M Order

Delete Component from Order-Dependent Bill; P Order

PICK02 Issue End Item; CP Order—Backflush Components PICK

PICK04 Issue Component; M Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = 0 and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

PICK

Issue Component; P Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = 0 and Resource Component = 2 or 3)




PICK05 Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty > 0)

PICK

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = W (On Hand Qty > 0)

Reverse Issue End Item; CP Order (On Hand Qty > 0)

PICK08 Issue End Item; C Order PICK

Issue End Item; CP Order



Picklist Detail Transactions

Issue Component; M Order





PICK09 Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty = 0)

PICK

Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = W (On Hand Qty = 0)

Reverse Issue End Item; CP Order (On Hand Qty = 0)

PICK12 Issue Component; M Order—Ln# Typ = R (Rework Order) PICK

PICK13 Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = N PICK



Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = 0 and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

Reverse Issue End Item; C Order



PICK14 Issue End Item to Shipping Location; CP Order (Backflush Components)

PICK

PICK17 Reverse Issue End Item from Shipping Location; CP Order (On Hand Qty > 0)

PICK

PICK18 Issue End Item to Shipping Location; C Order PICK

Issue End Item to Shipping Location; CP Order

PICK19 Reverse Issue End Item from Shipping Location; CP Order (On Hand Qty = 0)

PICK

PICK20 Reverse Issue End Item from Shipping Location; C Order PICK

PICK60 Delete Planner Action Message—PPL (Print Picklist) PICK


Name

PICK30 Add New Text—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transactions) PICK

PICK31 Add New Text—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Add New Text—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)



Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Compo-nent Type = V or W (Issue transactions)

PICK32 Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Compo-nent Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue trans-actions)

PICK

PICK33 Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Compo-nent Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

PICK

PICK34 Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Compo-nent Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

PICK36 Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Compo-nent Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

PICK37 Add New Text—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Add New Text—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK38 Add New Text—Component (phantom); CP Order—Compo-nent Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Add New Text—Component; M Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component; P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK40 Attach Existing Text—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transac-tions)

PICK

Change Pick Detail—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transac-tions)

PICK41 Attach Existing Text—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Attach Existing Text—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Issue transactions)

PICK42 Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

PICK



Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

PICK43 Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

PICK

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

PICK44 Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK46 Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK47 Attach Existing Text—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Attach Existing Text—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK48 Attach Existing Text—Component (phantom); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Attach Existing Text—Component; M or P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (phantom); CP Order—Com-ponent Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; M or P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK50 Delete Text—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transactions) PICK

PICK51 Delete Text—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Delete Text—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)



PICK00Add Component to Order-Dependent Bill; CP Order

Add Component to Order-Dependent Bill; M Order

Add Component to Order-Dependent Bill; P Order

Archive Record Layout"PICK00","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ","Pt Use","Seq","Component","Remaining Required Quantity","","","","",,,"","","","","","",,"","","","","Prom Dock"


Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Issue transactions)

PICK52 Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transac-tions)

PICK

PICK53 Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

PICK

PICK54 Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

PICK56 Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

PICK57 Delete Text—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK

Delete Text—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

PICK58 Delete Text—Component; M Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

PICK

Delete Text—Component; P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component (phantom); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)





9 30 A MO/CO/PO Number Order_No

10 3 A Ln# Ln_No

12* 1 A Com Typ Com_Typ



Note: The Com Typ, Pt Use, Seq and Component fields are required if the add transaction is for a resource item that is part of a phantom set.

PICK01Delete Component from Order-Dependent Bill; CP Order

Delete Component from Order-Dependent Bill; M Order

Delete Component from Order-Dependent Bill; P Order

Archive Record Layout"PICK01","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ","Pt Use","Seq","Component","","","","",,,"","","","","","",,"","Resource Component","","QT","Prom Dock"


PICK02Issue End Item; CP Order—Backflush Components

Note: Use PICK14 backflush components for CP Order end items when SHPM is installed.



14* 3 A Seq Seqn


16 10 N Remaining Required Quantity Rm_Req_Qty







10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

12 1 A Com Typ Com_Typ


14* 3 A Seq Seqn



Rsrc_Plcy





"PICK02","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","","",,"Issue Qty","","","","","","",,"","Resource Component","","QT",""


PICK04Issue Component; M Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

Issue Component; P Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø and Resource Component = 2 or 3)




Archive Record Layout"PICK04","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","","",,"Issue Qty","","","","","","",,"", "Resource Component","","QT","Prom Dock","(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"







10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin

22* 10 N Issue Qty Qty_Issued

31 1 A Resource Component (CNFG)

Rsrc_Plcy

33 1 A QT (PIC1) Qty_Typ







PICK05Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty > Ø)


Reverse Issue End Item; CP Order (On Hand Qty > Ø)

Note: Use PICK19 to reverse issue CP order end items when the On Hand Qty > 0 when SHPM is installed (CUSM order entry only).

Archive Record Layout"PICK05","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","","",,"Reverse Qty","","","","","","",,"","Resource Component", "","QT","Prom Dock"




10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin



Rsrc_Plcy












PICK08Issue End Item; C Order

Issue End Item; CP Order

Issue Component; M Order





Note: Use PICK18 to issue C/CP order end items when SHPM is installed (CUSM-Order Entry only).

Archive Record Layout"PICK08","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","","Lot",,"Issue Qty","","","","","","",,"", "Resource Component","","QT","Prom Dock","(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"


10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin



Rsrc_Plcy








10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





PICK09Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = V (On Hand Qty = Ø)


Reverse Issue End Item; CP Order (On Hand Qty = Ø)

Note: Use PICK09 to reverse issue CP order end items when the On Hand Qty = 0 when SHPM is installed (CUSM-Order Entry only).

Archive Record Layout"PICK09","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","","Lot",,"Reverse Qty","","","","","","",,"","Resource Component","","QT","Prom Dock"





17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin

20 20 A Lot Lot



Rsrc_Plcy










10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





PICK12Issue Component; M Order—Ln# Typ = R (Rework Order)

Archive Record Layout"PICK12","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","IC","Lot",,"Issue Qty","","","","","","",,"","Resource Component","","QT","Prom Dock"




17 6 A Stk Stk

18 12 A Bin Bin

20 10 A Lot Lot



Rsrc_Plcy








10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin

19 1 A IC Inv_Code

20 20 A Lot Lot



Rsrc_Plcy




PICK13Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = N



Reverse Issue Component; CP Order—Component Type = R (On Hand Qty = Ø and Resource Component = 2 or 3)

Reverse Issue End Item; C Order



Note: When SHPM is installed, this transaction can not be used to Reverse Issue C order end items.

Archive Record Layout"PICK13","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item",,"Stk","Bin","IC","Lot",,"Reverse Qty","","","","","","",,"", "Resource Component (CNFG)","","QT (PIC1)","Prom Dock","(Transaction Date)","(Transaction Time)"








10* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17 6 A Stk Stk

18 12 A Bin Bin

19 1 A IC Inv_Code

20 20 A Lot Lot





PICK14Issue End Item to Shipping Location; CP Order (Backflush Components)

Archive Record Layout"PICK14","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Item",,"","","","",,"Issue Qty","Shipping Stk","Shipping Bin","",,"","",,"","","","",""


PICK17Reverse Issue End Item from Shipping Location; CP Order (On Hand Qty > Ø)

Note: CUSM-Order Entry only.

Archive Record Layout"PICK17","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Item",,"","","","",,"Issue Qty","Shipping Stk","Shipping Bin","",,"","",,"","","","",""


Rsrc_Plcy












15* 30 A Item Item


23* 6 A Shipping Stk Shp_Stk

24* 12 A Shipping Bin Shp_Bin




PICK18Issue End Item to Shipping Location; C Order

Issue End Item to Shipping Location; CP Order

Archive Record Layout"PICK18","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","","Pt Use","Ln#","Item",,"Stk","Bin","","Lot",,"Issue Qty","Shipping Stk","Shipping Bin","",,"","",,"","","","",""









15* 30 A Item Item


23 6 A Shipping Stk Shp_Stk

24 12 A Shipping Bin Shp_Bin







14* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

15* 30 A Item Item

17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin

20 20 A Lot Lot






PICK19Reverse Issue End Item from Shipping Location; CP Order (On Hand Qty = Ø)

Archive Record Layout"PICK19","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","","Pt Use","Ln#","Item",,"Stk","Bin","","Lot",,"Issue Qty","Shipping Stk","Shipping Bin","",,"","",,"","","","",""


PICK20Reverse Issue End Item from Shipping Location; C Order

Archive Record Layout"PICK20","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","","Pt Use","Ln#","Item",,"Stk","Bin","IC","Lot",,"Issue Qty","Shipping Stk","Shipping Bin","",,"","",,"","","","",""








14* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

15* 30 A Item Item

17 6 A Stk Stk

18 12 A Bin Bin

20 20 A Lot Lot










14* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



PICK30Add New Text—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK30","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)",""


PICK31Add New Text—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Issue transactions)


15* 30 A Item Item

17* 6 A Stk Stk

18* 12 A Bin Bin

19 1 A IC Inv_Code

20 20 A Lot Lot


23* 6 A Shipping Stk Shp_Stk

24* 12 A Shipping Bin Shp_Bin















"PICK31","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"


PICK32Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

Note: This transaction assumes the RPTM (Repetitive Manufacturing) Module is installed.

Archive Record Layout"PICK32","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","CT","",,"Backflush",Equiv Qty,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"







11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No















11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No




PICK33Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK33","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","CT","",,"",,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"





17 1 A CT Com_Typ

20 1 A Backflush Backflush

21 10 N Equiv Qty Eqv_Qty

22 6 A Backflush Location: Stk Bkflsh_Stk

23 12 A Backflush Location: Bin Bkflsh_Bin












11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17 1 A CT Com_Typ




PICK34Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK34","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"


PICK36Add New Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)














11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No












"PICK36","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","CT","",,"",,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"


PICK37Add New Text—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK37","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Reqd Date","CT","QT",Required Quantity,"",,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"







11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17 1 A CT Com_Typ












PICK38Add New Text—Component (phantom); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component; M Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Add New Text—Component; P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)


Archive Record Layout"PICK38","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Prom Dock"






11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





16 6 D Reqd Date Reqd_Date

17 1 A CT Com_Typ

18 1 A QT Qty_Typ

19 10 N Required Quantity Reqd_Qty













PICK40Attach Existing Text—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transactions)

Change Pick Detail—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK40","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","Text No","","","","",""


PICK41Attach Existing Text—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or




11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





















W (Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK41","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"


PICK42Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)


Archive Record Layout"PICK42","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","CT","",,"Backflush",Equiv Qty,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"







11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No












PICK43Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK43","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","CT","",,"",,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"




11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

12* 1 A Com Typ/Ln# Typ Com_Typ; Ln_Type




17 1 A CT CT



22 6 A Backflush Location:Stk Bkflsh_Stk










11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No






PICK44Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK44","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number", "Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"


PICK46Attach Existing Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)


17 1 A CT CT











11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No









Archive Record Layout"PICK46","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","CT","",,"",,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"


PICK47Attach Existing Text—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK47","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Reqd Date/Ship Date","CT","QT (new)",Required Qty,"",,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"






11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17 1 A CT CT









PICK48Attach Existing Text—Component (phantom); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component; M Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Attach Existing Text—Component; P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component (phantom); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; M Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Change Pick Detail—Component; P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)








11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





16 6 D Reqd Date/Ship Date Reqd_Date; Ship_Date

17 1 A CT CT

18 1 A QT (new) Qty_Typ

19 10 N Required Qty Reqd_Qty








"PICK48","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","Reqd Date/Ship Date","CT","QT (new)",Required Qty,"Backflush",Equiv Qty,"Backflush Location: Stk","Backflush Location: Bin","Backflush Scrap","","","","Text No","","","","","Prom Dock"


PICK50Delete Text—End Item; CP Order (Backflush transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK50","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","","","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","",""







11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





16 6 D Reqd Date/Ship Date Reqd_Date; Ship_Date

17 1 A CT CT

18 1 A QT (new) Qty_Typ

19 10 N Required Qty Reqd_Qty












PICK51Delete Text—End Item; C Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Delete Text—End Item; CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Issue transactions)

Archive Record Layout"PICK51","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#","Com Typ/Ln# Typ","Pt Use","Seq/Ln#","Component/Item","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","","Prom Dock"


PICK52Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)














11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No









PICK53Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Issue transactions)



PICK54Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = V or W (Reverse Issue transactions)






11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No











11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No










PICK56Delete Text—Component (first-level); CP Order—Component Type = N, X or T (Reverse Issue transactions)



PICK57






11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No











11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








Delete Text—Component; M Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component; P Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component (phantom); CP Order (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)



PICK58Delete Text—Component; M Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component; P Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue transactions)

Delete Text—Component (phantom); CP Order—Component Type = R and Resource Component = 2 or 3 (Issue or Reverse Issue transactions)









11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No












PICK60Delete Planner Action Message—PPL (Print Picklist)The PICK60 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"PICK60","","","","","","","Order Source","Issue Type","MO/CO/PO Number","Ln#",""


POAN – Buyer Action by Item

POAN Transactions

POAN01Change Buyer Action Message


11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No











11* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


Name

POAN01 Change Buyer Action Message PURM1

POAN02 Delete Buyer Action Message PURM1

POAN03 Add Scheduled Delivery to Purchase Order PURM1



Archive Record Layout"POAN01","","","","","","Buyr","Msg Code (old)","","Item,MO,Partl Acct No","PO Number (old)","PO Number (new)","Ln# (old)","Ln# (new)","","Vendor Id (new)","Ln# Sta (old)","Ln# Sta (new)","Ln# Typ (old)","Ln# Typ (new)",Open/Suggested Order Qty (old),Open/Suggested Order Qty (new),"Prom Dock (old)","Prom Dock (new)","Contract","Need Dock (new)","(order number from mask)"


POAN02Delete Buyer Action Message

Archive Record Layout"POAN02","","","","","","Buyr","Msg Code (old)","", "Item,MO,Partl Acct No","PO Number (old)","","Ln# (old)","","","","Ln# Sta (old)","","Ln# Typ (old)","",Open/Suggested Order Qty (old),,"Prom Dock (old)","","","",""



7* 3 A Buyr Buyr


10* 30 A Item,MO,Partl Acct No Itm_GLMOCO

11* 30 A PO Number (old) Old_PO_No

12 30 A PO Number (new) New_PO_No


14* 3 A Ln# (new) Ln_No

16 13 A Vendor Id (new) New_Vendor





21* 10 N Open/Suggested Order Qty (old)

Old_Qty

22 10 N Open/Suggested Order Qty (new)

New_Qty

23* 6 D Prom Dock (old) Old_Dock

24 6 D Prom Dock (new) Prom_Dock

25 21 A Contract Contract

26 6 D Need Dock (new) Need_Dock





POAN03Add Scheduled Delivery to Purchase Order

Archive Record Layout"POAN03","","","","","","Buyr","Msg Code (old)","","Item,MO,Partl Acct No","PO Number (old)","PO Number (new)","Ln# (old)","Ln# (new)","","Vendor Id (new)","Ln# Sta (old)","Ln# Sta (new)","Ln# Typ (old)","Ln# Typ (new)",Open/Suggested Order Qty (old),Open/Suggested Order Qty (new),"Prom Dock (old)","Prom Dock (new)","Contract","Need Dock"




7* 3 A Buyr Buyr








Old_Qty




7* 3 A Buyr Buyr




12 30 A PO Number (new) New_PO_No


14* 3 A Ln# (new) Ln_No

16 13 A Vendor Id (new) New_Vendor







POAS – Buyer Action by Vendor IdSee POAN for buyer action message transactions.

POCF – Purchasing Configuration

POCF Transactions


Old_Qty

22 10 N Open/Suggested Order Qty (new)

New_Qty


24 6 D Prom Dock (new) Prom_Dock


26 6 D Need Dock (new) Need_Dock


Name

POCF01 Change Purchasing Configuration PURM1



POCF01Change Purchasing Configuration

Archive Record Layout"POCF01","","","","","","Unvouchered A/P Account","Print Company Name and Address On Ext Documents","Print Extended Text on Ext Documents","Print Standard Text on Ext Documents","Print Sub-Contract Components","On-Time Delivery Days Early","On-Time Delivery Days Late","Receipt Variance Allowed Under","Receipt Variance Allowed Over","Contract Review Message Days","Contract Review Message Value/Quantity Tolerance","Autoclose Purchase Orders","Purchase Orders Autoclose Tolerance","Inspection Required","Allow Cascading Receipts","Blanket Order Firm Fence","Issue Enforcement for S-Type PO Receipts","Obsolete Item Enforcement for Po Receipts","Po Standard Cost Enforcement for No Standard Cost Exists","Po Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost Equals Zero","Po Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for No Standard Cost Exists","Po Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost Equals Zero","Over Receipt Enforcement for PO","PO Over Receipt Tolerance"




7 20 A Unvouchered A/P Account N/A

8 1 A Print Company Name and Address On Ext Documents

N/A

9 1 A Print Extended Text on Ext Documents N/A

10 1 A Print Standard Text on Ext Documents N/A

11 1 A Print Sub-Contract Components N/A

12 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Early N/A

13 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Late N/A

14 5 N Receipt Variance Allowed Under N/A

15 5 N Receipt Variance Allowed Over N/A

16 3 N Contract Review Message Days N/A

17 5 N Contract Review Message Value/Quantity Tol-erance

N/A

18 1 A Autoclose Purchase Orders N/A

19 5 N Purchase Orders Autoclose Tolerance N/A

20 1 A Inspection Required Insp_Reqd

21 1 A Allow Cascading Receipts N/A

22 1 A Blanket Order Firm Fence N/A

23 1 A Issue Enforcement for S-Type PO Receipts N/A

24 1 A Obsolete Item Enforcement for Po Receipts N/A

25 1 A Po Standard Cost Enforcement for No Stan-dard Cost Exists

N/A



POCT – Purchase Order Contract/Price QuoteThe POCT transactions use the following screens and windows:

• POCT (Purchase Order Contract/Price Quote)

• Contract Header Detail

• Contract Header Detail

• Extended Text

POCT Transactions

Purchase Order Contract/Price Quote Transactions

Contract Item Detail/Pricing Transactions

26 1 A Po Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost Equals Zero

N/A

27 1 A Po Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for No Standard Cost Exists

N/A

28 1 A Po Receipts Standard Cost Enforcement for Standard Cost Equals Zero

N/A

29* 1 A Over Receipt Enforcement for PO N/A

30 5 A PO Over Receipt Tolerance N/A


Name

POCT01 Add Contract/Price Quote PURM2

POCT02 Change Contract/Price Quote PURM2

POCT03 Delete Contract/Price Quote PURM2

POCT17 Add New Text—Contract Header PURM2

POCT19 Delete Text—Contract Header PURM2


Name

POCT04 Add Contract Item PURM2

POCT05 Change Contract Item PURM2

POCT06 Delete Contract Item PURM2


Name




POCT01Add Contract/Price Quote

Archive Record Layout"POCT01","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Desc","Ctrt Status","Start Date","End Date","Buyr","Rev",Minimum Qty,Maximum Qty,"UM",On-time Delivery Days Early,On-time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Under,Receipt Variance Over,"Specified Items Only","Contact","Phone","Fax #",Cash #1 %,Cash#1 Days,Cash #2 %,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,Minimum Value,Maximum Value,"Text No","Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate","Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Ex Rate (for triangulation)"


POCT07 Change Contract Item Detail PURM2

POCT08 Add Contract Item Pricing PURM2

POCT09 Change Contract Item Pricing PURM2

POCT10 Delete Contract Item Pricing PURM2

POCT18 Add New Text—Contract Item PURM2

POCT20 Delete Text—Contract Item PURM2


Name

POCT11 Add Extended Text—Contract PURM2

POCT12 Change Extended Text—Contract PURM2

POCT13 Delete Extended Text—Contract PURM2

POCT14 Add Extended Text—Contract Item PURM2

POCT15 Change Extended Text—Contract Item PURM2

POCT16 Delete Extended Text—Contract Item PURM2





10 35 A Desc Ctrt_Desc

11 1 A Ctrt Status Ct_Status

12 6 D Start Date Ct_Strt_Dt

13 6 D Expir Date Ct_Expr_Dt



POCT02Change Contract/Price Quote

Archive Record Layout"POCT02","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Desc","Ctrt Status","Start Date","End Date","Buyr","Rev",Minimum Qty,Maximum Qty,"UM",On-time Delivery Days Early,On-time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Under,Receipt Variance Over,"Specified Items

14 3 A Buyr Buyr

15 2 A Rev Ctrt_Rev

16 10 N Minimum Qty Ct_Min_Qty

17 10 N Maximum Qty Ct_Max_Qty

18 4 A UM UM

19 3 N On-time Delivery Days Early Ct_Day_Erl

20 3 N On-time Delivery Days Late Ct_Day_Lat

21 5 N Receipt Variance Allowed Under

Ct_Und_Var

22 5 N Receipt Variance Allowed Over

Ct_Ovr_Var

23 1 A Specified Items Only Ct_Itm_Sp


25 20 A Phone Phone







32 10 N Minimum Contract Value Ct_Min_Val

33 10 N Maximum Contract Value Ct_Max_Val



36 11 A Ex Rate Ex_Rate1

37 1 A Terms Std_Terms




41 11 A Ex Rate (for triangulation) Ex_Rate2



Only","Contact","Phone","Fax #",Cash #1 %,Cash#1 Days,Cash #2 %,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,Minimum Value,Maximum Value,"Text No","Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate","Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay






10 35 A Desc Ctrt_Desc

11 1 A Ctrt Status Ct_Status

12 6 D Start Date Ct_Strt_Dt

13 6 D Expir Date Ct_Expr_Dt

14 3 A Buyr Buyr

15 2 A Rev Ctrt_Rev

16 10 N Minimum Qty Ct_Min_Qty

17 10 N Maximum Qty Ct_Max_Qty

18 4 A UM UM




Ct_Und_Var


Ct_Ovr_Var

23 1 A Specified Items Only Ct_Itm_Sp


25 20 A Phone Phone







32 10 N Minimum Contract Value Ct_Min_Val

33 10 N Maximum Contract Value Ct_Max_Val



36 11 A Ex Rate Ex_Rate



POCT03Delete Contract/Price Quote

Archive Record Layout"POCT03","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","","","","","","",,,"",,,,,"","","","",,,,,,,,"","","","",,,


POCT04Add Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"POCT04","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","Start Date","Expir Date",Minimum Contract Value,Maximum Contract Value,Minimum Quantity,Maximum Quantity,"Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate"


37 1 A Terms Std_Terms












10 30 A Item Item

11 6 D Start Date CI_Strt_Dt

12 6 D Expir Date CI_Expr_Dt

13 10 N Minimum Contract Value CI_Min_Val

14 10 N Maximum Contract Value CI_Max_Val

15 10 N Minimum Quantity CI_Min_Qty

16 10 N Maximum Quantity CI_Max_Qty





POCT05Change Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"POCT05","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","Start Date","Expir Date",Minimum Contract Value,Maximum Contract Value,Minimum Quantity,Maximum Quantity,"Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate"


POCT06Delete Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"POCT06","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","","",,,,,"",""


POCT07Change Contract Item Detail






10* 30 A Item Item

11 6 D Start Date CI_Strt_Dt

12 6 D Expir Date CI_Expr_Dt

13 10 N Minimum Contract Value CI_Min_Val

14 10 N Maximum Contract Value CI_Max_Val

15 10 N Minimum Quantity CI_Min_Qty

16 10 N Maximum Quantity CI_Max_Qty







10* 30 A Item Item



"POCT07","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item",Dflt Price,On-time Delivery Days Early,On-time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Allowed Under,Receipt Variance Allowed Over,"Text No","Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate"


POCT08Add Contract Item Pricing

Archive Record Layout"POCT08","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","Seqn",Qty From,Qty Thru,"DM","Date From","Date Thru",Unit Price,"Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate"






10* 30 A Item Item

11 10 N Dflt Price CI_Dfl_Prc




Ct_Und_Var


Ct_Ovr_Var








10* 30 A Item Item

11 4 A Seqn CX_Seqn_No

12 10 N Qty From CX_Frm_Qty

13 10 N Qty Thru CX_to_Qty

14 1 A DM CI_Dt_Meth

15 6 D Date From CX_From_Dt



POCT09Change Contract Item Pricing

Archive Record Layout"POCT09","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","Seqn",Qty From,Qty Thru,"DM","Date From","Date Thru",Unit Price,"Ctrl Curr","Ex Rate"


POCT10Delete Contract Item Pricing

Archive Record Layout"POCT10","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","Seqn",,,"","","",,"",""


16 6 D Date Thru CX_to_Date








10* 30 A Item Item

11* 4 A Seqn CX_Seqn_No

12 10 N Qty From CX_Frm_Qty

13 10 N Qty Thru CX_to_Qty

14 1 A DM CI_Dt_Meth

15 6 D Date From CX_From_Dt

16 6 D Date Thru CX_to_Date






8* 13 A Vendor Id Vendor Id




POCT11Add Extended Text—Contract

Archive Record Layout"POCT11","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","Contract","Vendor Id",”","Text Message"





POCT12Change Extended Text—Contract

10* 30 A Item Item

11* 4 A Seqn CX_Seqn_No














016 Tab character



031 Manual line within text message



Archive Record Layout"POCT12","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","Contract","Vendor Id",”","Text Message"





POCT13Delete Extended Text—Contract

Archive Record Layout"POCT13","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","Contract","Vendor Id","","Text Message"















016 Tab character









POCT14Add Extended Text—Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"POCT14","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","Contract","Vendor Id","Item","Text Message"
















8 1 A (text entry type) N/A




13* 30 A Item Item









POCT15Change Extended Text—Contract Item








016 Tab character










13* 30 A Item Item










POCT16Delete Extended Text—Contract Item





POCT17Add New Text—Contract Header

Archive Record Layout"POCT17","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


016 Tab character










13* 30 A Item Item










POCT18Add New Text—Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"POCT18","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


POCT19Delete Text—Contract Header

Archive Record Layout"POCT19","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","","","","",""














10* 30 A Item Item










POCT20Delete Text—Contract Item

Archive Record Layout"POCT20","","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contract","Item","","","","",""


POMI – Purchase Order InquiryThe POMI transactions are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not needed.

POMT – Purchase OrderThe POMT transactions use the following screens and windows:

• POMT (Purchase Order)

• Purchase Order Header Detail window

• Purchase Order Line Item Detail window

• Extended Text window

POMT Transactions






10* 30 A Item Item


Name

POMT04 Delete Purchase Order PURM3

POMT10 Add PO Line Item PURM3

POMT11 Add PO Blanket Order Scheduled Delivery PURM3

Add PO Multiple Delivery Schedule

POMT12 Change PO Line Item PURM3

POMT13 Delete Buyer Action Message—PPO (Print Purchase Order) PURM3

POMT15 Delete PO Line Item PURM3



Purchase Order Header Detail Transactions

Purchase Order Line Item Detail Transactions

Delete PO Blanket Order Scheduled Delivery

Delete PO Multiple Delivery Schedule

POMT16 Delete PO Blanket Order Summary Line PURM3

Delete PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line


Name

POMT00 Add PO Header PURM3

POMT01 Attach Existing Text—PO Header Without Line Items PURM3

Change PO Header—No Line Items Exist

POMT02 Attach Existing Text—PO Header With Line Items PURM3

Change PO Header—Line Items Exist

POMT03 Delete Text—PO Header PURM3

POMT05 Add New Text—PO Header PURM3


Name

POMT20 Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Order Summary Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3

Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 2

Change PO Blanket Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3

Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 2

POMT21 Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4




Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4


POMT22 Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 4



POMT23 Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 4

PURM3

Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 4

POMT31 Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Order Summary Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT32 Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT33 Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT41 Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Order Summary Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4



Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT42 Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT43 Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

PURM3

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT50 Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Summary Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 2 or 3

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 2 or 3

Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 2 or 3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 2 or 3

Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 2 or 3

Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 2 or 3

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT51 Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Summary Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4

PURM3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4

Change PO Blanket Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4




POMT00Add PO Header

Archive Record Layout"POMT00","","","","","","","PO Number","Buyr","","Vendor Id","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Transport Via","FOB Point","Text No","Blanket Order","Contact","Phone","Original PO Date","PO Rev","Contract","Print PO","Ctrl Curr","Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"(order number from mask)","PO Ref"


Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4

POMT61 Attach Existing Text—PO Line; Ln# Typ = V; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4 PURM3

Change PO Line Detail; Ln# Typ = V; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT62 Attach Existing Text—PO Line; Ln# Typ = W; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4 PURM3

Change PO Line Detail; Ln# Typ = W; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

POMT66 Add New Text—PO Line Detail PURM3

Delete Text—PO Line Detail


Name

POMT70 Add Extended Text—Purchase Order Header PURM3

POMT71 Change Extended Text—Purchase Order Header PURM3

POMT72 Delete Extended Text—Purchase Order Header PURM3

POMT73 Add Extended Text—Purchase Order Line Item PURM3

POMT74 Change Extended Text—Purchase Order Line Item PURM3

POMT75 Delete Extended Text—Purchase Order Line Item PURM3




9 3 A Buyr Buyr



13 60 A Addr Vend_Addr1

14 60 A (addr2) Vend_Addr2



POMT01Attach Existing Text—PO Header Without Line Items

Change PO Header—No Line Items Exist

Archive Record Layout"POMT01","","","","","","","PO Number","Buyr","","Vendor Id","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Transport Via","FOB Point","Text No","Blanket Order","Contact","Phone","Original PO Date","PO Rev","Contract","Print PO","Ctrl Curr","Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"","PO Ref"

15 15 A City Vend_City

16 10 A St Vend_State

17 12 A Zip Vend_Zip

18 15 A C Vend_Cntry






24 20 A Transport Via Trans_Via

25 20 A FOB Point FOB_Point


27 1 A Blanket Order Blkt_Flag


29 20 A Phone Phone

30 6 D Original PO Date Org_PO_Dt

31 2 A PO Rev Ord_Rev


33 1 A Print PO Print_PO


35* 1 A Terms Std_Terms




39 1 A (order number from mask) N/A - Archive only, not to be included in the Data Import Dictionary

40 30 A PO Ref Po_Ref







9 3 A Buyr Buyr



















29 20 A Phone Phone













POMT02Attach Existing Text—PO Header With Line Items

Change PO Header—Line Items Exist

Archive Record Layout"POMT02","","","","","","","PO Number","Buyr","","Vendor Id","Ship to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C",Cash #1%,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2%,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"Transport Via","FOB Point","Text No","Blanket Order","Contact","Phone","Original PO Date","PO Rev","Contract","Print PO","Ctrl Curr","Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"","PO Ref"





9 3 A Buyr Buyr



















29 20 A Phone Phone







POMT03Delete Text—PO Header

Archive Record Layout"POMT03","","","","","","","PO Number","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,


POMT04Delete Purchase Order

Archive Record Layout"POMT04","","","","","","","PO Number","","","","","","","","","","",,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,


POMT05Add New Text—PO Header

Archive Record Layout"POMT05","","","","","","","PO Number","","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


















POMT10Add PO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"POMT10","","","","","","","PO Number","",Order Qty,"UM","Ln# Sta","","Ln# Typ","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Start Date","Prom Dock/End Date",Unit Price,,"","","","Blanket Order","Lt","Ex Rate","",""


The Lt field is used to identify the type of purchase order line item. The Lt field is hidden on the screen during normal processing but is displayed when the data import process is used. The Lt values include:










11 4 A UM UM



15 30 A Item,Acct No,MO,CO Itm_GLMOCO

16 6 D Start Date Need_Dock




24* 1 A Lt LineType


Line Type Description

B blanket order; summary line

L single delivery line

M multiple delivery; summary line

R multiple delivery; scheduled delivery line



Note: Field# 25 is used only when Ctrl Curr = R for the purchase order.

POMT11Add PO Blanket Order Scheduled Delivery

Add PO Multiple Delivery Schedule

Archive Record Layout"POMT11","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#",Order Qty,"","Ln# Sta","","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Start Date","Prom Dock/End Date",Unit Price,,"","Prom Dock (old)/End Date (old)","","","Lt","","",""



POMT12

S blanket order; scheduled delivery line




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17 6 D Prom Dock/End Date Prom_Dock


21* 6 D Prom Dock (old)/ End Date (old)

Prom_Dock

24* 1 A Lt LineType









Change PO Line Item

Archive Record Layout"POMT12","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#",Order Qty,"","Ln# Sta","","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Start Date","Prom Dock/End Date","Unit Price","","Prom Dock (old)/End Date (old)","","","Lt",""



POMT13Delete Buyer Action Message—PPO (Print Purchase Order)The POMT13 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"POMT13","","","","","","","PO Number","","(action indicator)",""




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





17 6 D Prom Dock/End Date Prom_Dock


21* 6 D Prom Dock (old)/End Date (old)

Prom_Dock

24* 1 A Lt LineType










Note: (action indicator) identifies the option selected when the report was generated. The only action currently available is (action indicator) = O (purchase order printed).

POMT15Delete PO Line Item

Delete PO Blanket Order Scheduled Delivery

Delete PO Multiple Delivery Schedule

Archive Record Layout"POMT15","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#",,"","","","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","",,,"","Prom Dock (old)/End Date (old)","","","Lt","","",""






10* 1 A (action indicator) N/A




9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


21* 6 D Prom Dock (old)/ End Date (old)

Prom_Dock

24* 1 A Lt LineType









POMT16Delete PO Blanket Order Summary Line

Delete PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line

Archive Record Layout"POMT16","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#",,"","","","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","",,,"","Prom Dock (old)/End Date (old)","","","Lt","","",""



POMT20Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Order Summary Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3


Change PO Blanket Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


21* 6 D Prom Dock (old)/End Date (old)

Prom_Dock

24* 1 A Lt LineType









"POMT20","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO",Reference Vendor Conv,Reference Vendor Order Qty,"Reference Vendor UM",Reference Vendor Unit Price,"Reference Vendor Item","Reference Vendor Description","Start Date","","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx",,,"Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12 8 N Reference Vendor Conv VI_UM_Cnvt

13 10 N Reference Vendor Order Qty N/A

14 4 A Reference Vendor UM VI_UM

15 16 N Reference Vendor Unit Price CI_Dfl_Prc

16 30 A Reference Vendor Item Vend_Item

17 70 A Reference Vendor Descrip-tion

VI_Desc



23* 6 D Prom Dock/End Date Prom_Dock

24 2 A Item Rev Item_Rev

25 1 A Tx N/A

28* 1 A Lt LineType













POMT21Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 3

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4



Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4


Archive Record Layout"POMT21","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Reference Vendor Conv","Reference Vendor Order Qty","Reference Vendor UM","Reference Vendor Unit Price","Reference Vendor Item","Reference Vendor Description","Start Date","Original Prom","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"


Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








VI_Desc





POMT22Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = P or S; Ln# Sta = 4





19 6 D Original Prom Org_Prom




25 1 A Tx N/A

28* 1 A Lt LineType










Setting Description





Archive Record Layout"POMT22","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO",Reference Vendor Conv,Reference Vendor Order Qty,"Reference Vendor UM",Reference Vendor Unit Price,"Reference Vendor Item","Reference Vendor Description","Start Date","Original Prom","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx",Insp Qty,"On Hold","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








VI_Desc






25 1 A Tx N/A

26 10 N Insp Qty Insp_Qty

27 10 N On Hold Hold_Qty

28* 1 A Lt LineType









POMT23Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = P; Ln# Sta = 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT23","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Reference Vendor Conv","Reference Vendor Order Qty","Reference Vendor UM","Reference Vendor Unit Price","Reference Vendor Item","Reference Vendor Description","Start Date","","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","Insp Qty","On Hold","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"






Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








VI_Desc






POMT31Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Order Summary Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4




25 1 A Tx N/A


27 10 N On Hold Hold_Qty

28* 1 A Lt LineType










Setting Description





Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT31","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","MO-Ln#","Seq","","","","Text No"," ","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","Delivery Loc","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"







9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12 3 A MO-Ln# MO_Ln_No

13 3 A Seq Seq




22 1 A Tx N/A

23 25 A Delivery Loc Deliv_to

24* 1 A Lt LineType













POMT32Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT32","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","MO-Ln#","Seq","","","Original Prom","Text No"," ","","Prom Dock","Item Rev","Tx","Delivery Loc","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"


Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12 3 A MO-Ln# MO_Ln_No

13 3 A Seq Seq





22 1 A Tx N/A

23 25 A Delivery Loc Deliv_Loc

24* 1 A Lt LineType



27 1 A (exhcange rate toggle flag) N/A





POMT33Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = M; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT33","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","","","","","Original Prom","Text No"," ","","","Item Rev""Tx","Delivery Loc","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"








Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No






POMT41Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Order Summary Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Order Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4




22 1 A Tx N/A


24* 1 A Lt LineType










Setting Description





Archive Record Layout"POMT41","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","No. Identifier","Description","","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","Delivery Loc","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"







9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12 15 A No. Identifier No_Ident

13 30 A Description Desc




20 1 A Tx N/A


22* 1 A Lt LineType













POMT42Attach Existing Text—PO Single Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT42","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","No. Identifier","Description","Original Prom","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","Delivery Loc","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"


Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


12 15 A No. Identifier No_Ident






20 1 A Tx N/A


22* 1 A Lt LineType








POMT43Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = G; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT43","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","","Original Prom","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","Delivery Loc","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"








Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








Field 23 is used only when Ctrl Curr = R.


POMT50Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Summary Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4



Attach Existing Text—PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln#


20 1 A Tx N/A


22* 1 A Lt LineType










Setting Description





Sta = 3

Change PO Blanket Summary Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4


Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3

Change PO Multiple Delivery Schedule Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 3

Archive Record Layout"POMT50","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","Text No","","","Prom Dock/End Date","Item Rev","Tx","","","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





18 1 A Tx N/A

21* 1 A Lt LineType













POMT51Attach Existing Text—PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4



Change PO Blanket Scheduled Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U; Ln# Sta = 4


Change PO Single Delivery Line Detail; Ln# Typ = B or U;Ln# Sta = 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT51","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","Text No","","","Prom Dock","Item Rev","Tx",Insp Qty,Hold Qty,"Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"


Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





18 1 A Tx N/A


20 10 N Hold Qty Hold_Qty

21* 1 A Lt LineType







POMT61Attach Existing Text—PO Line; Ln# Typ = V; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Line Detail; Ln# Typ = V; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Archive Record Layout"POMT61","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Description","Stk","Bin","Pt Use","Original Prom","Text No","","","Prom Dock","Item Rev","Tx","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"









Setting Description






9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



13 6 A Stk Stk





POMT62Attach Existing Text—PO Line; Ln# Typ = W; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4

Change PO Line Detail; Ln# Typ = W; Ln# Sta = 3 or 4


14 12 A Bin Bin

15 5 A Pt Use Pt_Use





22 1 A Tx N/A

23* 1 A Lt LineType










Setting Description





"POMT62","","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Description","Stk","Bin","","Original Prom Dock","Text No","","","Prom Dock","Item Rev","Tx","Lt","Ex Rate","Ctrl Curr","(exchange rate toggle flag)"







9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



13 6 A Stk Stk

14 12 A Bin Bin

16 6 D Original Prom Dock Org_Prom




22 1 A Tx N/A

23* 1 A Lt LineType













POMT66Add New Text—PO Line Detail

Delete Text—PO Line Detail

Archive Record Layout"POMT66","","","","","(action code T/D)","","PO Number","Ln#","Ln# Typ","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","","","Prom Dock","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Lt","",""


(action code T/D) field is not displayed on the screen but is used during data import processing. The (action code T/D) values include:

Setting Description





6* 1 A (action code T/D) N/A


9* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








20* 1 A Lt LineType

Action Code Description

T Add text

D Delete text




POMT70Add Extended Text—Purchase Order Header

Archive Record Layout"POMT70","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","PO Number","","","","Text Message"























016 Tab character



POMT71Change Extended Text—Purchase Order Header






POMT72Delete Extended Text—Purchase Order Header
















016 Tab character










POMT73Add Extended Text—Purchase Order Line Item

Archive Record Layout"POMT73","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","PO Number","Item,Acct No,MO,CO","Ln#","Prom Dock/End Date","Text Message"



















12* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








POMT74Change Extended Text—Purchase Order Line Item









016 Tab character










12* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








POMT75Delete Extended Text—Purchase Order Line Item









016 Tab character










12* 3 A Ln# Ln_No







PORV – Purchase Order Receipt/Reverse/ReturnThe PORV transactions use three versions of the screen and the Item Lot Receipt window. Each version is presented here along with its corresponding transactions.

The PORV screens vary based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed, the Lot field is displayed.

PORV TransactionsReceipt Transactions

Reverse Receipt Transactions







Name

PORV01 Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = B PURM2

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = P

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = S

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

PORV03 Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V (location open) PURM2

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W (location open)

PORV04 Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = G PURM2

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = M

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V (location closed)

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W (location closed)

PORV10 Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = B, P, S or U (no prior receipts exist and exact order quantity)

PURM2


Name



Return Transactions


PORV01Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = B

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = P

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = S

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

Archive Record Layout"PORV01","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type","Transport Via","Freight Bill No","Packing List No",Receipt Total,"UM",Quantity Received,"Stk","Bin","IC","Insp Code",,Quantity Received,"Stk","Bin","IC","Insp Code",,Quantity Received,"Stk","Bin","IC","Insp Code",,"Line Item Closure Requested","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/CO Number/MO Number/Master Account No","",,,"",,"(new lot y/n)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot (ITM5)","Lot","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev",Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,,,,,,,,,""

PORV02 Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = B PURM2

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = P

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = S

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

PORV05 Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = G PURM2

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = M

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W


Name

PORV06 Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = G PURM2

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = M

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = P

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = S

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W







8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



11 15 A Freight Bill No Frt_Bil_No


13 10 N Receipt Total Qty_Recvd

14 4 A UM UM

15 10 N Quantity Received Move_Qty1

16 6 A Stk Stk1

17 12 A Bin Bin1

18 1 A IC Inv_Code



22 6 A Stk Stk2

23 12 A Bin Bin2

24 1 A IC Inv_Code



28 6 A Stk Stk3

29 12 A Bin Bin3

30 1 A IC Inv_Code





41* 30 A Item/CO Number/ MO Num-ber/ Master Account No

Item; CO_Number; MO_Number; Mst_Act_No




50 20 A Lot Lot



The (new lot Y/N) field is required if the LOTM Module is installed. (new lot Y/N) indicates the type of lot created by the transaction. (new lot Y/N) is a null when the item is not lot-traced.







57 2 A Rev Rev




















78* 6 D Receipt Date Receipt_Dt







Also consider the following when using this macro:

• It is recommended that you enter the desired Stk-Bin location. If no location is entered, the preferred location is used by default.

• If you wish to use the cascading receipts feature for blanket orders or multiple scheduled lines, include the Prom Dock field but leave the value blank. This causes the macro to assume Cascade = Y for data entry purposes. Otherwise, the system assumes that the Prom Dock is a valid date and Cascade = N.

PORV02Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = B

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = P

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = S

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = U

Archive Record Layout"PORV02","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity to Reverse,"UM",Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC","RC",,Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC","RC",,Qty by Loc,"Stk","Bin","IC","RC",,"Line Item Closure Requested","Lot","(new lot y/n)","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/CO Number/MO Number/Master Account No",,,"",,"","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,""





8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



11 4 A UM UM


13 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1

15 1 A IC Inv_Code

16 1 A RC Reason_Cd1


19 6 A Stk Stk2

20 12 A Bin Bin2

21 1 A IC Inv_Code



25 6 A Stk Stk3







PORV03Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V (location open)

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W (location open)

Archive Record Layout"PORV03","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type","Transport Via","Freight Bill No","Packing List No",Quantity Recvd,"UM",,"Stk","Bin","","",,,"","","","",,,"","","","",,"Line Item Closure Requested","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/CO Number/MO Number/Master Account No","",,,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,,,,,,,,,""

26 12 A Bin Bin3

27 1 A IC Inv_Code



31 20 A Lot Lot




40* 30 A Item/ CO Number/ MO Num-ber/ Master Account No



47 6 D Receipt Date Receipt_Dt










PORV04Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = G

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = M

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V (location closed)

Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W (location closed)

Archive Record Layout"PORV04","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type","Transport Via","Freight Bill No","Packing List No",Quantity Recvd,"UM",,"","","","",,,"","","","",,,"","","","",,"Line Item Closure Requested","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/CO Number/MO Number/Master Account No","",,,"",,"","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,,,,,,,,,""




8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No






14 4 A UM UM

16 6 A Stk Stk1

17 12 A Bin Bin1













PORV05Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = G

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = M

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V

Reverse Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W

Archive Record Layout"PORV05","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type",Quantity to Reverse,"UM",,"","","","",,,"","","","",,,"","","","",,"Line Item Closure Requested","","","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/CO Number/MO Number/Master Account No",,,"",,"","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,""





8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No






14 4 A UM UM




41* 30 A Item/ CO Number/MO Number/ Master Account No









PORV06Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = G

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = M

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = P

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = S

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = V

Return PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = W

Archive Record Layout"PORV06","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type","Transport Via",Quantity to Return,"UM","Stk","Bin","IC","RC",,Scrap Qty,"Stk","Bin","IC","RC",,Vendor to Replace Qty,"(vendor to replace UM)",Total Credit Amount,"Line Item Closure Requested","Ln# Sta","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/MO Number/CO Number/Master Account No",,,"Lot","(create new lot Y/N/blank)","","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,""




8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No



11 4 A UM UM











8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No






11 10 N Quantity to Return Return_Qty

12 4 A UM UM

13 6 A Stk Stk1

14 12 A Bin Bin1

15 1 A IC Inv_Code


18 10 N Scrap Qty Scrap_Qty

19 6 A Stk Stk2

20 12 A Bin Bin2

21 1 A IC Inv_Code


24 10 N Vendor to Replace Qty Repl_Qty

25 4 A (vendor to replace um) UM

26 10 N Total Credit Amount Tot_Cr_Amt


28* 1 A Ln# Sta Ln_Sta



35* 30 A Item/ MO Number/ CO Num-ber/ Master Account No

Item; MO_Number; CO_Number; Mst_Act_No

38 20 A Lot Lot

39* 1 A (create new lot Y/N/blank) N/A










PORV10Receive PO Line Item; Ln# Typ = B, P, S or U (no prior receipts exist and exact order quantity)The PORV10 transactions create PORV01 archive records after importing the data.

Archive Record Layout"PORV10","","","","","","PO Number","Ln#","Receiving Type","Transport Via","Freight Bill No","Packing List No",Receipt Total,"UM",Quantity Received,"Stk","Bin","IC","Insp Code",,,"","","","",,,"","","","",,"Line Item Closure Requested","","Ln# Typ",,,"","Remark",,"Item/CO Number/MO Number/Master Account No","",,,"",,"(new lot y/n)","Lot Assign Policy (ITM5)","Dflt Lot (ITM5)","Lot","Lot Description","Vendor Lot","Mfg Date","Availability Date","Retest Date","Expiration Date","Rev",Current Potency %,"Usr Def 1","Usr Def 2","Usr Def 3","Usr Def 4","Usr Def 5","Usr Def 6","Usr Def 7","Usr Def 8","Usr Def 9","Usr Def 10","Usr Def 11","Usr Def 12","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","","Prom Dock","Receipt Date","","",,,,,,,,,,""





8* 3 A Ln# Ln_No





13 10 N Receipt Total Qty_Recvd

14 4 A UM UM

15* 10 N Quantity Received Move_Qty1

16 6 A Stk Stk1

17 12 A Bin Bin1

18 1 A IC Inv_Code





41* 30 A Item/CO Number/ MO Num-ber/ Master Account No




Note: Field 15 (Quantity Received) must be equal to the purchase order line item quantity. Use the PORV01 transaction to complete partial receipts against a purchase order line item.




50 20 A Lot Lot







57 2 A Rev Rev




















78* 6 D Receipt Date Receipt_Dt







POSV – PO Split by Vendors

POSV Transactions

POSV00Add a New Vendor and Related Information

Archive Record Layout"POSV00","","","","","","Item","Seq Num","Vendor Id",Percent







Name

POSV00 Add a New Vendor and Related Infomation PURM1

POSV01 Change a Vendor’s Related Information PURM1

POSV02 Delete a Vendor and Related Infomation PURM1



7* 30 A Item Item

8 3 A Seq Num Seq_No


10 5 N Percent Percent



POSV01Change a Vendor’s Related Information

Archive Record Layout"POSV01","","","","","","Item","Seq Num","Vendor Id",Percent


POSV02Delete a Vendor and Related Information

Archive Record Layout"POSV02","","","","","","Item","","Vendor Id"




7* 30 A Item Item

8 3 A Seq Num Seq_No


10 5 N Percent Percent



7* 30 A Item Item



Fourth Shift Release 7.50 R – Data Import Macros

R – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

RTCF – G/L Restructuring Configuration

RTCF Transactions

RTCF00Add G/L Restructuring Revision Information

Archive Record Layout"RTCF00","","","","","","Rev Number","","","","","","","","","","","",""


RTCF01Change G/L Restructuring Options

Archive Record Layout"RTCF01","","","","","","Rev Number","","Changes Permitted–Org Portion of Master Acct Mask","Changes Permitted–Acct Portion of Master Acct Mask","Changes Permitted–Org Portion via Default Trans Table","Changes Permitted–Acct Portion via Default Trans Table","Changes Permitted–Org Portion via Custom Trans Table","Changes Permitted–Acct Portion via Custom Trans Table","Changes Permitted–Org Portion of Consol No Mask","Changes Permitted–Acct Portion of Consol No Mask","Changes Permitted–Org Portion to Consolidation Numbers via Default Trans Table","Changes Permitted–Acct Portion to Consolidation Numbers via Default Trans Table","Permit Master Acct Merging"



Name

RTCF00 Add G/L Restructuring Revision Information RTSM

RTCF01 Change G/L Restructuring Options RTSM

RTCF02 Change Error Flag RTSM

RTCF03 Complete Retained Earnings Verification (ALT+M) RTSM



7 3 A Rev Number N/A




RTCF02Change Error Flag

Archive Record Layout"RTCF02","","","","","","Rev Number","Reset Error Flag","","","","","","","","","","",""



7* 3 A Rev Number N/A

9 1 A Changes Permitted– Org Portion of Master Acct Mask

N/A

10 1 A Changes Permitted– Acct Portion of Master Acct Mask

N/A

11 1 A Changes Permitted– Org Portion via Default Trans Table

N/A

12 1 A Changes Permitted– Acct Portion via Default Trans Table

N/A

13 1 A Changes Permitted– Org Portion via Custom Trans Table

N/A

14 1 A Changes Permitted– Acct Portion via Custom Trans Table

N/A

15 1 A Changes Permitted– Org Portion of Consol No Mask

N/A

16 1 A Changes Permitted– Acct Portion of Consol No Mask

N/A

17 1 A Changes Permitted– Org Portion to Consolidation Numbers via Default Trans Table

N/A

18 1 A Changes Permitted– Acct Portion to Consolidation Numbers via Default Trans Table

N/A

19 1 A Permit Master Acct Merging N/A




8 1 A Reset Error Flag N/A



Note: The Reset Error Flag label on the RTCF screen only displays when the field opens. RTCI never displays the label.

RTCF03Complete Retained Earnings Verification (ALT+M)

Archive Record Layout"RTCF03","","","","","","Rev Number","","","","","","","","","","","",""


RTCT – G/L Restructuring Consolidation Translation

RTCT Transactions

RTCT01Change Consolidation Translation Mask

Archive Record Layout"RTCT01","","","","","","","New Consolidation Number Mask","Default Translation Table"


RTMT – G/L Restructuring Master Acct Translation

RTMT Transactions





Name

RTCT01 Change Consolidation Translation Mask RTSM



8 20 A New Consolidation Number Mask

N/A

9 20 A Default Translation Table N/A


Name



Note: The RTMT07 and RTMT08 transactions are uniquely identified for troubleshooting purposes only. The archive layouts and macros are identical to the RTMT03 and RTMT05 transactions.

RTMT01Change Default Master Account Translation Table

Archive Record Layout"RTMT01","","","","","","","","New Master Account Mask","Default Translation Table"


RTMT03Add Custom Master Account Translation Table

Archive Record Layout"RTMT03","","","","","","","From Master Acct No","Thru Master Acct No","Custom Translation Table for Range"


RTMT01 Change Default Master Account Translation Table RTSM

RTMT03 Add Custom Master Account Translation Table RTSM

RTMT04 Change Custom Master Account Translation Table—Thru Value

RTSM

RTMT05 Delete Custom Master Account Translation Table RTSM

RTMT07 Delete Custom Master Account Translation Table (trouble-shooting only)

RTSM

RTMT08 Add Custom Master Account Translation Table (troubleshoot-ing only)

RTSM

RTMT09 Complete Translation Table Verification RTSM



9 20 A New Master Account Mask N/A

10 20 A Default Translation Table N/A



8* 20 A From Master Acct No N/A

9 20 A Thru Master Acct No N/A

10 20 A Custom Translation Table for Range

N/A



RTMT04Change Custom Master Account Translation Table—Thru Value



RTMT05Delete Custom Master Account Translation Table

Archive Record Layout"RTMT05","","","","","","","From Master Acct No","Thru Master Acct No",""


RTMT07Delete Custom Master Account Translation TableThis transaction is uniquely identified for troubleshooting purposes only. The archive layouts and macros are identical to the RTMT05 transaction.

Archive Record Layout"RTMT07","","","","","","","From Master Acct No","Thru Master Acct No",""







N/A











RTMT08Add Custom Master Account Translation TableThis transaction is uniquely identified for troubleshooting purposes only. The archive layouts and macros are identical to the RTMT03 transaction.



RTMT09Complete Translation Table Verification

Archive Record Layout"RTMT09","","","","","","","","",""







N/A




Fourth Shift Release 7.50 S – Data Import Macros

S – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

SBOL – Bill of Lading

SBOL Transactions


SBOL00Add Shipment

Archive Record Layout"SBOL00","","","","","","","Shpmt No","(manual shipment flag)","Cust Id","Ship to Id","","","","","","","","","","",,"","","","","","","","",,"","","","",""



Name

SBOL00 Add Shipment SHPM

SBOL01 Change Bill of Lading Header SHPM

Attach Existing Text—Bill of Lading

SBOL02 Add New Text—Bill of Lading SHPM

SBOL03 Delete Text—Bill of Lading SHPM

SBOL04 Add Package SHPM

SBOL05 Change Package SHPM

SBOL06 Delete Package SHPM


Name

SBOL90 Add Extended Text—Shipment SHPM

SBOL91 Change Extended Text—Shipment SHPM

SBOL92 Delete Extended Text—Shipment SHPM



8* 9 A Shpmt No Shpmnt_No



(manual shipment flag) indicates if the shipment used a manual shipment number or if a system-generated identifier was assigned.

SBOL01Change Bill of Lading Header

Attach Existing Text—Bill of Lading

Archive Record Layout"SBOL01","","","","","","","Shpmt No","Shpmt Ref","","Ship to Id","Shipment Status","Shipment Date","Shipment TL","Cons to","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C",COD Amount,"COD Charge Paid By","FAK","FAK Item","Sub","Carrier Id","Carrier Name","Pro Number","Route",Total Plt,"Misc #1","Misc #2","Text No","(orders on shipment Y/N)",""


9* 1 A (manual shipment flag) N/A


11* 13 A Ship to Id Ship_to_Id

Manual Shipment Flag Description

M manual shipment number was assigned; use shipment number in Field 8

Null use automatic shipment number assignment





11 13 A Ship to Id Ship_to_Id

12 1 A Shipment Status Shpmt_Sta

13 6 D Shipment Date Shpmt_Date

14 1 A Shipment TL TL_Flag –

15 30 A Cons to Ship_to_Nm







22 10 N COD Amount COD_Amount



(orders on shipment Y/N) indicates if any orders are currently associated with this shipment.

SBOL02Add New Text—Bill of Lading

Archive Record Layout"SBOL02","","","","","","","Shpmt No","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


SBOL03

23 1 A COD Charge Paid By CODPdBy

24 1 A FAK FAK_Flag

25 6 A FAK Item FAK_Item

26 2 A Sub FAK_Sub –

27 6 A Carrier Id Carrier_Id

28 30 A Carrier Name Carrier –

29 30 A Pro Number Pro_Number

30 60 A Route Route –

31 8 N Total Plt Tot_Palets

32 10 A Misc #1 Misc1 –

33 10 A Misc #2 Misc2 –

34 6 A Text No Shpmnt_Txt

35 1 A (orders on shipment Y/N) N/A

Orders on Shipment Y/N Description

Y orders are associated with this shipment

N no orders associated with this shipment










Delete Text—Bill of Lading

Archive Record Layout"SBOL03","","","","","","","Shpmt No","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",, "","","","","","","","",,"","","",""


SBOL04Add Package

Archive Record Layout"SBOL04","","","","","","","Shpmt No","Pkg No",Total Pcs,"Pkg Typ","","NMFC Item","Sb","",Weight,Volume,Value,""


SBOL05Change Package

Archive Record Layout"SBOL05","","","","","","","Shpmt No","Pkg No",Total Pcs,"Pkg Typ","","NMFC Item","Sb","",Weight,Volume,Value,""








9 6 A Pkg No Package_No

10 6 N Total Pcs Unit_Total

11 3 A Pkg Typ Pkg_Typ –


14 2 A Sb NMFC_Sub

16 10 N Weight Pkg_Weight

17 10 N Volume Pkg_Volume

18 10 N Value Pkg_Value






SBOL06Delete Package

Archive Record Layout"SBOL06","","","","","","","Shpmt No","Pkg No",,"","","","","",,,,""


SBOL90Add Extended Text—Shipment

Archive Record Layout"SBOL90","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","","Shpmt No","","","Text Message"



9* 6 A Pkg No Package_No


11 3 A Pkg Typ Pkg_Typ –


14 2 A Sb NMFC_Sub

16 10 N Weight Pkg_Weight

17 10 N Volume Pkg_Volume

18 10 N Value Pkg_Value









11* 9 A Shpmt No Shipmnt_No







SBOL91Change Extended Text—Shipment










016 Tab character


















SBOL92Delete Extended Text—Shipment





SHCF – Shipping Configuration

SHCF Transactions


016 Tab character















Name

SHCF01 Change Shipping Configuration SHPM



SHCF01Change Shipping Configuration

Archive Record Layout"SHCF01","","","","","","Include Company Name on Shipping List (y/n)", "Include Company Name on Packing List (y/n)","Include Company Name on Box Labels (y/n)","Include Company Name on Bill of Lading (y/n)","Include Custom Product Consisting of Information (y/n)","Include Customer Order Text (y/n)",Activate Autoclose Capability (y/n)","Sender's Federal Express Account Number","UPS Shipper Number","Convert to Metric (y/n)","Include Extended Text on Shipping Documents (y/n)","Include Text on Packing List (y/n)","Include Text on Box Labels (y/n)","Include Text on Bill of Lading (y/n)","Starting Manual Shipment Number","Freight","Summarized Cost of Goods Sold Accounts",”Over Ship Enforcement For Customer Order”,”Customer Order Over Ship Tolerance”




7 1 A Include Company Name on Shipping List (y/n)

N/A

8 1 A Include Company Name on Packing List (y/n)

N/A

9 1 A Include Company Name on Box Labels (y/n)

N/A

10 1 A Include Company Name on Bill of Lading (y/n)

N/A

11 1 A Include Custom Product Con-sisting of Information (y/n)

N/A

12 1 A Include Customer Order Text (y/n) –

N/A

13 1 A Activate Autoclose Capability (y/n)

N/A

14 11 A Sender’s Federal Express Account Number

N/A

15 8 A UPS Shipper Number N/A

16 1 A Convert to Metric (y/n) N/A

17 1 A Include Extended Text on Shipping Documents (y/n)

N/A

18 1 A Include Text on Packing List (y/n)

N/A

19 1 A Include Text on Box Labels (y/n)

N/A

20 1 A Include Text on Bill of Lading (y/n)

N/A

21 9 A Starting Manual Shipment Number

N/A



Note: The Activate Autoclose Capability field is displayed only before the SOPM Module is installed. The import macro ignores this field if the field is not available on the screen.

SHIP – ShipThe SHIP transactions use the following screens and windows:

• SHIP (Ship)

• Packaging Detail

• Serial Numbers Shipped window

• Mass Maintenance window

The SHIP screens vary based on the modules you have installed. If the LOTM (Lot Trace/Serialization) Module is installed:

• the Lot field is displayed on the SHIP screen

• the Serial Numbers Shipped and Mass Maintenance windows are available

Several fields are included in the layout to identify information needed during transaction processing.

SHIP Transactions

22 20 A Freight FRGHT_ACCT

23 1 A Summarized Cost of Goods Sold Accounts

N/A

24 1 A Over Ship Enforcement For Customer Order

25 Customer Order Over Ship Tolerance


Name

SHIP01 Change Shipment Header SHPM

SHIP02 Ship Customer Order Line Item SHPM

Reverse Ship Customer Order Line Item

Backflush Customer Order Line Item

SHIP03 Print Picklist SHPM

SHIP04 Add New Text—Order/Shipment SHPM

SHIP05 Delete Text—Order/Shipment SHPM

SHIP15 Ship Custmer Order Line Item (ascending order) SHPM

Reverse Ship Customer Order Line Item (ascending order)

Backflush Customer Order Line Item (ascending order)



Packaging Detail Transactions

Serial Numbers Shipped Transactions

Mass Maintenance Transactions

SHIP01Change Shipment Header

Archive Record Layout"SHIP01","","","","","","","Issue Type","CO Number", "Shipment No","Shipment Ref","","(packaging exists y/n/m)",Pcs,Frt,Wgt,"Ord/Ship Sta","Carrier",Vol,"Text No",""



Name

SHIP06 Add Package to a Shipment SHPM

SHIP07 Change Package SHPM

SHIP08 Attach Existing Text—Order/Shipment SHPM

SHIP09 Delete Package SHPM

SHIP10 Delete Text—Order/Shipment SHPM

SHIP11 Add New Text—Order Line Item SHPM

SHIP12 Add New Text—Package SHPM


Name

SHIP13 Add Serial Number Range SHPM

Remove Serial Numbers SHPM

Delete Serial Numbers SHPM


Name

SHIP14 Delete Serial Numbers—Mass Maintenance SHPM





10* 9 A Shipment No Shpmnt_No



(packaging exists Y/N) identifies the shipment type.

SHIP02Ship Customer Order Line Item

Reverse Ship Customer Order Line Item

Backflush Customer Order Line Item

Archive Record Layout"SHIP02","","","","","","","","Issue Type","(first transaction y/n/m)","CO Number","Shipment No","Shipment Ref","","","","Ln#","Ln# Typ","",Shipment Quantity,"Stk","Bin","IC","Lot","Clo Req",,,"",,"",""


11 30 A Shipment Ref Shpmt_Ref

13* 1 A (packaging exists y/n) N/A

14 8 N Pcs Tot_Units

15 10 N Frt Tot_Frght

16 10 N Wgt Tot_Weight

17 1 A Ord/Ship Sta Ord_Sp_Sta

18 30 A Carrier Carrier

19 10 N Vol Tot_Volume

20 6 A Text No Ord_Text

Packaging Exists Y/N Shipment Type

Y packaging completed on the related Packaging Detail screen and the packaging-related fields cannot be updated by the macro

N no packaging completed




10* 9 A (first transaction y/n/m) N/A


12 9 A Shipment No Shpmnt_No


17* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


20 10 N Shipment Quantity Quantity



(first transaction Y/N/M) identifies the shipment type.

SHIP03Print PicklistThe SHIP03 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"SHIP03","","","","","","","","CO Number","",""


SHIP04Add New Text—Order/Shipment

Archive Record Layout"SHIP04","","","","","","","Issue Type","CO Number","Shipment No","","","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)",""


21* 6 A Stk Stk

22* 12 A Bin Bin

23 1 A IC Inv_Cd

24 20 A Lot Lot

25 1 A Clo Req Close_Rqst

First Transaction Y/N/M Shipment Type

Y new shipmentNOTE: When field 10 is set to Y, the Ship-ment Number in the incoming file is ignored and a system-assigned shipment number is used for the transaction

N existing shipment

M manual shipment number assigned








SHIP05Delete Text—Order/Shipment

Archive Record Layout"SHIP05","","","","","","","Issue Type","CO Number","Shipment No","","","","","","","",""


SHIP06Add Package to a Shipment

Archive Record Layout"SHIP06","","","","","","","","Issue Type","(first transaction y/n/m)","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","Pkg No",Total Pcs,"Package Typ",Line Item Quantity,Package Weight,Package Volume,Package Freight,"Pkd By","",""




















13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

14 6 A Pkg No Package_No





SHIP07Change Package

Archive Record Layout"SHIP07","","","","","","","","Issue Type","","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","Pkg No",Total Pcs,"Package Typ",Line Item Quantity,Package Weight,Package Volume,Package Freight,"Pkd By","Text No",""


16 3 A Package Typ Pkg_Type

17 10 N Line Item Quantity N/A

18 10 N Package Weight Pkg_Weight

19 10 N Package Volume Pkg_Volume

20 10 N Package Freight Pkg_Frght

21 3 A Pkd By Packed_By



N existing shipment







13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No –



16 3 A Package Typ Pkg_Type

17 10 N Line Item Quantity N/A

18 10 N Package Weight Pkg_Weight

19 10 N Package Volume Pkg_Volume



SHIP08Attach Existing Text—Order/Shipment

Archive Record Layout"SHIP08","","","","","","","","Issue Type","","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","Text No","","","","","","","","",""


SHIP09Delete Package

Archive Record Layout"SHIP09","","","","","","","","Issue Type","","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","Pkg No","","","","","","","","",""


SHIP10Delete Text—Order/Shipment


20 10 N Package Freight Pkg_Frght

21 3 A Pkd By Packed_By

22 6 A Text No Text_No –






13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No –

14 6 A Text No Text_No –






13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No –




"SHIP10","","","","","","","","Issue Type","","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","","","","","","","","","",""


SHIP11Add New Text—Order Line Item

Archive Record Layout"SHIP11","","","","","","","","Issue Type","","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","","","","","",""


SHIP12Add New Text—Package

Archive Record Layout"SHIP12","","","","","","","","Issue Type","","CO Number","Shipment No","Ln#","Pkg No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","","","","","",""







13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No –






13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No









SHIP13Add Serial Number Range

Remove Serial Numbers

Delete Serial Numbers

Archive Record Layout"SHIP13","","","","","","(action identifier A/C/D)","","","CO Number","Shipment No","","","","","Ln#","","","From","Thru","Lot"


(action identifier A/C/D) indicates the type of transaction performed from the Serial Numbers Shipped window.




13* 3 A Ln# Ln_No








7* 1 A (action identifier A/C/D) N/A


11* 9 A Shipment No Shipmnt_No

16* 3 A Ln# Ln_No

19 20 A From N/A

20 20 A Thru N/A

21 20 A Lot Lot

Action Identifier A/C/D Serial Number Transaction

A add a new range of serial numbers

C change a range of serial numbers

D delete a range of serial numbers



SHIP14Delete Serial Numbers—Mass Maintenance

Archive Record Layout"SHIP14","","","","","","","","","CO Number","Shipment No","","","","","Ln#","","","","",""


SHIP15Ship Customer Order Line Item (ascending order)

Reverse Ship Customer Order Line Item (ascending order)

Backflush Customer Order Line Item (ascending order)The SHIP15 transactions assume that the records are processed in ascending Ln# order. Transactions that are not in ascending order are treated as errors. Use the SHIP02 transaction to process transactions in any Ln# order.

Archive Record Layout"SHIP15","","","","","","","","Issue Type","(first transaction y/n/m)","CO Number","Shipment No","Shipment Ref","","","","Ln#","Ln# Typ","",Shipment Quantity,"Stk","Bin","IC","Lot","Clo Req",,,"",,"",""





11* 9 A Shipment No Shipmnt_No

16* 3 A Ln# Ln_No






12 9 A Shipment No Shpmnt_No


17* 3 A Ln# Ln_No


20 10 N Shipment Quantity Quantity

21* 6 A Stk Stk

22* 12 A Bin Bin

23 1 A IC Inv_Cd




SOPM – Sales Order Processing ModuleUse the Sales Order Processing online manual for detail information on the SOPM module-specific data import file layouts.

STAD – Stockroom Action by Date

STAD Transactions

STAD01Change Stockroom Action Message

Archive Record Layout"STAD01","","","","","","","Stockroom","Mark","Msg Code","CO Number", "","Ship Date"


24 20 A Lot Lot

25 1 A Clo Req Close_Rqst



N existing shipment



Name

STAD01 Change Stockroom Action Message SHPM

STAD02 Print Picklist SHPM

STAD03 Delete Stockroom Action Message SHPM



8 6 A Stockroom Stk

9* 1 A Mark N/A



STAD02Print PicklistThe STAD02 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"STAD02","","","","","","","Stockroom","(picklist type O/C)",""


(picklist type O/C) identifies the type of picklist printed. The picklist types are:

STAD03Delete Stockroom Action Message

Archive Record Layout"STAD03","","","","","","","Stockroom","","Msg Code","CO Number","","Ship Date"


10* 3 A Msg Code Msg


13* 6 D Ship Date Ship_Date



8 6 A Stockroom Stk

9* 1 A (picklist type O/C) N/A

Picklist Type Description

O order-based picklists

C consolidated picklists



8 6 A Stockroom Stk



13* 6 D Ship Date Ship_Date



STID – Stockroom Action by Customer

STID Transactions

STID01Change Stockroom Action Message

Archive Record Layout"STID01","","","","","","","Stockroom","Mark","Msg Code","CO Number", "Cust Id",""


STID02Print PicklistThe STID02 transaction does not generate the report. The transaction updates the system to remove the action message and record internal tracking information used when reprinting documents or used for further processing, if necessary. No report data is created to either the default print device or the reporting database.

Archive Record Layout"STID02","","","","","","","Stockroom","(picklist type O/C)",""



Name

STID01 Change Stockroom Action Message SHPM

STID02 Print Picklist SHPM

STID03 Delete Stockroom Action Message SHPM



8 6 A Stockroom Stk

9* 1 A Mark N/A






8 6 A Stockroom Stk

9* 1 A (picklist type O/C) N/A



(picklist type O/C) identifies the type of picklist printed. The picklist types are:

STID03Delete Stockroom Action Message

Archive Record Layout"STID03","","","","","","","Stockroom","","Msg Code","CO Number","Cust Id",""


SUND – Sundry DisbursementsThe SUND transactions use the following screens:

• SUND (Sundry Disbursements)


Transactions created on the SUND screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.

SUND Transactions

Picklist Type Description

O order-based picklists

C consolidated picklists



8* 6 A Stockroom Stk





Name

SUND00 Select Cash Set CSHM

SUND01 Add Cash Set Header CSHM

SUND02 Change Cash Set Header CSHM

SUND03 Delete Cash Set CSHM

SUND04 Add Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail CSHM

SUND05 Change Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail CSHM



G/L Distribution TransactionsThe SUND transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

SUND00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUND00","","","","","","(action type)","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""


SUND01Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUND01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)",,,"","","",""


SUND07 Delete Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail CSHM

SUND19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

CSHM


SUND10 Distribute Disbursement to G/L

SUND12 Complete G/L Distribution








8* 1 A Cash Set (payment form) CashSet_No







SUND02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUND02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","","","","","","",Bank Chg,Bank Comm,"Comment","","",""


SUND03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUND03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)"," Bank No","","","","","","",,,"","","",""





8* 1 A Cash Set (payment form) CashSet_Fm



17 14 N Bank Chg Bnk_Chrg










SUND04Add Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"SUND04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date",Disburse Amount,"","Disburse Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""


SUND05Change Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"SUND05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date",Disburse Amount,"","Disburse Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""







11 13 A Source Id N/A

12 1 A Master Account No (payment form)

Pmt_Ref_F

13 20 A Master Account No (number) Pmt_Ref_No


15 2 A Type Pmt_Type

17 6 D Date Pmt_Date

18 14 N Disburse Amount Pmt_Total

20 50 A Disburse Comment Pmt_Comment

21 11 A Local to Bank Exch Rate B_Ex_Rate

22 14 N Local Amt L_Pymt_Amt







SUND07Delete Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"SUND07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","","","",,"","","",,"","",,"","",""


SUND10Distribute Disbursement to G/L

Archive Record Layout"SUND10","","","","","","Source Id","Master Account No-Seqn","","","Source Id","Receipt Reference No","Master Account No","Sequence No","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount,"(exchange variance y/n)","Batch No","Batch Sequence No"


11* 13 A Source Id N/A

12* 1 A Master Account No (payment form)

Pmt_Ref_F

13* 20 A Master Account No (number) Pmt_Ref_No















Pmt_Ref_F







SUND12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"SUND12","","","","","","Source Id","Master Account No-Seqn","",""


SUND19The SUND19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.




8* 30 A Master Account No-Seqn N/A

11* 13 A Source Id Source_Id


Cash_Form


14* 8 A Sequence No Seq_No





19 6 N Batch No N/A

20 8 N Batch Sequence No N/A



7* 13 A Source Id




SUNR – Sundry ReceiptsThe SUNR transactions use the following screens:

• SUNR (Sundry Receipts)


Transactions created on the SUNR screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.

SUNR Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe SUNR transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

SUNR00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUNR00","","","","","","(action type)","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""



Name

SUNR00 Select Cash Set CSHM

SUNR01 Add Cash Set Header CSHM

SUNR02 Change Cash Set Header CSHM

SUNR03 Delete Cash Set CSHM

SUNR04 Add Sundry Receipt Reference Detail CSHM

SUNR05 Change Sundry Receipt Reference Detail CSHM

SUNR07 Delete Sundry Receipt Reference Detail CSHM

SUNR19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

CSHM


Name

SUNR10 Distribute Receipt to G/L CSHM

SUNR12 Complete G/L Distribution CSHM




SUNR01Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUNR01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)",,,"","","",""



SUNR02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUNR02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","","","","","","",Bank Chg,Bank Comm,"Comment","","",""






















SUNR03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUNR03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","","","","","","",,,"","","",""



SUNR04Add Sundry Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"SUNR04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","","Type","","Date",Receipt Amount,"","Receipt Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""

"SUNR04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date",Receipt Amount,"","Receipt Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""














Cash_Form

13 20 A Master Account No (number) AR_Chk_No

14 8 A Seqn (optional) Rec_Ref_S

15 2 A Type CR_Type




SUNR05Change Sundry Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"SUNR05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date",Receipt Amount,"","Receipt Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""


SUNR07Delete Sundry Receipt Reference Detail

Archive Record Layout"SUNR07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","","","",,"","","",,"","",,"","",""

18 14 N Receipt Amount Bank_Amt

20 50 A Receipt Comment Pay_Comnts


22 14 N Local Amt Chk_Amount








Cash_Form

13* 20 A Master Account No (number) AR_Chk_No


15 2 A Type CR_Type









SUNR10Distribute Receipt to G/L

Archive Record Layout"SUNR10","","","","","","Source Id","Bank No-Master Account No-Seqn","","","Source Id","Receipt Reference No","Master Account No","Sequence No","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount,","(exchange variance y/n)"


Note: (exchange variance y/n) indicates whether exchange variance transactions were previously generated for this transaction. For data import processing, use (exchange








Cash_Form






8* 33 A Bank No-Master Account No-Seqn

N/A



Cash_Form









variance y/n) = N. Transactions recovered should be the only transactions using (exchange variance y/n) = Y.

SUNR12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"SUNR12","","","","","","Source","Master Account No-Seqn","",""


SUNR19The SUNR19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

SUPD – Sundry Prior Period DisbursementsThe SUPD transactions use the following screens:

• SUPD (Sundry Prior Period Disbursements)


Transactions created on the SUPD screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.

SUPD Transactions






Name

SUPD00 Select Cash Set CSHM

SUPD01 Add Cash Set Header CSHM

SUPD02 Change Cash Set Header CSHM

SUPD03 Delete Cash Set CSHM

SUPD04 Add Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail—Prior Period CSHM

SUPD05 Change Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail—Prior Period CSHM

SUPD07 Delete Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail—Prior Period CSHM

SUPD19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

CSHM



G/L Distribution TransactionsThe SUPD transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

SUPD00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUPD00","","","","","","(action type)","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""


SUPD01Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUPD01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)",,,"","","",""



SUPD02

Macro Id DescriptionMacro FIle

Name

SUPD10 Distribute Disbursement to G/L CSHM

SUPD12 Complete G/L Distribution CSHM














Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUPD02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","",Bank Chg,Bank Comm,"Comment","","",""


SUPD03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUPD03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","",,,"","","",""






9* 20 N Cash Set (number) CashSet_No

17 14 A Bank Chg Bnk_Chrg






9* 20 N Cash Set (number) CashSet_No



SUPD04Add Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail—Prior Period

Archive Record Layout"SUPD04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","","Type","","Date",Disburse Amount,"","Disburse Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""


SUPD05Change Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail—Prior Period

Archive Record Layout"SUPD05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date",Disburse Amount,"","Disburse Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""









Pmt_Ref_F

13 20 A Master Account No (number) Pmt_Ref_No














SUPD07Delete Sundry Disbursement Reference Detail—Prior Period

Archive Record Layout"SUPD07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","","","",,"","","",,"","",,"","",""


SUPD10Distribute Disbursement to G/L

Archive Record Layout"SUPD10","","","","","","Source Id","Bank No-Master Account No-Seqn","","","Source Id","Pymt Reference No","Master Account No","Sequence No","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount,"(exchange variance y/n)","",""




Pmt_Ref_F
















Pmt_Ref_F







SUPD12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"SUPD12","","","","","","Source Id","Master Account No-Seqn","",""


SUPD19The SUPD19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.

SUPR – Sundry Prior Period ReceiptsThe SUPR transactions use the following screens:





N/A


12* 1 A Pymt Reference No (payment form)

Pymt_Form













• SUPR (Sundry Prior Period Receipts)


Transactions created on the SUPR screen consist of a set of interdependent archive records. Each archive record in the set is required to complete the transaction. See "Interdependent Transactions" for more information on the set of transactions required.

SUPR Transactions

G/L Distribution TransactionsThe SUPR transactions defined to distribute amounts to the general ledger use the G/L Distribution screen.

SUPR00Select Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUPR00","","","","","","(action type)","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","",""



Name

SUPR00 Select Cash Set CSHM

SUPR01 Add Cash Set Header CSHM

SUPR02 Change Cash Set Header CSHM

SUPR03 Delete Cash Set CSHM

SUPR04 Add Sundry Receipt Reference Detail—Prior Period CSHM

SUPR05 Change Sundry Receipt Reference Detail—Prior Period CSHM

SUPR07 Delete Sundry Receipt Reference Detail—Prior Period CSHM

SUPR19 Record Last Transaction Completed—Reorganization Identi-fier

CSHM


Name

SUPR10 Distribute Receipt to G/L CSHM

SUPR12 Complete G/L Distribution CSHM







SUPR01Add Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUPR01","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","","Bank No","","","","","Acctg Period (period)","Acctg Period (year)",,,"","","",""



SUPR02Change Cash Set Header

Archive Record Layout"SUPR02","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","",Bank Chg,Bank Comm,"Comment","","",""


SUPR03Delete Cash Set

Archive Record Layout"SUPR03","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","","","","","","","",,,"","","",""

























SUPR04Add Sundry Receipt Reference Detail—Prior Period

Archive Record Layout"SUPR04","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Payment Reference No (number)","Seqn","Type","","Date",Receipt Amount,"","Receipt Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""


SUPR05Change Sundry Receipt Reference Detail—Prior Period

Archive Record Layout"SUPR05","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","Type","St","Date",Receipt Amount,"","Receipt Comment","Local to Bank Exch Rate",Local Amt,"","",,"","",""









Cash_Form

13 20 A Master Account No (number) AR_Chk_No

14 8 A Seqn (optional) Rec_Ref_S

15 2 A Type CR_Type












SUPR07Delete Sundry Receipt Reference Detail—Prior Period

Archive Record Layout"SUPR07","","","","","","","Cash Set (payment form)","Cash Set (number)","Bank No","Source Id","Master Account No (payment form)","Master Account No (number)","Seqn","","","",,"","","",,"","",,"","",""


SUPR10Distribute Receipt to G/L

Archive Record Layout"SUPR10","","","","","","Source Id","Bank No-Master Account No-Seqn","","","Source Id","Receipt Reference No","Master Account No","Sequence No","Master Account No","Debit Amount","Credit Amount,"(exchange variance y/n)","",""




Cash_Form



15 2 A Type CR_Type













Cash_Form







SUPR12Complete G/L Distribution

Archive Record Layout"SUPR12","","","","","","Source","Master Account No-Seqn","",""


SUPR19The SUPR19 transaction is used for ARCHIVE.FIL file reorganization only. Import transactions are not needed.





N/A



Cash_Form













SYST – System TransactionsTransactions created by system transactions are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available. See "SYST Transactions" under "The Archive File" in the System Operations section of the System Administration manual.


Fourth Shift Release 7.50 T – Data Import Macros

T – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

TEXT – Text Review

TEXT Transactions

TEXT00Add New TextThe TEXT transactions are used for Text Type = M and F. Global extended text (Text Type = G) uses XTXT transactions.

Archive Record Layout"TEXT00","","","","","","Text Type","","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


TEXT01Change Existing TextThe TEXT transactions are used for Text Type = M and F. Global extended text (Text Type = G) uses XTXT transactions.

Archive Record Layout"TEXT01","","","","","","Text Type","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"


Name

TEXT00 Add New Text SYSM

TEXT01 Change Existing Text SYSM

TEXT02 Delete Existing Text SYSM



7* 1 A Text Type Text_Type








TEXT02Delete Existing TextThe TEXT transactions are used for Text Type = M and F. Global extended text (Text Type = G) uses XTXT transactions.

Archive Record Layout"TEXT02","","","","","","Text Type","Text No","","","",""


TRUD – Transaction UpdateTransactions created by the TRUD task are added to the ARCHIVE.FIL file for audit trail purposes. Import transactions are not available. See "BATCHUPD.FIL File" under "History File Layouts" in the Administration Reference section of the System Administration manual.

TXCF – Tax ConfigurationThe TXCF screen varies based on which tax system you are using. When a one-level VAT (Value-Added Tax) system is selected, the following fields are available:

• Taxing Authority Levels

• Default VAT Code

• VAT Id

TXCF Transactions















One-Level VAT System Transactions

Two-Level VAT System TransactionsSeveral additional fields are available when a two-level VAT system is used:

• Primary Authority Level

• Secondary Authority Level

• Secondary VAT Code

TXCF01Change Tax Configuration—One-Level VAT System

Archive Record Layout"TXCF01","","","","","","Taxing Authority Levels","VAT Id","","Default VAT Code","",""


TXCF02Change Tax Configuration—Two-Level VAT System

Archive Record Layout"TXCF02","","","","","","","VAT Id","Primary Authority Label","Primary Default VAT Code","Secondary Authority Label","Secondary Default VAT Code"



Name

TXCF01 Change Tax Configuration—One-Level VAT System SYSM

TXCF03 Complete Tax Level Configuration (CTRL+ENTER) SYSM


Name

TXCF02 Change Tax Configuration—Two-Level VAT System SYSM



7 1 A Taxing Authority Levels Tax_Level

8 20 A VAT Id VAT_Id

10 2 A Default VAT Code P_VAT_Code





TXCF03Complete Tax Level Configuration (CTRL+ENTER)

Archive Record Layout"TXCF03","","","","","","Taxing Authority Level","","","","",""


TXTA – Tax Code TableThe TXTA transactions use the following screens:

• TXTA (Tax Code Table)

• Tax Base Calculation Mask window

The TXTA screen and Tax Base Calculation Mask window vary based on the tax system you are using.

TXTA Transactions


9 2 A Primary Authority Label P_Label

10 2 A Primary Default VAT Code P_VAT_Code

11 2 A Secondary Authority Label S_Label

12 2 A Secondary Default VAT Code S_VAT_Code



7* 1 A Taxing Authority Level Tax_Level


10 2 A Default VAT Code P_VAT_Code


Name

TXTA00 Add Sales Tax Code SYSM

TXTA00 Add VAT Code SYSM

TXTA01 Change Sales Tax Code—Federal or State SYSM

TXTA01 Change Sales Tax Code—County or Municipal SYSM

TXTA01 Change VAT Code SYSM



Tax Base Calculation Mask Transactions

TXTA00Add Sales Tax Code

Archive Record Layout"TXTA00","","","","","","Tax Type","Tax Code (federal or state)","","Tax Description",Tax Rate,"Tax Liability Master Account No","Tax Accrual Master Account No","User Code","Tax Code (county or municipal)",""


TXTA00Add VAT Code

Archive Record Layout"TXTA00","","","","","","VAT Auth","VAT Code", "","Tax Description",Tax Rate,"A/R Liability Master Account No","A/P Liability Master Account No","User Code","",""



Name

TXTA02 Change Tax Base Calculation Mask—Sales Tax System SYSM

TXTA02 Change Tax Base Calculation Mask—VAT System SYSM



7* 1 A Tax Type N/A

8 2 A Tax Code (federal or state) Tax_Code_F; Tax_Code_S

10 20 A Tax Description Tax_Desc

11 6 N Tax Rate Tax_Rate_C, Tax_Rate_F; Tax_Rate_M; Tax_Rate_S

12 20 A Tax Liability Master Account No

Tax_LiabNo

13 20 A Tax Accrual Master Account No

N/A

14 1 A User Code Tx_Dist_Fl

15 3 A Tax Code (county or munici-pal)

Tax_Code_C; Tax_Code_M




TXTA01Change Sales Tax Code—Federal or State

Archive Record Layout"TXTA01","","","","","","Tax Type","Tax Code","","Tax Description",Tax Rate,"Tax Liability Master Account No","Tax Accrual Master Account No","User Code",""


TXTA01Change Sales Tax Code—County or Municipal

Archive Record Layout"TXTA01","","","","","","Tax Type","","","Tax Description",Tax Rate,"Tax Liability Master Account No","Tax Accrual Master Account No","User Code","Tax Code"


7* 1 A VAT Auth VAT_Auth

8 2 A VAT Code VAT_C


11 6 N Tax Rate Tax_Rate

12 20 A A/R Liability Master Account No

Tax_Acc_No

13 20 A A/P Liability Master Account No

Tax_Acc_No

14 1 A User Code Tx_Dist_Fl



7* 1 A Tax Type N/A

8* 2 A Tax Code Tax_Code_F; Tax_Code_S


11 6 N Tax Rate Tax_Rate_F; Tax_Rate_S


Tax_LiabNo


N/A

14 1 A User Code Tax_Dist_Fl




TXTA01Change VAT Code

Archive Record Layout"TXTA01","","","","","","VAT Auth","VAT Code","","Tax Description",Tax Rate,"A/R Liability Master Account No","A/P Liability Master Account No","User Code","",""


TXTA02Change Tax Base Calculation Mask—Sales Tax System

Archive Record Layout"TXTA02","","","","","","Tax Type","Tax Code","Tax Base Calculation Mask","",""



7* 1 A Tax Type N/A


11 6 N Tax Rate Tax_Rate_C; Tax_Rate_M


Tax_LiabNo


N/A


15* 3 A Tax Code Tax_Code_C; Tax_Code_M



7* 1 A VAT Auth VAT_Auth

8* 3 A VAT Code Tax_Auth1-2


11 6 N Tax Rate Tax_Rate

12 20 A A/R Liability Master Account No

Tax_Acc_No

13 20 A A/P Liability Master Account No

Tax_Acc_No





TXTA02Change Tax Base Calculation Mask—VAT System

Archive Record Layout"TXTA02","","","","","","VAT Auth","VAT Code","Tax Base Calculation Mask","",""


TXWU – Text Where Used

TXWU Transactions

TXWU01Change Existing Text

Archive Record Layout"TXWU01","","","","","","Text Type","Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)"




7 1 A Tax Type N/A

8 3 A Tax Code Tax_Code

9 50 A Tax Base Calculation Mask Tax_Mask



7 1 A Vat Auth VAT_Auth

8 2 A VAT Code VAT_C

9 50 A Tax Base Calculation Mask Tax_Mask


Name

TXWU01 Change Existing Text SYSM












Fourth Shift Release 7.50 V – Data Import Macros

V – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

VATT – Value Added Tax Code Table

VATT Transactions

VATT00Add Product Code

Archive Record Layout"VATT00","","","","","","Product Code","",""


VATT01Add Customer Code

Archive Record Layout"VATT01","","","","","","Customer Code","",""


VATT02


Name

VATT00 Add Product Code SYSM

VATT01 Add Customer Code SYSM

VATT02 Change VAT Code SYSM

VATT03 Delete Product Code SYSM

VATT04 Delete Customer Code SYSM



7 12 A Product Code VAT_Prd_Co



7 5 A Customer Code Shp_to_VAT



Change VAT Code

Archive Record Layout"VATT02","","","","","","Product Code","Customer Code","Primary VAT Code","Secondary VAT Code"


VATT03Delete Product Code

Archive Record Layout"VATT03","","","","","","Product Code"


VATT04Delete Customer Code

Archive Record Layout"VATT04","","","","","","Customer Code"




7* 12 A Product Code VAT_Prd_Co

8* 5 A Customer Code Shp_to_VAT

9 2 A Primary VAT Code P_VAT_Code

10 2 A Secondary VAT Code S_VAT_Code



7* 12 A Product Code VAT_Prd_Co



7* 5 A Customer Code Shp_to_VAT



VCOT - Vendor Contact

VCOT Transactions

VCOT00Add Vendor Contact Required field entries for VCOT00 transactions depend on the method used to add a vendor contact. If "New Contact Y/N" is "N," a vendor contact is added by selecting an existing contact. If "New Contact Y/N" is "Y", Contact Id is ignored, and a vendor contact is added by creating a brand-new contact. Use the following table to determine which fields are required when adding a vendor contact record according to "(New Contact Y/N)":

Archive Record Layout"VCOT00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 1","New Contact Y/N”



Name

VCOT00 Add Vendor Contact PURM1

VCOT01 Change Vendor Contact PURM1

VCOT02 Delete Vendor Contact PURM1

VCOT03 Change Vendor Contact Detail PURM1

VCOT04 Change Vendor Report Send As PURM1

VCOT05 Change Contact Notes PURM1

New Contact Y/N Customer Id Contact Id Contact Name

Y = Add a brand new contact record Required Not Required Required

N = Select an existing contact record Required Required Not Required



7* 13 A Vendor Id N/A



10 70 A Title N/A





VCOT01Change Vendor Contact


"VCOT01","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 1"


VCOT02Delete Vendor Contact


"VCOT02","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contact Id"


VCOT03Change Vendor Contact Detail



14* 1 A New Contact Y/N N/A






10 70 A Title N/A










"VCOT03","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contact Id","Contact Name","Title","Email Address","Phone Type 1","Phone Number 1","Phone Type 2","Phone Number 2","Phone Type 3","Phone Num-ber 3","Facebook","Twitter","User Defined 1","User Defined 2","User Defined 3"


VCOT04Change Vendor Report Send As


"VCOT04","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contact Id","Report Type","Send As","","","","",” Vendor Id on Vendor Contact Screen”







10 70 A Title N/A









19 20 A Twitter N/A









VCOT05Change Contact Notes


"VCOT05","","","","","","Vendor Id","Contact Id","Notes"


VDIT – Vendors That Supply an ItemThe VDIT transactions use the following screen and window:

• VDIT (Vendors That Supply an Item)

• Vendor/Item Detail window

VDIT Transactions

Vendor Item Detail Transactions



10 1 A Send As N/A





9 2499 A Notes N/A


Name

VDIT00 Add Vendor Item PURM1

VDIT01 Change Vendor Item PURM1

VDIT02 Delete Vendor Item PURM1


Name

VDIT03 Add New Text—Vendor Item Configuration PURM1

VDIT04 Attach Existing Text—Vendor Item Configuration PURM1



VDIT00Add Vendor Item

Archive Record Layout"VDIT00","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item", "Reference Vendor Description",Reference Vendor Conv,"Reference Vendor UM",Reference Vendor LT,,,,"","","","",,,,,"",””,””,””,””,””,”Vendor Item Status”


VDIT01Change Vendor Item

Archive Record Layout"VDIT01","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item", "Reference Vendor Description",Reference Vendor Conv,"Reference Vendor UM", Reference Vendor LT,,,,"","","","",,,,,"","","","","","","Vendor Item Status"


Change Vendor Item Configuration

VDIT05 Delete Text—Vendor Item Configuration PURM1

VDIT06 Restore Inherited Value—Vendor Item Configuration PURM1



7* 30 A Item Item


9* 30 A Reference Vendor Item Vend_Item


VI_Desc



13 3 N Reference Vendor LT VI_LeadTim

31 1 A Vendor Item Status VI_Status



7* 30 A Item Item





VDIT02Delete Vendor Item

Archive Record Layout"VDIT02","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item","",,"",,,,,"","","","",,,,,"","","","","","",""


VDIT03Add New Text—Vendor Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VDIT03","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item","(text line 1)", "(text line 2)","(text line 3)","(text line 4)"



VI_Desc



13 3 N Reference Vendor LT VI_LeadTim

31 1 A Vendor Item Status VI_Status



7* 30 A Item Item





7* 30 A Item Item



11 60 A (text line 1) Text_Line1






VDIT04Attach Existing Text—Vendor Item Configuration

Change Vendor Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VDIT04","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item","",,"",, Vendor Priority,Blanket Order Firm Fence, Supplied %,"Inspection Required","Print Sub-Contract Components","Print Extended Text on Ext Documents","Print Standard Text on Ext Documents",On-Time Delivery Days Early,On-Time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Allowed Under,Receipt Variance Allowed Over,"Text No","Document","Rev Date","Status","EDI Item"


VDIT05



7* 30 A Item Item



14 2 N Vendor Priority VI_Priorty

15 3 N Blanket Order Firm Fence VI_BlktFen

16 3 N Supplied % VI_Ord_Pct


18 1 A Print Sub-Contract Compo-nents

VI_PrtSubC

19 1 A Print Extended Text on Ext Documents

VI_PrtExtT

20 1 A Print Standard Text on Ext Documents

VI_PrtStdT

21 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Early VI_Day_Erl

22 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Late VI_Day_Lat


VI_Und_Var


VI_Ovr_Var


26 10 A Document Vi_Appdoc

27 6 D Rev Date Vi_Appdat

28 1 A Status Vi_Appsta

29 1 A EDI Item



Delete Text—Vendor Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VDIT05","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item","",,"",,,,,"","","","",,,,,""


VDIT06Restore Inherited Value—Vendor Item Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VDIT06","","","","","","Item","Vendor Id","Reference Vendor Item","",,"",,, Blanket Order Firm Fence,,"Inspection Required","Print Sub-Contract Components","Print Extended Text on Ext Documents","Print Standard Text on Ext Documents",On-Time Delivery Days Early,On-Time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Allowed Under,Receipt Variance Allowed Over,""




7* 30 A Item Item





7* 30 A Item Item



15 3 N Blanket Order Firm Fence VI_BlktFen



VI_PrtSubC


VI_PrtExtT


VI_PrtStdT

21 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Early VI_Day_Erl

22 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Late VI_Day_Lat


VI_Und_Var


VI_Ovr_Var



VEID – Vendor Master by Vendor Id The VEID transactions use the following screens:

• VEID (Vendor Master by Vendor Id)

• Vendor Master Detail

• Vendor Configuration

Predetermined values for certain fields on these screens can be established and used for entering groups of vendors with similar characteristics. When adding a vendor using a Vendor Master screen, the default values are displayed and stored in the system until overridden. Set up default values for Vendor Id ØØØØØØ. See "Using Default Values" under "Suggestions for Using the Module" in the Setting Up the Module section of the Purchasing online manual for more information on the DEFAULT-VENDOR.

VEID Transactions

Vendor Master Detail Transactions

Vendor Configuration Transactions


Name

VEID00 Add Vendor GLOBAL

VEID01 Change Vendor GLOBAL

VEID02 Delete Vendor GLOBAL

VEID08 Change Vendor Account Number GLOBAL


Name

VEID03 Add New Text—Vendor Master GLOBAL

Attach Existing Text—Vendor Master GLOBAL

Change Vendor Master Detail GLOBAL

VEID04 Delete Text—Vendor Master GLOBAL


Name

VEID05 Add New Text—Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

Attach Existing Text—Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

Change Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

VEID06 Delete Text—Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

VEID07 Restore Inherited Values—Vendor Configuration GLOBAL



Vendor Intrastat Information Updates

VEID00Add Vendor

Archive Record Layout"VEID00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Vendor Name","Contact","Phone","App","Prt,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","E-Mail","STA","Transport Via","FOB"


VEID01Change Vendor

Archive Record Layout"VEID00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Vendor Name","Contact","Phone","App","Prt,"","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","E-Mail","STA","Transport Via","FOB"


Name

VEID09 Change Intrastat Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

VEID20 Add Extended Text - Intrastat Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

VEID21 Change Extended Text - Intrastat Vendor Configuration GLOBAL

VEID22 Delete Extended Text - Intrastat Vendor Configuration GLOBAL




8 60 A Vendor Name Vend_Name


10 20 A Phone Phone

11 1 A App App

12 1 A Prt Prt

67 20 A E-Mail Email

68 1 A STA Status

69 30 A Transport Via N/A

70 20 A FOB N/A




VEID02Delete Vendor

Archive Record Layout"VEID02","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,"","","","","","","","",,"","","","","",,,,,,,"","","","",""


VEID03Add New Text—Vendor Master

Attach Existing Text—Vendor Master

Change Vendor Master Detail

Archive Record Layout"VEID03","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","","","","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Payee Name","(payee name2)","Addr","(addr2)","City","St","Zip","C","Acct Contact","Acct Phone","Vend Class 1","Vend Class 2","Vend Class 3","Vend Class 4","Vend Class 5","Vend Class 6","Vend Class 7","Vend Class 8",Cash #1 %,Cash #1 Days,Cash #2 %,Cash #2 Days,Net Days,"FAX #","D&B Ref#","D&B Class","D&B Rat'g","D&B Date","","1099","Tax Id Number",,"","","","","",,,,,,,"Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","Ctrl Curr","Curr Code","Std Terms",Day,Cutoff,Delay,"Pay Form","Bank Name","Route Num","Bank Acct","Print Format","Print Language","VAT Id","Start Date","VAT Code"




8 60 A Vendor Name Vend_Name


10 20 A Phone Phone

11 1 A App App

12 1 A Prt Prt

67 20 A E-Mail Email

68 1 A Sta Status

69 30 A Transport Via N/A

70 20 A FOB N/A
















19 30 A Payee Name Payee_Nam1

20 30 A (payee name2) Payee_Nam2

21 60 A Addr Pay_Addr1

22 60 A (addr2) Pay_Addr2

23 15 A City Pay_City

24 10 A St Pay_State

25 12 A Zip Pay_Zip

26 15 A C Pay_Cntry

27 40 A Acct Contact Acct_Cntct

28 20 A Acct Phone Acct_Phone

29 1 A Vend Class 1 Vend_Clas1














43 11 A D&B Ref# DB_Ref_No



VEID04Delete Text—Vendor Master

Archive Record Layout"VEID04","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","", "",,,,,,"","","","","","","","",,"","","","","",,,,,,,"","","","",""


44 4 A D&B Class DB_Class

45 3 A D&B Rat'g DB_Ratg

46 6 A D&B Date DB_Date

48 1 A 1099 Tax_Flag

49 11 A Tax Id Number Tax_Id_No








69* 1 A Std Terms Pay_Term




73 1 A Pay Form Pay_Form

74 30 A Bank Name PayBk_Name

75 30 A Route Num PayBk_Rout

76 30 A Bank Acct PayBk_Acct

77 1 A Print Format Po_Prt_Flag

78 12 A Print Language Po_Lang

79 20 A VAT Id Tax_Id_Num


81 2 A VAT Code VAT_Code






VEID05Add New Text—Vendor Configuration

Attach Existing Text—Vendor Configuration

Change Vendor Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VEID05","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,"","","","","","","","",Blanket Order Firm Fence,"Inspection Required","Print PO","Print Extended Text on Ext Documents","Print Standard Text on Ext Documents","Print Sub-Contract Components",On-time Delivery Days Early,On-time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Allowed Under,Receipt Variance Allowed Over,Contract Review Message Value/Quantity Tolerance,Contract Review Message Days,"Text No","(text line1)","(text line2)","(text line3)","(text line4)","EDI Partner","Over Receipt Enforcement for PO","PO Over Receipt Tolerance"





50 3 N Blanket Order Firm Fence V_BlktFen



53 1 A Print Extended Text on Ext Documents V_PrtExtT

54 1 A Print Standard Text on Ext Documents V_PrtStdT

55 1 A Print Sub-Contract Components V_PrtSubC

56 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Early V_Day_Erl

57 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Late V_Day_Lat

58 5 N Receipt Variance Allowed Under V_Und_Var

59 5 N Receipt Variance Allowed Over V_Ovr_Var

60 5 N Contract Review Message Value/Quantity Tolerance

V_ContPct

61 3 N Contract Review Message Days V_ContRev






67 1 A EDI Partner

68 1 A Over Receipt Enforcement for PO N/A

69 5 A PO Over Receipt Tolerance N/A



VEID06Delete Text—Vendor Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VEID06","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,"","","","","","","","",,"","","","","",,,,,,,"","","","",""


VEID07Restore Inherited Values—Vendor Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VEID07","","","","","","Vendor Id","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","","",,,,,,"","","","","","","","",Blanket Order Firm Fence,"Inspection Required","Print PO","Print Extended Text on Ext Documents","Print Standard Text on Ext Documents","Print Sub-Contract Components",On-Time Delivery Days Early,On-Time Delivery Days Late,Receipt Variance Allowed Under,Receipt Variance Allowed Over,Contract Review Message Value/Quantity Tolerance,Contract Review Message Days,"","","","",""








50 3 N Blanket Order Firm Fence V_BlktFen




V_PrtExtT


V_PrtStdT


V_PrtSubC

56 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Early V_Day_Erl

57 3 N On-Time Delivery Days Late V_Day_Lat


V_Und_Var



VEID08Change Vendor Account Number

Archive Record Layout"VEID08","","","","","","Vendor Id","Unvouchered A/P Account","Vouchered A/P Account","Purchase Price Variance Account","PO/Inv Variance Account"


VEID09Change Intrastat Vendor Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VEID09","","","","","","Vendro Id","Automated Intrastat Transaction","EC Listing","Destination Member State","Origin Member State","Mode of Transportation","Delivery Terms","Reference #1","Reference #2","Reference #3","Reference #4","Reference #5"



V_Ovr_Var

60 5 N Contract Review Message Value/Quantity Tolerance

V_ContPct

61 3 N Contract Review Message Days

V_ContRev




8 20 A Unvouchered A/P Account Unv_Acct

9 20 A Vouchered A/P Account Vouch_Acct

10 20 A Purchase Price Variance Account

Ppvar_Acct

11 20 A PO/Inv Variance Account Poinv_Acct



7* 13 A Vendro Id Vendor_Id

8 1 A Automated Intrastat Transac-tion

N/A






VEID20Add Extended Text - Intrastat Vendor Configuration

Archive Record Layout"VEID20","","","","","","","(text entry type)","(page number)","Vendor Id","","","","Text Message"


VEID21Change Extended Text - Intrastat Vendor Configuration



VEID22























Delete Extended Text - Intrastat Vendor Configuration



VEIT – Items Supplied by a VendorAll VEIT transactions are imported using the VDIT macros. The resulting archive records are assigned the VDIT macro id even though the source transactions used the VEIT macro id. See VDIT for vendor item transactions.

VEND – Vendor Master by Vendor NameAll VEND transactions are imported using the VEID macros. The resulting archive records are assigned the VEID macro id even though the source transactions used the VEND macro id. See VEID for Vendor Master transactions.

VROP - Vendor Report Options

VROP Transactions

VROP01Change Vendor Report Option


"VROP01","","","","","","Vendor Id","Report Type","Email Print Preference"









Name

VROP01 Change Vendor Report Option PURM1

Field# Length Type Screen Name



VSDT – Vendor by Distributor

VSDT Transactions

VSDT00Add Vendor to Distributor

Archive Record Layout"VSDT00","","","","","","Vendor Id","Distributor Id","Sta"


VSDT01Change Vendor to Distributor



1* 6 A (macro id)

7* 13 A Vendor Id

8* 20 A Report Type

9 1 A Email Print Preference


Name

VSDT00 Add Vendor to Distributor PURM1

VSDT01 Change Vendor to Distributor PURM1

VSDT02 Delete Vendor to Distributor PURM1




8 13 A Distributor Id Dist_Id

9 1 A Sta Status






VSDT02Delete Vendor to Distributor



VSDT transactions are imported using DIST macros.


9 1 A Sta Status





9 1 A Sta Status



Fourth Shift Release 7.50 X – Data Import Macros

X – Data Import MacrosThis section provides detail information for specific transactions. Transactions are provided alphabetically based on the screen used to complete the transaction.

XTXT – Global Extended TextThe Global Extended Text window is used to enter multiple line text messages. The Global Extended Text window can be accessed from several screens but uses the TEXT (Text Review) screen for data import processing.

XTXT Transactions

XTXT00Add Extended Text—Global

Archive Record Layout"XTXT00","","","","","","","(text entry type)","Ext Text Id","","","","","Text Message"




Name

XTXT00 Add Extended Text—Global SYSM

XTXT01 Change Extended Text—Global SYSM

XTXT02 Delete Extended Text—Global SYSM




9* 15 A Ext Text Id Text_Id



I Insert new text



D Delete text



The following identifies the special ASCII codes than can be included in an extended text message:

XTXT01Change Extended Text—Global




The following identifies the special ASCII codes than can be included in an extended text message:


016 Tab character










I Insert new text



D Delete text


016 Tab character






XTXT02Delete Extended Text—Global








14 890 A Text Message (none) Text


I Insert new text



D Delete text
